Class- 'TohS^r 
 
 Book ~—Y- 
 
 Copyright^ 
 
 •****% 
 
 COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 
 
WOODWORKING 
 
 SAFEGUARDS 
 
 For the Prevention of Accidents 
 in Lumbering and Woodworking 
 Industries : : : 
 
 BY 
 
 DAVID VAN SCHAACK 
 
 Director, Bureau of Inspection and Accident Prevention 
 
 ^ETNA LIFE INSURANCE CO. 
 
 Accident and Liability Department 
 HARTFORD, CONN. 
 
 PRICE, ONE DOLLAR 
 
 {5142) 
 
\" 
 
 COPYRIGHT 1911 
 
 ^TNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 
 
 HARTFORD, CONN. 
 
 r 
 
 . 
 
 The Case, Lockwood & Brainard Company, Printers, Hartford, Conn. 
 
 ©CI.A297327 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This pamphlet undertakes to offer a few practical suggestions for safe- 
 guarding workmen engaged in lumbering and woodworking industries. It nec- 
 essarily confines itself chiefly to machines, operations and conditions which are 
 more or less common, but it is hoped that the suggestions contained herein 
 will aid in impressing upon manufacturers possibilities in safeguarding which 
 with some variation will be applicable to many of the special machines and 
 operations that cannot be even touched upon in a work of limited extent. 
 
 There are of course many patented as well as home-made safety devices 
 other than those mentioned herein, which could well be included did space 
 permit, but an effort has been made to show as representative a collection 
 as possible. We shall be very glad to render any assistance at our disposal 
 to anyone who may be interested in obtaining further information about the 
 methods of safeguarding to which we have called attention. 
 
 In preparing this book, the author has received invaluable assistance 
 from the inspection force of the 7ETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, 
 from many makers of woodworking machinery, from a large number of manu- 
 facturers in the various woodworking industries and from other concerns 
 actively engaged in promoting the safety of their employees, from both foreign 
 and domestic makers of safety devices, from various publications both in this 
 country and abroad dealing with methods of guarding against industrial acci- 
 dents, and from individuals who have aided him with both advice and criti- 
 cism. He takes this opportunity of tendering grateful acknowledgment to one 
 and all. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 General, 
 
 Logging, 
 
 Saw Mill, . 
 
 Planing Mill, 
 
 Circular Saws, 
 
 Band Saws, 
 
 Jointers, 
 
 Shapers, 
 
 Sanders, Etc, 
 
 Handles, Lathes, Wagons, Cooperage, 
 
 Veneer, Furniture, Chairs, 
 
 Pattern Shop, Box Factory, Etc., 
 
 Power Generation, Transmission, Etc., 
 
 Grinding Wheels, Elevators, 
 
 Liability Insurance, 
 
 Index, . . . . 
 
 PAGE 
 
 • 7- 13 
 . 14- 20 
 . 21- 61 
 . 62- 69 
 
 • 70- 94 
 
 • 95-ioo 
 . 101-110 
 . 111-120 
 
 • 121-135 
 
 • 136-150 
 . 151-160 
 . 161-171 
 . 172-191 
 . 192-199 
 . 200-203 
 . 204-217 
 
GENERAL. 
 
 The many varieties of work included in lumbering and woodworking 
 industries are among the most dangerous of modern employments. This is 
 perhaps only natural in view of several facts. In almost all methods of 
 working wood, once the tree has been felled and cut up into logs, the com- 
 parative lightness of the material makes it easier to bring it to the tool than 
 the tool to it. Again, good work requires the use of instruments sharpened to 
 the extreme and run at very high speed. In the third place, this high speed 
 and the lightness of the material make it possible for waste pieces to be thrown 
 about in a dangerous manner impossible in the case of metal or stone. 
 
 For these reasons, among others, it is peculiarly essential that every 
 possible precaution be taken to safeguard workmen against injury. In subse- 
 quent chapters of this book an effort is made to suggest some specific 
 mechanical and material safeguards applicable to woodworking plants, and 
 also to call attention in some measure to the matter of safe methods in operat- 
 ing machinery. It is impossible to prevent all accidents, or even the greater 
 number, by merely installing safeguards. Carefulness alone can avoid the great 
 majority, and this can be secured only by proper organization and discipline, 
 together with cordial co-operation on the part of both foremen and workmen. 
 
 Foremen. Foremen are such essential factors in the prevention of acci- 
 dents that they should be carefully selected for their caution and ideas of dis- 
 cipline and should be thoroughly imbued with the employer's earnest desire 
 to prevent accidents. It should be impressed upon them that they are per- 
 sonally responsible for prevention of accidents as well as doing of work, and 
 that success in each will be duly taken into account. Foremen should make 
 it their business to see that the rules of the plants are obeyed, and that 
 repeated infractions of them are suitably punished. They should see that 
 machines are not overspeeded, that safety devices are used on all work 
 possible, that warning signs are properly placed and kept in position, and 
 that discipline generally is preserved. No intoxicated person, whether work- 
 man or visitor, should be allowed to remain in the plant. An important part 
 of a foreman's duty is to see that accidents are thoroughly investigated with 
 a view to avoiding recurrence. For that reason he should insist that every 
 accident, however insignificant, is reported to him at once. 
 
 When men are first put to work at dangerous machines, they should be 
 fully instructed how to operate them with the greatest safety to themselves 
 and others. To avoid familiarity breeding contempt, they should subsequently 
 be warned from time to time to follow the instructions given them. Specially 
 dangerous machines, such as saws, jointets, etc., should be operated only by 
 men engaged for this work and qualified by experience, or by men who have 
 
8 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 been fully instructed as to their operation and dangers. Boys should never 
 be allowed to run such machines, even temporarily. In assigning a man to 
 work, his special characteristics as well as qualifications should be taken 
 into account. Slow thinking, heavy men should not be assigned to work 
 requiring quick thought and bodily agility. Men who have a habit of getting 
 injured should be put on jobs where they are least likely to get hurt. 
 
 Co-operation of Workmen. Cordial co-operation of workmen with their 
 
 foreman and with each other will do much toward accident prevention. One 
 
 man's effort to promote safety may seem small, but the sum of the united 
 
 efforts of many will be large. Workmen should be encouraged to warn others 
 
 of impending danger and to do all in their power to make others as careful 
 
 as themselves. They should also be encouraged to report any defect affecting 
 
 le safety of any employee. Each workman should be made to feel that he 
 
 a safety inspector, charged with the duty of seeing that everything is as 
 
 fe as possible, and that suggestions coming from him on anything of a 
 
 ngerous nature will be welcomed. Having the workmen serve on safety 
 
 i. pection committees, whose personnel is changed from time to time, is a 
 
 g |d plan. 
 
 Too much effort cannot be made to inculcate habits of caution in work- 
 mei \as such habits are as essential as guarding machines and making danger- 
 ous (laces safe. It should be impressed upon them that carefulness will avert 
 mam j accidents to themselves and fellow-workmen which cannot otherwise be 
 prevented. They should be warned especially not to fool or scuffle or to take 
 short cuts over dangerous places. 
 
 Employment of Help. No person under the legal age should be employed 
 in any capacity in or about a plant. Where there are no legal restrictions 
 regarding the employment of minors, care should certainly be taken not to 
 employ anyone under fourteen years of age, and no person under sixteen years 
 of age should be allowed to operate any power machinery. The employment 
 of young persons to do work for which they are not physically or mentally 
 qualified should be particularly avoided, as their youth and inexperience make 
 them unusually dangerous to other workmen as well as to themselves. Men 
 subject to intoxication, fainting spells, or cramps, epileptics, and those who 
 are deaf or have other defects which endanger life should not be employed. 
 
 Room, Light, Air, Cleanliness. Every effort should be made to have 
 plenty of room about machines. Where there cannot be ample room, safe 
 passageways should be railed off. If the space between machines, or a machine 
 and a wall or transmission apparatus, is too narrow to afford safe passage, it 
 should be blocked at each end. The moving part of any self-acting machine 
 should not be allowed to run out within 18 inches of another structure or a 
 wall unless this space is blocked against passage. 
 
 It is a good plan, whenever possible, to isolate dangerous machines by 
 means of partitions, to prevent attention being diverted from work. Such 
 isolation is often impracticable, on account of partitions interfering with the 
 distribution of light and lessening available space for manipulation of machines 
 and material, but where partitions can be used they will avert many accidents, 
 
GENERAL 9 
 
 especially where a number of saws or such machines are placed side by side, 
 and boys are employed as off-bearers. 
 
 Plenty of light should be provided, artificial when natural is not available. 
 Good light is especially necessary where rooms are crowded, in lower floors 
 filled with transmission machinery, and in the neighborhood of dangerous 
 machines, particularly such hand-fed ones as saws, jointers and shapers. Good 
 illumination means efficiency, economy, and profit, as well as increased 
 safety. Liberal use of white paint, or even whitewash, will help diffusion of 
 light, and so will keeping windows washed and artificial light globes clean. 
 Good ventilaticn is also essential to safety, as foul air causes a loss of both 
 mental and physical alertness. 
 
 It is important to keep a plant well cleaned up. Stock and finished 
 product should not be allowed to fill up a large part of the space left free y 
 the machinery. Waste material should not be left on the floor, to incrf ;e 
 danger to workmen. Cleanliness will reduce the fire hazard, as well as 1 ~> 
 to prevent more direct accidents, and there should be systematic cleanir f 
 floors and passageways and removal of waste. Floor sweepers can we je 
 used in many plants to suck up dust and shavings from the floor and cc /ey 
 them away at once. Accumulations of odd pieces of wood and unnec sary 
 quantities of stock on the table of a dangerous machine, such as a i .w or 
 shaper, or on the floor about it, should be especially avoided. It is a bad 
 practice also to pile up work on the table. Men working at such m chines 
 need the utmost frt^dom of movement. 
 
 Safeguards. An employer will find it to his advantage to supply safe- 
 guards, whenever possible, for all dangerous places, and for all machines whose 
 operation unguarded is dangerous. Such devices will not always prevent 
 accidents, but they will prevent many, especially of the most serious ones, 
 and they will often diminish the injury in the case of accidents which they 
 cannot wholly avert. In making things safer, they also conduce to better 
 work. The best time to safeguard a machine is when it is built, and many 
 more machines would be protected by manufacturers if such protection were 
 insisted upon by prospective purchasers. When a machine is not guarded by 
 the maker, a patented or home-made device can usually be applied which 
 will prove efficient in all possible cases. 
 
 To get the best results from safety devices, their use in their entirety 
 should be insisted upon whenever the work permits, and their immediate 
 replacement should be required after completion of work for which they can- 
 not be used. A sign to this effect can well be placed in plain view of the 
 operator of each machine equipped with a safety device. Employees should 
 be forbidden to remove a safeguard from a machine without the consent of the 
 foreman, or to start the machine unless the guard is in place. Safeguards 
 can well be painted bright red, to make them readily distinguishable and to 
 help foremen and other supervisors to detect displaced or defective guards. 
 It is the practice in some places also to paint red, whenever possible, danger- 
 ous moving parts of machinery which cannot well be guarded. 
 
 The making of safeguards readily distinguishable is a great help toward 
 their maintenance in place and in good condition. Seeing that safeguards are 
 
io WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 always in proper working order and that they are not discarded is just as 
 essential as installing them, and this can be accomplished only by frequent 
 inspection. 
 
 All machines should be provided with adequate belt shifters or other 
 efficient means of quickly disengaging the power. At all dangerous hand-fed 
 machines, such as saws, jointers, shapers, etc., secure footing should be pro- 
 vided in the form of rubber mats, wooden slats, rough metal grating, powdered 
 rosin, or other efficient means. If rubber mats are used, they should be 
 watched carefully to see that their usefulness is not impaired by their tearing, 
 wearing smooth, or filling up with sawdust. There should be feeding-in and 
 feeding-out tables, whenever possible, for all machines to which stock is 
 fed which is longer than the machine table, and for all roll-fed machines. 
 Such tables should have solid beds. 
 
 Signs. Warning signs, judiciously used, will tend to prevent accidents, 
 as they are a constant reminder that danger does exist. They should always 
 be backed up, however, by supervision and enforcement. All signs should be 
 as brief as possible, prominently displayed and durable. At all dangerous 
 machines there should be signs forbidding operation until the workings and 
 the dangers of the machine have been fully explained, and prohibiting oiling, 
 wiping and repairing without stopping the machine. When a man is repair- 
 ing a machine, a sign reading " Danger. Man on Machine " should be placed 
 on the shifting lever or controller. When men are doing special work above 
 other men, those below should be warned and a conspicuous sign should be 
 placed below while the work is going on. Signs urging cautious practices and 
 forbidding actions likely to create danger should be posted at places where 
 all workmen will be sure to see them. A sign used at a special danger point 
 can well have on it a hand pointing to the source of danger, especially where 
 men of various nationalities are employed and there is not a sign in each 
 language. 
 
 Inspection and Care. Careful inspection of all machinery and structures, 
 in fact of the entire plant, will prevent many accidents by discovering defects 
 and dangerous conditions due to wear and other causes. All structures and 
 appliances should be tested regularly. Inspection and repair can well be under 
 one central authority, either department or individual. This will tend to pre- 
 vent misuse of equipment, lessen its depreciation, and promote general ef- 
 ficiency, as well as obviate accidents. Such a central authority is needed to see 
 that knives, saws and other cutters are always in good repair and properly 
 sharpened and adjusted, that babbitting is carefully done, that bolts and 
 threaded collars and spindles have no bent shanks, damaged threads or crystal- 
 lized metal, that proper splitters are used for different saws, that safeguards 
 generally are in good condition and kept in place, and for many other reasons 
 too numerous to mention. 
 
 An employer should take pains to supply the best of knives, tools, etc., 
 but it is just as essential that they be properly cared for and used, and this 
 can best be assured by placing them under the supervision of one central 
 authority. This is especially necessary where different men run the same 
 
GENERAL u 
 
 machine, but it is advisable in all cases. In some shops, or rooms, one man 
 often sets and adjusts all knives. There is some difference of opinion as to the 
 advisability of this. On the one hand, it is held that this method assures 
 expert service. On the other, it is contended that the machine operator will 
 be more careful and that there will be no danger of his having to hurry in 
 order to get to another job which is in urgent demand. It might be a good 
 plan to combine the two methods, having an expert do the setting and then 
 having the machine operator go over the fastenings after him. This would 
 be apt to assure both expert setting and secure fastening. At any rate there 
 should be a competent man in charge to keep an eye on the work in general. 
 
 Use of Machines. Before beginning work, a workman should examine 
 the machine, tools, apparatus, etc., which he is to use and the safeguards for 
 them. If they are not in proper order, he should report their condition to his 
 foreman, not starting work until the defects have been remedied. Employees 
 should be required to see that handles of hand tools are kept tight and in 
 good repair. No workman should attempt a job on a new machine without 
 first getting instructions from his foreman. Employees should be forbidden 
 to use a machine, tool or appliance not especially assigned to them. A work- 
 man should always be required to stop his machine before leaving it. Em- 
 ployees should be forbidden to look around or talk to others while operating 
 a machine. 
 
 Adjustments and placing of parts of machinery while it is in motion 
 should be avoided as much as possible. A workman should be required to let 
 his machine come to a stop before making an adjustment, even if he loses 
 a little time thereby. Oiling or cleaning should never be done while a machine 
 is in motion. When such is absolutely necessary, it should be done only 
 by one who fully understands the machinery and the dangers of the work. 
 The tendency of operators to remove a piece of waste material from a critical 
 place should be curbed as much as possible. A dust brush similar to the large 
 one used in painting is a good thing to have at many machines, and an air jet 
 or a suction is advantageous in some cases. Much of the necessity for clean- 
 ing will be obviated by a good exhaust system. A machine should be tested 
 regularly at least once a week, when it should also be thoroughly cleaned and 
 oiled. 
 
 Clothing. All workmen should be required to wear tight-fitting clothing. 
 Operators of machines and off-bearers should work with sleeves cut off at the 
 elbow, if they are not tight-fitting. Rolling up loose-*fitting sleeves is not so 
 safe. Use of gloves should be avoided as much as possible, and overalls and 
 jumpers should be kept properly buttoned. Dressing, undressing, or storing 
 of clothes in close proximity to moving machinery should be prohibited. 
 
 Piling Material. Unfinished or finished material should be piled on a 
 good foundation and in such a way that the pile will not topple over nor 
 parts of it slide off the top. It should not be piled too high, nor in passage- 
 ways, nor in dark places where workmen may have occasion to go. 
 
 Trucks. Many accidents in woodworking plants are caused by the over- 
 loading of trucks or the careless piling of lumber on them. If a truck is over- 
 loaded, a wheel may break and the load be thrown on some one near by. 
 
i2 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Care should also be taken in loading a truck to avoid possibility of the load 
 tipping over. Trucks should be examined frequently to see that their wheels 
 are in good condition and that the fastenings are secure. 
 
 Blower System. A good blower system conduces to safety both by 
 diminishing the likelihood of fire and by preventing injuries caused by flying 
 chips. It also assists largely in the covering of dangerous parts so as to make 
 contact with them less likely. In the turning and cutting of some kinds of 
 hard wood it prevents injury to health caused by the inhaling of dusts, which 
 not only affects the workmen's efficiency but makes them more liable to 
 accident. 
 
 When blower hoods are used for a protection as well as to take away 
 the dust, it is often advisable to make them adjustable, so that they can be 
 raised or lowered or adjusted to the various positions necessary for complete 
 guarding of the heads. 
 
 Motor Drive. The use of motor drive largely reduces the number of 
 accidents, both directly and indirectly. Its elimination of much shafting, 
 belting, etc., makes a room much lighter, cleaner and more roomy. Where 
 individual drive is used, the machine and the motor being a self-contained 
 unit, direct connection by gearing can do away with belts altogether. 
 
 Motor drive is expensive at first installation, but it soon more than pays 
 for itself, not only in lessening the amount of power necessary but also in 
 cutting out numerous shut-downs due to hot boxes and broken belts and 
 shafts. It also permits certain parts of a plant to be run when other parts 
 have to be shut down, and it enables parts to run if necessary without the 
 entire mill running. In saw mills it avoids the necessity of the speed of the 
 whole mill falling when a very heavy cut is being taken by some saw. 
 
 Fire Escapes. Every factory should have a sufficient number of exits and 
 fire escapes to permit prompt egress, and no exit should be allowed to become 
 temporarily blocked. Exits should be of proper size and there should be 
 proper openings to fire escapes. All doors should open outward, and no door 
 should be fastened in such a way that it cannot easily be opened from the 
 inside. Stairways should be built regular, with no break in width or height 
 of steps, and should be well lighted. There should be railings on both sides 
 of outside fire escapes, and landings also should be railed. When employees 
 are ordinarily conveyed to and from their places of work by elevators, they 
 should be required to use the stairways at least once a week so as to become 
 familiar with them. 
 
 Fire Precautions. Careful construction and equipment, in accordance 
 with the rules of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, should be supple- 
 mented by good management with a view to avoiding fire. All parts of a 
 building should be kept in good repair, to prevent fire reaching concealed 
 places where it will be hard to extinguish. Each foreman should inspect his 
 part of the premises before going home at night. 
 
 A good blowing system, venting outside of the building preferably, will 
 take care of much of the dust, shavings, etc., and cleanliness should attend 
 to the rest. Rubbish should not be allowed to accumulate in any part of a 
 
GENERAL i 3 
 
 building. Metal drip pans should be used to catch oil from bearings or else- 
 where, and these should be emptied regularly. Ashes should be kept in 
 approved cans or placed npon an incombustible floor. Smoking should not be 
 allowed. Slats or wire mesh should be used for guards as much as possible, 
 to prevent accumulation of inflammable stuff. 
 
 Explosives and inflammable substances and liquids should be stored in a 
 separate building, and only enough for immediate use should be taken out at 
 a time. Notices should be prominently displayed showing the amount of 
 such which is safe to be used at a time and the proper way to handle it. Open 
 lights should not be used where woodworking or finishing is done, or where 
 highly inflammable material, oils or other volatiles are stored. Sand in pails 
 or paper bags should be kept on hand in finishing rooms. Waste and finish- 
 ing cloths should be discarded into metal receptacles, which should be emptied 
 twice a day. 
 
 Care of Injured. Every injury, however slight, should be reported at 
 once to the foreman. No injured employee should be allowed to continue at 
 work unless his wound has been properly cleaned and dressed and is protected 
 by a bandage to prevent dust and dirt getting into it. Every plant should 
 have bandage materials within easy access in each department. In case of 
 injury at all serious, the first thing to do is to send for the doctor. 
 
 In giving first aid care should be taken to attempt no treatment which 
 can properly be given only by a physician. It is well to have two or more 
 men in each department trained in giving first aid. At any rate, signs or 
 posters should be prominently displayed giving detailed instructions regard- 
 ing such treatment. An emergency room for furnishing first aid is a valuable 
 adjunct to a plant, as it will not only afford quicker relief to the patient, but 
 will also economize both his time and that of the concern. 
 
LOGGING. 
 
 Probably the most effective means of preventing such logging accidents 
 as can be prevented is found in constant and close supervision by competent 
 superintendents and foremen, in the use of good tackle and apparatus, and in 
 careful and thorough inspection of all structures and equipment. These will 
 
 accomplish more than 
 safety devices, whose use 
 is necessarily limited in 
 such work. If work gen- 
 erally is done with rea- 
 sonable regard for the 
 safety of those near at 
 hand as well as those do- 
 ing it, if adequate signal 
 systems are used where 
 especially dangerous 
 work is done in close 
 proximity to a number of 
 men, if tools, tackle and 
 other appliances are kept 
 in good shape, if chains 
 are annealed at regular 
 intervals, if explosives 
 are properly handled, if 
 camps, railroads, roll- 
 ways, etc., are carefully 
 
 Courtesy of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. i. Walk Along Camp Buildings. 
 
 constructed, the majority of preventable accidents will be reduced to a mini- 
 mum. Supervision, for instance, will prevent the use of old cables as guy lines 
 on gin poles or fastenings for lead blocks, a practice which has caused many 
 accidents. It is important to have a uniform system of signalling, as men on 
 the same company's work often exchange with or supplement each other. 
 
 In steam logging the use of standard outfits tends to reduce accidents, 
 by assuring that the various parts of an equipment are suited to each other 
 and to the work. Standard plants also assist foremen in their supervision, 
 making it more likely that they will always have under them men who have 
 had experience with such machinery. 
 
 Explosives. Explosives should be handled only by a competent man 
 engaged especially for the purpose. The main supply should be kept locked 
 up and away from camp buildings or where men are working, and it should 
 not be stored where there is any chance of trees being felled or blown down 
 
LOGGING 
 
 15 
 
 on it. Only enough should be taken out at a time for immediate use. Frozen 
 explosives should not be thawed before an open fire, nor in a stove, nor over a 
 lamp, nor near a boiler or steam pipes, nor by placing cartridges in hot water. 
 A thawer should, be used, such as is furnished by the manufacturers. 
 
 Camps. If substantial, more or less permanent buildings are erected, 
 the usual building safeguards as regards scaffolds, etc., should be provided. 
 Whenever possible, the trees around a camp site should be felled before the 
 camp is built, to avoid danger from trees not falling as planned when felled 
 later. 
 
 An unloading platform for a railroad should not be so close to a cook 
 house as not to clear anyone standing on the side of a car or locomotive. 
 It is well to have all buildings far enough back from a track for men coming 
 out of the doors to have a safe walk alongside the track, as shown in Fig. 1 
 (page 14). 
 
 Engine round-houses 
 should be built with a pit over 
 which an engine can be run to 
 be repaired. Then men can get 
 down underneath and work in 
 safety. Lathes, drill presses, 
 etc., in machine shops should 
 have their belts and gears 
 guarded. No set screws should 
 be allowed to protrude. Grind- 
 ers should be protected as sug- 
 gested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 Railroad. A railroad 
 
 Should be as Well Constructed as Courtesy of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. 
 
 the character and extent of the Fig. 2. Trestle with Guard Rails and Walks, 
 logging operations will warrant. The track should be kept in good condition. In 
 large operations it should be ballasted. On marshy ground a track can well 
 be laid on poles set close together. Trestles should be substantially built of 
 timbers, rather than merely cribbed up with logs, and they should be equipped 
 with safe walks and have guard rails on the curves, as shown in Fig. 2. 
 On long trestles there should be emergency platforms at certain intervals. 
 Safety switches should be provided on all steep grades. 
 
 Engines should have the best of air brakes and auxiliary steam brakes. 
 Air brakes should be used on cars whenever the size of the timber handled 
 permits. In handling big logs a flat car with bunks, as shown in Fig. 3 (page 16), 
 is preferable, from the safety standpoint, to the car which consists merely 
 of bunks and trucks. Care should be taken that logs are securely fastened on 
 cars. Chucks, bunks, chains and other fastenings should be kept in good con- 
 dition and adjusted carefully. When small logs are loaded on a flat car, 
 sound side stakes should be set securely in substantial sockets. Engines and 
 cars, their brakes and other equipment should be inspected regularly and 
 kept in good condition. Men should not be allowed to ride on logging trains 
 unless employed in work connected with them or at regular times for trans- 
 
i6 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 portation of logging crews. When donkey engines are used in railroad con- 
 struction for pulling out logs and small stumps, the same safety precautions 
 should be taken as with yarder and road engines. 
 
 Felling. Only experienced and careful men should do this work. If a 
 tree is not felled in the right direction, it may injure men working in the 
 vicinity, either by falling on them or by hitting other trees and throwing 
 branches in all directions. When a tree is ready to fall, the faller, or chop- 
 per, or sawyer, as he is variously called, should give ample warning to buck- 
 ers or swampers who may be near. Whenever possible, it is best not to have 
 buckers or swampers working close to where felling is being done. In many 
 cases they can follow fallers at a sufficient distance not to be in danger on 
 this account. This will also help keep the camp from having to stop 
 
 operations because not 
 enough timber has been 
 felled. 
 
 Fallers should be pro- 
 vided with the best of tools, 
 kept in good condition. 
 Wedges and hammers 
 should be watched for 
 crystallization, and those 
 with burrs on them should 
 not be used. Ax handles 
 should be of sound material. 
 Springboards on which fal- 
 lers work when they have to 
 cut a tree above a pitch 
 pocket should be substantial. 
 Fallers should have very 
 
 Courtesy 
 
 of Eastern & 
 
 Fig. 3 
 
 'estem Lumber Co. 
 
 Flat Car with Bunks. 
 
 sharp calks in their shoes, to help them make a quick getaway when a butt 
 suddenly jumps back from the stump. 
 
 Buckers or Swampers. The men who cut up the tree into logs and trim 
 off the limbs should work in pairs, whenever possible. In sawing off a log 
 that lies up high, the log is apt to fall on the bucker or on some small tree 
 which will pin him down. When sawing logs off a tree lying on an incline 
 it is advisable to drive stakes to prevent the log from rolling, and also if pos- 
 sible to work from the upper side. Buckers' saws, wedges and other tools 
 should be cared for like those of fallers. 
 
 Yarder Engine. This engine, often used to pull logs out from where 
 they are cut to the roadway, should be guarded like any stationary engine, 
 especial attention being paid to covering gears and placing a guard along the 
 side of the crank, as shown in Fig. 4 (page 17). The water glass of the boiler 
 should be guarded (see index). The safety valve should be tested often and 
 kept in good shape. There should be substantial standards in front of the 
 machine with a heavy cross bar between them, to take the whip out of a 
 breaking cable. Hooks, chains and cables should be watched carefully for 
 
LOGGING 
 
 17 
 
 signs of weakness. When a bad spot shows in a cable, it should be taken out 
 and a new piece spliced in. The tackle is put to tremendous strain, as little 
 road-making is done to yard logs out and small trees and stumps are con- 
 stantly being struck. A good method of signalling should be adopted, and 
 the signal should never be given the engine until everyone is in the clear. 
 
 Close supervision of yarding out work is essential. There is much manipu- 
 lating of hooks, blocks and tackle, and the work must be skilfully done to 
 avoid accident as much as possible. Snatch blocks should be carefully placed, 
 and the men should make it a point to get quickly out of the way of the line. 
 Close watch should be kept on the boiler, and the engineer should not be 
 allowed to get up dangerous pressure. 
 
 Road Engine. The en- 
 gine used in many large 
 camps for hauling logs along 
 the roadway or skid road to 
 the roll-way from which 
 they are loaded on cars or 
 dumped into the water 
 should be protected like the 
 yarder engine. Tackle 
 should be cared for and sig- 
 nalling done as in yarding 
 out. The chaser, or signal 
 man, should be rigidly pro- 
 hibited from riding on the 
 logs as they are hauled in 
 and from riding back in the 
 " pi§' " which carries his ax, 
 tackle, etc. 
 
 Loading Cars. In steam 
 los's^ingf the loading of losrs 
 
 Courtesy of Lidgcrzcood Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4. Yarding Engine Guarded. 
 
 on cars is very dangerous, due largely to more men being gathered together 
 than in any other part of the work. Methods of loading vary, but whatever 
 the method, good tackle and close supervision are necessary. Many of the 
 most serious accidents are caused by men being caught by moving cars and 
 loaders, especially where the loader is moved from car to car along rails laid 
 on the cars. Such accidents can be reduced only by having the moving of cars 
 and loaders done under signals from a responsible man chargeable with this 
 duty, and his taking proper care that everyone is in the clear before giving a 
 signal. Cables or grappling hooks should be very carefully fastened on logs, 
 to prevent their slipping and falling out of the sling or hooks. The work of 
 handling the logs in loading should be closely supervised. In some work it 
 is a common and bad practice to loop a cable around five or ten logs, to drag 
 them to a point alongside the car from which they can be loaded singly. Often 
 more logs are fastened on than the cable will pull. Then the cable breaks and 
 its flying ends are apt to inflict serious injuries. Whether the engine is used 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 for loading or both loading and skidding, it should be guarded and cared for 
 
 like any other stationary engine used in logging. 
 
 When cars are loaded from a roll-way alongside the track, the same pre- 
 cautions should be observed 
 as regards signalling and 
 care of tackle. The usual 
 method of doing this work, 
 by means of a gin pole and 
 tackle operated by an engine 
 at the side or on another car, 
 is very dangerous. The men 
 are often injured by not get- 
 ting out of the way of a log 
 or by being hit by flying 
 cables or broken blocks or 
 swamp hooks- The tackle 
 should be in the best of shape 
 
 Courtesy of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. and the cin Dole both Stron°" 
 
 Fig. 5. Built-up Roll-way. and we lf supported by guys. 
 
 Use of a crane moving along a parallel track will reduce the danger consider- 
 ably. A roll-way should be built up off the ground, as shown in Fig. 5, so that 
 if a log starts to roll down when a man loading is standing in front of it he 
 may jump down under the roll-way and avoid being crushed. 
 
 Skidders. These devices are used in many parts of the country both for 
 yarding logs and for loading them on railroad cars or delivering them to a road 
 engine or a waterway. The engine, or engines where loading also is done, should 
 be guarded and cared for like 
 yarder or road engines. Where 
 they are mounted on a base at all 
 high a safe walk around them 
 should be provided and any stair- 
 ways to an elevated engine 
 should be railed. 
 
 The main cable and ropes 
 should be of good quality and 
 kept in good condition. Tongs 
 should be kept sharp and sling 
 chains watched carefully for 
 crystallization. Blocks should 
 be inspected frequently for de- 
 fects. Head spars, tail trees 
 
 and gin poles Should be Care- Courtesy, of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. 
 
 fully selected and the guy lines Fig. 6. Unloading Apparatus, 
 
 should be strong and properly adjusted. 
 
 The head tower used where a cableway is permanently installed for work 
 at a mill or elsewhere, and sometimes in other work when it either is stationary 
 or travels, the frame spar used on scows or pull boats, and the derrick boom 
 
LOGGING 
 
 19 
 
 for some kinds of skidders, should be built or selected with special view to strength 
 and solidity. 
 
 Much of the danger of yarding logs and loading them is eliminated by 
 the use of the cableway yarder, as one variety of skidder 
 is called, which yards the logs through the air instead of 
 dragging them upon the ground. This system also saves 
 band saws, as it enables logs to arrive at the mill free from 
 much of the sand, grit, stones and mud which they other- 
 wise gather. These cableways can also be used for un- 
 loading logs a carload at a time, for piling logs, for feed- 
 ing a mill in place of a haul up chain, and for handling 
 logs otherwise. 
 
 Unloading Cars. A dangerous method of unload- 
 ing from cars into water is to run the trains in so that the 
 cars slope toward the water, and then knock out the blocks 
 or chucks by hand and jackscrew the logs off the car. It is 
 much safer to use a cableway or other skidding device, Courtesy of .1. .-/. f 
 or a crane running on an adjacent track, as shown in Fig. 7. Safety Hook. 
 Fig. 6 (page 18) but the work will be facilitated by running the cars in on a 
 slope. The same precautions regarding engines and tackle should be observed 
 as in other logging work. 
 
 Safety Hooks. When a load of logs on a car is bound together by a chain, 
 the releasing or unhooking of the load is very dangerous unless a safety grab 
 hook is used, such as the Flexible Safety Grab Hook, shown in Fig. 7, or the 
 American Safety Hook, shown in Fig. 8. With a safety hook, a cord or snatching 
 chain operated from a safe distance will release the binding 
 chain. Use of a safety hook also obviates the frequent nec- 
 essity of cutting chains and the subsequent danger of make- 
 shift repairs, and it enables unloading to be done more 
 rapidly. 
 
 Travoying. All the tackle used in Northeastern and 
 Lake States in tonging or snaking out logs from a cutting 
 to a skid way should be kept in good shape. If a snub rope 
 is used to hold a sled from going too fast down a steep 
 grade, the rope should be both strong enough and sound. 
 The same care is necessary in dragging out logs which lie 
 away from the travoy road. 
 
 Skidways- The work at the skidways used in North- 
 eastern and Lake States logging to store logs travoyed 
 from the cuttings until the two-sleds haul them to the 
 landing, and also to store logs at the banking ground, is 
 extremely dangerous. The man at the top of the pile 
 should be exceptionally cool and careful, and he should 
 have a good system of signalling to the engineer or horse- 
 driver at the rear who controls the power for rolling the logs up the skids. Care- 
 fulness on their part will reduce the number of accidents to the deckers, who send 
 the logs up and straighten them with their cant-hooks if they stick and cant. 
 
 Courtesy of American 
 Safety Hook Co. 
 
 Fig. 8. Safety Hook. 
 
2o WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 The chains and other tackle and the cant-hooks should be closely watched and 
 kept in the best of condition. Decking should be very carefully done, so that 
 the pile will not bulge and fall. 
 
 Ice Roads. Many accidents to the men driving the big log sleighs, in Lake 
 State and Northeastern lumbering, can be avoided by proper loading and by 
 keeping the road in good condition. Steep grades should be sanded, to pre- 
 vent the great loads of logs from going too fast or from slewing about. 
 In loading the sleigh the same precautions should be observed as in rolling 
 logs up on skidways. Care should be taken that the logs are securely bound, 
 and that the chain holding them is equal to the strain. The breaking of chains 
 and the spreading of the load and rolling of the logs are a prolific cause of 
 accidents. The care of sleighs, harness, horses and tackle should be in the 
 hands of a competent man who will see that everything is always in good 
 shape for the work. 
 
 Driving. Supervision is about the only safeguard in river driving, and 
 even the best is none too effective. It is practically impossible for foremen 
 to keep very close watch on the rivermen. They can, however, supervise 
 breaking up jams and the especially dangerous work done by the rear in clean- 
 ing up wing jams. When dynamite is used to break up a jam, the man in 
 charge of the work should see that everyone is out of danger before the charge 
 i> exploded. 
 
SAW MILL. 
 
 (Including Lath Mill and Shingle Mill.) 
 
 The machinery used in a saw mill is so dangerous and runs at such great 
 speed, the work is done under such high tension, and the conditions generally 
 are so hazardous, that every possible precaution should be taken to protect 
 employees against the many risks present. In addition to the specific safe- 
 guards suggested below for particular machines and operations, there are a 
 number of general precautions which are necessary. 
 
 There should be sufficient space around all machines, and wherever 
 possible there should be elevated runways all over the mill. There is a great 
 deal of danger to even an experienced man in making his way over or around 
 live rolls, transfer chains, and all the machinery that goes to make up a saw 
 mill plant. Runways are especially necessary in crowded mills. 
 
 The mill should be kept as clean as possible all the time. This will avoid 
 many accidents due to men stumbling over piles or pieces. All openings in 
 the floor for conveyors or chutes to boiler rooms should be railed off and 
 equipped with toe boards. All floors should be kept in good condition, sound 
 and free from holes. Any stairwa)^ used should be properly railed and kept 
 in good repair. Every counterweight used in a mill should be boxed up or pro- 
 vided with a safety chain. These counterweights are among the most danger- 
 ous things found in a saw mill. 
 
 Special attention should be given to making the transmission floor as safe 
 as possible. Experienced saw mill men are so accustomed to the dangers 
 here that they do not appreciate the risks they run. Screening of belts and 
 other apparatus and provision of safe runways for overhead work will prevent 
 many accidents in this very dangerous part of the mill. 
 
 Perhaps the most essential thing of all, however, is close supervision of 
 work by competent foremen, who will see to it that rules and instructions 
 designed to promote safety are rigidly enforced and strictly followed and that 
 all the work is done in the safest Avay possible. This supervision should be 
 supplemented by good warning signs prominently displayed at specially 
 dangerous points. Carefulness in doing work is the only means of avoiding 
 many accidents not preventable by mechanical safeguards. Such carefulness 
 is particularly necessary on the part of the men who control machinery, 
 notably the sawyer, who, besides running the band or circular mill and the 
 carriage, is also apt to handle most of the appliances on the deck. Cool and 
 
22 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 clear judgment is a prime requisite in a man controlling so much machinery 
 likely to cause injuries unless it is carefully handled. 
 
 LOG HAUL. 
 
 A log haul, of whatever variety, should be substantial and durable, and 
 every precaution should be taken against a log getting loose and possibly 
 falling over the side of the haul, as the space beneath is frequently a thorough- 
 fare. Where big timber is handled, it is perhaps best to have the haul 
 V-shaped, with high sides and well reinforced with iron on the inside. When 
 a bull chain is used, it is sufficient to reinforce the sides. Where the hauling 
 is done by drum and cable, the 
 haul should be entirely lined with 
 iron. On the Pacific Coast heavy 
 railroad rails are often used. 
 
 When a log haul is built en- 
 tirely of wood, the wood should 
 be of the best quality and the haul 
 should be watched carefully and 
 kept in good repair. A big knot 
 catching in a hole or bad spot may 
 cause a log to fall back or be 
 thrown off the haul, and may tear 
 the haul to pieces. The sides of a 
 flat surfaced haul should be sub- 
 stantially fenced its entire length. 
 So should hauls up which logs are 
 drawn upon a tram car, as too 
 long a log is apt to tip off the car. 
 The spikes and bunks on such a 
 car should be kept very sharp, to 
 hold the logs firmly. 
 
 Chains and Cables. Chains and Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 
 cables, and all hooks and fastenings Fig- 9- Deck with Railroad Iron Skids, 
 used in connection with them, Band MiU Housing and Lever Lock, 
 
 should be in personal charge of the head millwright or master mechanic, who 
 should see they are always in good condition. Chains should be annealed at 
 regular intervals, to avoid danger from crystallization. In severe weather 
 chains and hooks can well be kept in a warm room over night, whenever pos- 
 sible, or thawed out before the day's work begins. Cables should be kept well 
 lubricated, and when broken ends of wires show appreciable space between 
 them the cable should be discarded. A breaking cable is apt to whip back 
 at the man working the friction. The steel brackets of a bull chain should be 
 kept sharp and upright, and the return part of the chain should be covered up 
 beyond danger of contact. 
 
 Walks. When one man acts as both pond man and deck man, there 
 should be a good cleated and hand-railed walk or stairway at the side of the 
 
SAW MILL 23 
 
 haul. It is well to have such a walk for any haul. Workmen should never be 
 
 allowed to ride up on the logs or log haul. 
 
 Machinery. All cog gearing, belting or frictions on the log haul ma- 
 chinery should be covered. It is a 
 good plan also to have the whole 
 log haul machine fenced in by pipe 
 railings. 
 
 Pike Poles. Pike poles used by 
 pond men should be strong and 
 sound, and the points should be 
 sharp and well fastened. A cracked 
 pole or blunt point may throw a man 
 into the water, and many a man 
 pushing hard on a cracked pole has 
 received bad injuries from the pole 
 giving way and a sharp broken end 
 
 Courtesy of J! heland Machine Works. o o _/ 1 
 
 -n>- t^ . /- j r tt j ™ , entering his body. 
 
 Fig. 10. Extension Guard for Head Block. 
 
 DECK. 
 
 The work of deck men, or roll-on men, varies according to the size of the 
 timber handled and the equipment of the mill, but whether they put the logs 
 on the carriage, roll them from the flat part of a deck to the incline, or merely 
 keep the logs rolling down, adjust them with cant-hooks, and keep the deck 
 clear of bark, their work is so hazardous that they need all the protection 
 possible. They are always running the risk of being crushed by a log, and, 
 when a kicker, or rocker, and a log loader and deck stop are used, they are in 
 danger of being hit 
 by a log thrown by 
 the former or of get- 
 ting their feet 
 caught in the latter. 
 
 Condition o f 
 Deck and Cant- 
 hooks. The deck 
 should be kept in 
 good condition, for 
 the men are contin- 
 ually jumping out of 
 the way of logs and 
 they need as decent 
 
 a footing as possible. Courtesy of Kellogg Lumber Co. 
 
 It requires much at- Fig. n. Extension Guards for Head Blocks. 
 
 tention, as big knots frequently knock holes in it, and the wear on it generally 
 is both constant and severe. The skids of a deck can well be made of railroad 
 iron, as shown in Fig. 9 (page 22). In this picture the solid connection 
 
24 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 between the carriage and the deck is also noticeable. The cant-hooks with 
 which the men work should be examined often to see that the shafts are 
 sound and that the hooks are sharp, securely fastened and work properly. 
 
 Canter. When a canter, or log turner, is used to kick logs, to load them 
 and turn cants on the carriage, or to get down to the carriage a log which 
 has stopped before reaching the bottom of the deck, the chain should be 
 kept in good condition, so as not to break unexpectedly, and the hook should 
 always be sharp, to prevent its slipping or tearing out of a log. The machin- 
 ery above, which runs the canter, should be well guarded, all gears and fric- 
 tions being covered. On account of the strain on this machinery, much atten- 
 tion has to be given it. The oiler has to go up there often, and so do other 
 workmen when a hook comes out and the chain gets tangled up around the 
 drum. 
 
 Selection and Care. With all the safeguarding possible, deck men's 
 work is so dangerous that great care should be used in their selection. Their 
 best safeguard is caution, 
 and many accidents would be 
 avoided if foremen would put 
 only cool-headed men on the 
 job. Where a kicker is used 
 to throw logs from the ridge 
 to the deck proper, the scaler, 
 or sawyer, whoever operates 
 this apparatus, can save 
 many a deck man from in- 
 jury by being careful not to 
 throw another log on the 
 deck when anyone is in a 
 position of danger there. 
 Caution on the part of the 
 sawyer, who is apt to handle 
 most of the deck appliances. 
 is, in fact, one of the most essential requirements for the safety of the deck men. 
 
 Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 12. Carriage Feed Cable Sheave and Set 
 Works Sheave Guarded. 
 
 CARRIAGE. 
 
 The setters and doggers who ride on the carriage are in danger on several 
 accounts, chiefly from the saw breaking, from a log being thrown over the 
 head blocks at them, from the carriage running away, and from losing their 
 footing through a sudden movement of the carriage. When shot-gun feed is 
 used, it is important to keep all valve arrangements in good condition, to pre- 
 vent steam leaking into the cylinder or throwing a valve over center and 
 shooting the carriage down the mill. Every rapidly moving carriage should be 
 equipped with spring bumpers or air cushions. 
 
 It is a good idea to provide a strong hook and link for locking the carriage 
 when saws are to be changed, repairs made, etc., unless there is a throttle 
 connection close to the sawyer to shut off the steam supply to the feed with 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 2 5 
 
 a connection to the drain cocks which will free the cylinder of steam. What- 
 ever the system of feed, whether shot-gun or steam feed, the lever controlling 
 it should have an efficient lock, and any lost motion between the lever and the 
 valve should be watched for and taken out. The sawyer should be careful 
 never to take his hand off the lever without locking it. 
 
 A carriage should be completely floored over and the deck should be 
 kept in good shape, as the men have to move rapidly and have no time to 
 avoid danger spots- Cleats should always be placed so the men can brace 
 themselves when the carriage starts back. 
 
 Carriage Run. There should be plenty of room, never less than 30 
 inches, between a carriage and the wall of the mill, or any fixed object, or else 
 this space should be blocked against use as a passageway. If there is room 
 enough between carriage and wall so the space can be used as a passageway, 
 there should be a hand-rail 36 inches high along the wall. If there are 
 entrances through the wall, as from a filing room, the doors should be kept 
 
 closed and warning signs 
 placed outside them. Only 
 persons whose work requires 
 them to use this space as a 
 passageway should be al- 
 lowed in it. It is best, how- 
 ever, not to let any space be- 
 tween carriage and wall be 
 used as a passageway, and 
 to have no entrances to it 
 through the wall. 
 
 Extensions for Head 
 Blocks. To prevent a log 
 Courtesy of h. m. Land's Sons Co. being thrown over the head 
 
 Fig. 13. Circular Saw Guard and Lever Lock. blocks at the carriage meU) 
 
 extension guards should be bolted to the tops of the blocks. These may be 
 slightly curved at the top, as shown in Fig. 10 (page 23), or have hooks there, 
 as shown in Fig. 11 (page 23). 
 
 Sheaves. Carriage feed cable sheaves should be substantially hooded, 
 as shown in Fig. 12 (page 24), to prevent a man crossing in a hurry, and 
 naturally watching the carriage, from getting his foot caught between sheave 
 and rope or getting an arm caught there if he should fall. A heavy timber is 
 securely fastened on each side of the sheave, extending well in front and back 
 of it and coming up as high as the carriage will allow. At each end these are 
 bevelled down to the floor. Across the tops of these is a substantial sheet metal 
 cover. This is bent down at the front, to reach the floor, with a slot in it to 
 let the cable go through. At the back it can be left open, as shown, or can have 
 a hinged end coming down to the floor. The underneath part of a sheave 
 should also be enclosed when low enough down for anyone to come in con- 
 tact with it, the side guards extending well below the bottom, and the whole 
 return portion of the carriage feed cable running underneath the mill floor 
 
 
 ^^iS 
 
 ^ Y jt\ 
 
 
 1 fedL \ 
 
 r ' 
 
 
26 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 should be covered or guarded. Sheaves of cables operating rope feed set works 
 should also be hooded, as shown in Fig. 12 (page 24). 
 
 Gears, Couplings, Etc. All couplings, ends of shafts, set work gears and 
 head block gears should be protected with heavy metal guards. When steam 
 feed is used, the gears on the drum of the feed should be enclosed. So should 
 frictions when such are used to drive the drum. 
 
 Care in Operation. The sawyer should operate the carriage with care, 
 even if the head of the mill is behind the tail in the work. If the carriage 
 is started before the dogs are set, the log may slip off against him, fall off 
 on the off-bearers, or knock a setter or dogger off the carriage. The sawyer 
 should be careful to reverse in time 
 to avoid hitting the bumpers 
 violently. The nigger should be 
 worked with judgment, especially if 
 it has a hook to pull logs off the 
 deck and on to the carriage, to avoid 
 throwing a log over to the carriage 
 with too great force- 
 
 CIRCULAR MILL. 
 
 The saw of a circular mill should 
 always have a disk splitter, or wedge 
 wheel, close behind it, to help pre- 
 vent wood from binding. This 
 splitter should extend about six 
 inches above the arbor and should 
 be very strong and securely fastened. 
 It is well also to have a device to 
 prevent the sawyer or anyone else 
 falling against the saw. Such a 
 device is shown in Fig. 13 (page 25). 
 It consists of an upright piece with 
 a cross-piece, and is made of 4 x 4 
 
 pine and painted blue. Where the Courtesy of Paullson-Ellingson Lumber Co. 
 
 mill is double, the top saw should Fig- *4- Lever Guard and Lock, 
 
 be covered down to the arbor with an adjustable hood supported from above. 
 A properly counterweighted hood can also be used for much work done with 
 a single saw mill. 
 
 Shield for Sawyer and Lever. There should be a substantial metal or 
 wooden fencing in front of where the sawyer stands, to protect his hands 
 on the carriage lever, and his body, and to prevent anything striking the lever. 
 Metal makes a better guard than wood, as it will keep a flying inserted 
 tooth from hitting the sawyer. Some circular mills come furnished with a 
 semi-circular cast-iron hood inside which the sawyer stands. A home-made 
 hood can be made by cutting an iron pipe of large diameter in two and 
 fastening half of it to the floor with iron flanges. Above this guard a heavy 
 wire screen should be attached, to protect the sawyer's eyes against flying 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 27 
 
 bark, knots, slivers, stones, spikes, etc. A home-made guard, of plank below 
 and wire mesh above, is shown in Fig. 14 (page 26).- The Dittbener lever 
 guard, which encloses the run of the lever and has a detachable arm shield, 
 is shown in Fig 15. Even a substantial maple strip, set in proper position, 
 will ward off a slab coming back and make it pass by the lever. 
 
 Lock for Lever. The lever for operating the carriage should always 
 have an efficient lock. One common type consists of a square or oblong 
 piece of iron, with a hole cut out on one side to fit around the lever, hinged 
 to another piece fastened to the floor. The first piece is bent up on the 
 notched side, so the sawyer can kick it over into place around the lever. 
 Another method of locking is by means of a bolt passing through a hole in 
 the lever, the bolt being supported by a standard fastened to the Moor. 
 Sometimes a bent clevis is dropped over the lever from a standard at the side, 
 a pin being then inserted through holes in the ends of 
 the clevis, as shown in Fig. 14 (page 26). A small 
 band sliding down oxer a standard alongside the lever, 
 as shown in Fig. 13 (page 25). is often used, and is also 
 arranged to be locked with a padlock. The cross lever 
 shown in this picture is much safer than the old style 
 lever working parallel with the carriage, especially when 
 no guard protects both sawyer and lever. It also enables 
 the sawyer to see the logs going on the carriage better. 
 Guide. The guide should be so arranged that it 
 can be adjusted without the sawyer having to go closer 
 to the saw than his usual position. In many modern 
 mills this adjustment is done by means of a hand wheel 
 within easy reach of the sawyer. 
 
 Inserted Teeth. Inserted teeth, which are much 
 Courtesy of used where no rock saw is employed, should be set in 
 
 Diamond Iron Works. . 1111 -,, ,, 
 
 _. and securely locked with the utmost care, to prevent 
 
 Fig. 15. Dittbener Lever . , • 1 • 1 1 a ■ 
 
 „ , their working loose and living:. 
 
 Guard. ' J & 
 
 BAND MILL. 
 
 Housing. To protect the sawyer, the off-bearers, the carriage men and 
 others in the vicinity, in case the saw breaks, the part of the band mill above 
 the floor should be substantially enclosed as fully as possible. The upper 
 wheel should be entirely housed, and as much of the saw as is practicable. 
 Fig. 16 (page 28) shows an enclosure with lifting door for access to the saw. 
 A somewhat different arrangement is shown in Fig. 17 (page 29). The lower 
 door swings outward on hinges and the upper door swings up by rope and 
 pulley. Guards with doors are safer than the stationary enclosures with room 
 inside for working about the saw. They bring the housing closer to the 
 machine, yet afford ready access. Another enclosure for a band mill is shown 
 in Fig. 9 (page 22). A telescopic band mill should be housed in the same 
 way, and the counterweight should be boxed its entire run. In addition to the 
 housing, the band sawyer should have in front a substantial shield for him- 
 
28 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 self and the carriage feed lever, similar to that described under the heading 
 "Circular Mill," and there should be an efficient lock for the lever. Fig. 9 
 (page 22) shows the lever locked and a chain attached to the pin. 
 
 Rock Saw. When a rock saw is used to cut out, or give warning of, rocks, 
 dirt and pieces of metal in the top of the log, this saw should be well counter- 
 weighted, so it will swing up in the clear when not in use. It should also be 
 hooded as fully as possible, by suction hood or otherwise, to prevent anyone 
 falling on it or coming in contact with it when oiling or climbing on a log on 
 the deck or carriage. Fig. 18 (page 29) shows a suction hood guard on a 
 rock saw. The same hooding should be done when a rock saw frame has a 
 planing head in it instead of a saw 
 with inserted teeth. When logs are 
 sawed which have been rafted down 
 rivers, held together by chains at- 
 tached to dogs at their ends, they 
 should be barked with an ax or adze 
 before being put on the carriage, un- 
 less a rock saw is used. These dogs 
 sometimes break off, leaving their 
 points in the logs. 
 
 Care in Operation. When the 
 band mill is not double-cutting, and 
 the carriage has no automatic set-off, 
 the sawyer should watch the log 
 very carefully as it comes back. A 
 shim sticking out from the cut may 
 catch the rear edge of the saw and 
 throw it off the wheel, causing much 
 damage if not personal injuries. The 
 upper guide should be kept carefully 
 adjusted to proper position under 
 varying conditions. If it is set too 
 
 low, the log may tear Off the guide Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 and throw the blade out ; if too high, Fig. 16. Housing for Band Mill, 
 
 the too limber blade is likely to break as well as make bad lumber. Some 
 guides have a safety attachment, by which the guide is immediately detached 
 if a log being fed to the saw comes in contact with it. 
 
 The sawyer should keep a close watch on what is going on down the rolls, 
 so as not to cause an accident by sending cants too rapidly to them. If one 
 cant comes along and hits another, men are apt to be badly injured. In many 
 ways much depends on the sawyer's quick and cool judgment and his keen 
 observance of all that is taking place. When there is no clutch by which the 
 band mill can be stopped alone, there should be within easy reach of the saw- 
 yer means of sounding a loud whistle, audible all over the mill, when the mill 
 has to be shut down on account of the band mill, or when it is to be started 
 up again. A band saw should never be touched, for oiling or other purpose, 
 inside the housing while it is in motion. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 29 
 
 Saw. When a saw is cracked, it should be withdrawn from use until it has 
 been brazed. Drilling a hole to prevent a crack from spreading is as bad a 
 custom as it is common. Saws should be watched carefully to discover the 
 
 beginning; of cracks, which should be 
 repaired at once. 
 
 Short Side Band Mill. The pro- 
 tection outlined above should be given 
 also to the short side band mill when 
 one side of a double saw mill is used 
 for sawing up cants turned out by the 
 head saw on the long side. 
 
 EDGERS. 
 
 The edger is one of the most 
 dangerous machines in a saw mill, and 
 needs to be well guarded against ma- 
 terial being kicked back, against the 
 nving of slivers, knots, etc., and 
 against contact with the fast-moving 
 driving apparatus. 
 
 Courtesy of Squaiv Creek Lumber Co. Pressure Rolls. To guard against 
 
 Fig. 17. Housing for Band Mill. kicking, an edger should have heavy 
 
 pressure rolls both in front and back of the saws. It is often advisable to 
 have two rolls in each place, and when the work is very heavy, as in sawing 
 up large cants, also to apply steam pressure. Pressure rolls should always be 
 kept in good condition 
 and properly adjusted, 
 and, when steam pres- 
 sure is used, it is impor- 
 tant that the steam ar- 
 rangements be kept in 
 the best of order. 
 
 Finger Guards. Ad- 
 ditional mechanical safe- 
 guards against kicking 
 are often provided. One 
 of these is the so-called 
 finger guard, consisting 
 of fingers hung at such 
 an angle that stock can 
 easily be fed under them, 
 
 but it is impossible tO Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 bend them back. If the Fig. 18. Guard for Rock Saw. 
 
 stock pinches and starts to kick back, the fingers dig into it and hold it. 
 Sometimes, as on the Pacific Coast, these fingers are placed back of the saws, 
 in front of the back pressure roll, but usually they are suspended from a bar in 
 
3° 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Ingram Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 19. Finger Guards for Edger. 
 
 front of the front pressure roll, as shown in Fig. 19- The picture shows a board 
 
 going through at the right, pushing up the fingers as it enters. 
 
 Another safety attachment, with which the American Wood Working Ma- 
 chinery Co. equips one of its gang rip- 
 ping machines, is shown in Fig. 20. 
 The stock passes under the front pres- 
 sure roll and then under the four steel 
 dogs of the safety attachment, which raise 
 readily for the infeed but block the board 
 absolutely against returning. The guard 
 is attached to the swing. 
 
 Flybacks. There are several ways 
 of guarding edgermen against flying 
 slivers, knots, edgings, etc. One of the 
 best is to hang a heavy wire screen in 
 front of the saws, as shown in Fig. 21 
 (page 31). Such a guard should be hung 
 as low as possible without interfering 
 with the edgerman's view of the saws. 
 Sometimes a solid apron of planking is 
 suspended from the ceiling, resting on 
 the top of the front pressure roll. An- 
 other method is to have a solid cover of 
 wood or wire mesh over the entire top 
 
 of the machine, as shown in Fig- 22 (page 32). Where this is done a screen 
 
 should also be hung in front. A good way of covering the top of an edger 
 
 used to cut dimension lumber is shown in Fig. 23 (page 32). It is a complete 
 
 guard from the roll in front over the top. A wire screen can be used when it 
 
 is necessary to see the saws. 
 
 When the front pressure roll is attached to a swinging frame, the open 
 
 part of this frame is sometimes filled in with wire mesh. It is advisable also 
 
 to carry a curving shield back over 
 
 the saws, or to house the top of the 
 
 machine. Fig. 24 (page 33) shows 
 
 a heavy Pacific Coast edger with a 
 
 board guard extending up from the 
 
 front roll, the lower part hinged so 
 
 as to work with the roll. When no 
 
 front pressure roll is used, a plank 
 
 is sometimes suspended in front of 
 
 the saws, as shown in Fig. 25 (page 
 
 33). This should be hung as low 
 
 as possible, to help prevent lumber 
 
 from climbing. 
 
 Care in Operation. Kicking can be due to other causes than the stock 
 
 pinching and climbing the saws before it reaches the back pressure roll, a knot 
 
 or change in grain being struck, or a split or loose edging getting jammed or 
 
 Courtesy of American JVood Working Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 20. Edger Dog Guard. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 3' 
 
 dropping in front of the feeding-out roll- The edgerman should be careful to 
 put his stock through straight. If fed at an angle, it will jam and may kick. 
 When several pieces are fed in at once, special care should be taken to send 
 them in straight, as otherwise they are apt to get twisted up and cause an 
 accident. Stuff should not be forced through too fast, nor pieces of different 
 thickness fed in at once. 
 
 It is dangerous to raise a front or back pressure roll before the stock is 
 clear of the saws. This is likely to allow warped or " snaky " lumber to get on 
 top of the saws and be thrown back. The rear pressure roll should never be 
 raised while stock is going through, if this can be avoided. When it is raised 
 for a thick piece of stock following a much thinner one, the lever should never 
 be placed in the notch intended to hold it while cleaning up is going on or new 
 saws being put in. When it is necessary to raise the pressure roll, the edger- 
 man should step to one side. A block should never be used for holding up a 
 pressure roll when 
 working on the saws. 
 The lever should al- 
 ways be used, and 
 locked. 
 
 It is a bad prac- 
 tice to lift the front 
 pressure roll when a 
 piece of edging or 
 something else gets 
 stuck about the saws 
 and try to get the 
 piece out with a 
 stick, so the saws will 
 not get hot and wab- 
 ble, making poor lum- 
 b e r. The piece 
 should be taken out 
 from the back or side of the machine. Dull saws should never be used as they 
 are very likely to cause kicking. Wearing of gloves by edgermen working on 
 short lever edgers should be avoided, but, if gloves are worn, they should be of 
 canvas or other material that will tear easily, rather than of buckskin. 
 
 When there is no front pressure roll, it has been found advantageous to file 
 the saws with a hook, to carry the stock back without pressure roll until it 
 comes between the back feed and back pressure roll. This will tend to pre- 
 vent lumber from kicking back before reaching the back roll and being pre- 
 vented by it from creeping on top of the saws. The edger shown in Fig. 25 
 (page 33) has its saws filed in this manner, and is equipped with two back 
 pressure rolls. 
 
 Short Lever Edger. The operator of the short lever edger, much used on 
 the Pacific Coast, is in great danger of getting his hand caught in the rolls and 
 pulled into the saws, either by following up stock with his hands when he is 
 hurrying to keep up with the head saw, or by reaching in to prevent a picaroon 
 
 ' "4-lltfL 
 
 V 
 
 
 M 
 
 ■■ 
 
 - - r- 
 
 \S 
 
 _-_ 1 
 
 IrBffilfll 
 
 li'!;S' , ;;i:; ;: : : .'--^-v : ''. 
 
 vQ*^lt*>^wfcSS! 
 
 Courtesy of Menominee Bay Shore Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 21. Wire Screen for Edger. 
 
3 2 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 that has got caught from going into the saws. An operator is also apt to be 
 pulled into the rolls by his clothing getting caught in them.' Fig. 26 (page 34) 
 shows a bar guard against these dangers and that of an operator's hand, care- 
 lessly placed on one of the vertical side rollers "when the pressure roll is up, 
 being crushed by the pressure roll as it comes down. Such a bar should extend 
 out 14 to 20 inches in front of the pressure roll. 
 
 A finger roll in front of the pressure roll and adjustable with it would be a 
 better guard. It could easily be used with a pressure roll which raises straight 
 up and could be made to adjust with even a swing roll by a proper arrange- 
 ment of cams. 
 
 Belts, Gears, Etc. There is often a narrow passageway between an edger 
 and neighboring rolls, and all the gearing, belting, sprockets and chains, etc., 
 should be exceptionally well guarded. The gears operating the rolls of an 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 22. Solid Cover over Edger Top. 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Veneer Works. 
 
 Fig. 23. Edger Top and Front Covered. 
 
 edger should be entirely boxed in, preferably with a strong metal covering. 
 Drive belts and pulleys should be boxed up, as edgers are run at very high 
 speed. If the belt comes from below, the boxing should fully protect the floor 
 opening; if from above, it should extend up at least six feet. A boxing is 
 shown in Fig. 24 (page 33). In Fig. 27 (page 34) the gears and drive pulleys 
 are shown partially boxed. Complete covering is preferable. 
 
 GANG SAWS. 
 
 Any opening in the floor for the machinery to pass through should be 
 fenced. The run of the crank above the floor shoujd be enclosed, and all gear- 
 ing and sprockets and chains above the floor should be covered. There should 
 be an efficient lock to prevent the pressure rolls coming down on men 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 33 
 
 working between the upper and lower rolls. Pressure rolls of ample weight 
 should be used, and., if their weight is supplemented by steam pressure, the 
 steam arrangements should be kept in the best of condition. 
 
 Means should be pro- 
 vided for locking the ma- 
 chinery from below the floor 
 so that it cannot be started 
 from above when a man is 
 working below. If there is 
 no such locking arrange- 
 ment, a warning sign should 
 be placed above to show that 
 some one is working below- 
 It is well to have such a sign 
 in any case. 
 
 TRIMMERS. 
 
 Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 24. Pacific Coast Edger Guarded. 
 
 Drop Saw Trimmers. 
 The end trim saws of drop 
 saw trimmer tables should be 
 
 guarded at side and bottom. A pipe railing to keep anyone from getting too 
 close is best. Where there is not room for this, heavy planking, firmly secured 
 to the floor, can be set up close to the saw. The top of the saw when tripped 
 up can be protected by a hood or board 
 suspended from the ceiling or the rear. 
 Any exposed sprockets of feeding 
 chains should also be guarded. 
 
 When the saws are tripped from 
 directlv in front of the table, a slant- 
 
 ing fence should run along the entire 
 
 front, extending from table top to floor 
 with slots in it for the tripping levers. 
 The posts of the fence can fit into holes 
 in the floor, so it can be lifted out of the 
 way when necessary. The pulleys and 
 shaft along the front of the table are 
 dangerous, and belts sometimes fly out. 
 It is safer to have these saws operated 
 by hand levers or foot treadles at one 
 end of the machine, or from an elevated 
 cage, rather than for each saw to be 
 tripped from directly in front. 
 
 To protect against flybacks, etc., a 
 substantial guard, suspended from the 
 ceiling, should hang down in front of the saws as low as possible without inter- 
 fering with the trim man's view. This should extend the full length of the 
 table, so as to give protection no matter what saws are used. Not only do 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 25. Plank in Front of Edger Saws. 
 
34 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 these saws throw knots, slivers, etc., but sometimes lumber is kicked if it goes 
 into them at an angle and jams. Such a guard can be made of solid planking, 
 or filled in with wire mesh. The mesh screen is better, as it enables the guard 
 
 . to hang lower and yet allow 
 the saws. to be seen. A good 
 guard of this type is shown 
 in Fig. 28 (page 35). It comes 
 clear down to the table, and 
 swings out on hinges as the 
 chains or lumber comes in 
 contact with it. 
 
 To prevent anyone fall- 
 ing on such saws, they can 
 well be guarded by a long; 
 hood extending the entire 
 width of the table directly 
 over the saws. Such a hood 
 can be suspended from the 
 ceiling in such a way that it 
 can easilv be raised or low- 
 
 ■ 
 
 / 
 
 ' "'-J 
 
 1 m\ 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 i- 
 
 ... 
 
 'V*' . 
 
 -.--_-!.*•- '*jL 
 
 "t 
 
 
 ec - - 
 
 
 • : »r-i 
 
 
 
 
 ■ ---' - 
 
 11M 1 m 
 
 
 
 
 ■■: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Courtesy of C. D. Danaher. 
 
 Fig. 26. Bar Guard for Edger Roll. 
 
 ered when necessary, and can be steadied by running the upright supports at 
 either end in guides. The top of the hood should come down almost to the 
 highest point of the saws when tripped up. A solid hood can be used whenever 
 the saws are not tripped from an elevated cage. 
 
 Oiling of such saws should be done only when they are not running, as at 
 morning and noon and at times when the mill is shut down during the day 
 to change saws. Bad accidents have occurred when men have crawled under 
 the back of such a table to fill oil cups while the saws were running. Oiling 
 while the saws are in motion should not be necessary, but if there is any 
 chance of its ever being done the under parts of the saws should be guarded 
 by shields which will 
 also protect the oiler 
 against contact with the 
 return part of the feed 
 chains or with the 
 sprocket wheels at the 
 rear of the table. 
 
 The man feeding a 
 trimmer should be very 
 careful to have the stock 
 go in straight, as other- 
 wise not only is the 
 
 likelihood Of flybacks and Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 
 kicking greatly increased Fi S- 27. Edger Belts, Pulleys and Gears Guarded, 
 
 but the jamming may result in breaking the saw to pieces. It is safest to have 
 lumber run over to a trimmer table by transfers, if possible, and not have it 
 transferred by hand from the live rolls. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 35 
 
 Overhead Trimmers. The overhead, or undercut, drop trimmers are mi »re 
 dangerous than the ones tripped up from underneath the table, as they are 
 very apt to kick backward. For this reason they should always have' a sub- 
 stantial guard of heavy timber back of them, as shown in Fig. 29 (page 36), 
 coming down as low as possible. Many a man working on a conveyor behind 
 such trimmers, or pushing a truck of lumber there, has been badly hurt for 
 want of such a guard. This picture also shows a board guard for the end trim. 
 
 These trimmers should also be well guarded in front, to prevent anyone 
 falling on the saws. Fig. 30 (page 36) shows individual wooden hoods, and 
 Fig. 31 (page 37) shows a plank guard 
 swung from above and steadied 
 against w T ooden- supports. The latter 
 picture also shows an inverted trough 
 electric light reflector to throw light 
 directly on the saws and the lumber, 
 and, beyond the end trim at the ex- 
 treme right, a sliding fence to pre- 
 vent anyone getting too near that saw. 
 These end trims should always be 
 fenced off so that no one can get near 
 them, especially when a narrow space 
 adjoining can be used as a passage- 
 way. Sometimes men going to a con- 
 veyor behind will step close to an end 
 trim. Then they may trip on some 
 refuse wood that is lying on the floor 
 and fall on the saw. This picture 
 shows a swinging pipe railing placed 
 to guard the end trim. Hoods for over- 
 head trimmers should be open on top 
 or otherwise so arranged that they 
 will not obstruct the operator's view 
 of the saws. Piping hoods can be 
 used, if preferred, and these have de- 
 cided points of advantage over 
 wooden ones. 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Veneer Works. 
 
 Fig. 28. Trimmer Flyback Guard. 
 
 Transfer Chains. When lumber is carried to trimmer tables by transfer 
 chains, the holes where these chains go through the floor after delivering the 
 lumber to the table chains are very dangerous points, as men's feet are apt 
 to be forced into them by the brackets. These holes are often torn out by 
 brackets carrying knots and pieces of wood into them. Such a hole should 
 never be larger than just enough for the brackets to go through it- Wear 
 can best be prevented by having the hole cut in an iron plate set into the floor. 
 
 It is advisable also to have in front of these holes a swinging plank, run- 
 ning lengthwise, suspended from above at a height sufficient to let any 
 material pass beneath it. This will act as a warning to a man getting near 
 one of these holes before his foot can be caught by a bracket and pulled in. 
 
36 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Fig. 29. Plank Guard Back of Overhead Trimmers. 
 
 Working on Tables. With both drop saw and overhead trimmers men 
 often have to get up on the table to straighten out lumber. This should never 
 be done when it can be avoided, as the men are apt to be caught by the chains 
 
 and thus get into the 
 saws. To protect them 
 when it is unavoidable, 
 the saws should be 
 hooded whenever pos- 
 s i b 1 e, or otherwise 
 guarded as fully as they 
 can be. 
 
 Where the saws 
 are not hooded or 
 otherwise protected, a 
 pipe railing is some- 
 times run along about 
 two feet in front of the 
 saws, suspended from the ceiling and steadied by uprights at each end of the 
 table. This rail, which is usually about three feet above the table, will tend to 
 keep a man away from the saws and will also give him something to catch 
 hold of if he should get caught in the chains. 
 
 Swing Trims. Swing trims should be guarded in similar fashion to swing 
 saws generally (see index). There should be a sheet steel shield over the top 
 of the saw and on either side, there should be a limit stop for the saw's run, 
 the belt should be guarded 
 near the handle, the ma- 
 chine should be housed at 
 the back with a protection 
 coming up at least as high 
 as the top of the saw, and 
 the saw should be hung on 
 the side of the frame further 
 from the way the lumber 
 comes up so that the opera- 
 tor will not have to stand 
 directly in front of it. 
 
 The most essential 
 point, however, is good 
 counterweighting. There 
 should always be a station- 
 ary counterweight, attached 
 to the frame, never a rope 
 counterweight. When a 
 saw is balanced by a lot of 
 
 junk attached to a cable running over a small sheave, the cable is apt to break 
 when the operator lets the saw go back with a jolt, and, as he then is usually 
 shoving lumber along in front of the saw, he is pretty sure to be injured. 
 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 Overhead Trimmers Hooded and End Trim 
 Guarded. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 37 
 
 Fig. 32 (page 38) shows a swing trim properly hung and equipped with a 
 home-made stationary counterweight and with a stop above the counter- 
 weight box to prevent the saw from coming out too far. The saw is boxed 
 at the back and has a shield over the top and one side. If the counterweight 
 is attached to a swing bar, it should be prevented from falling by a safety 
 chain supported from above, and another safety chain should restrict the saw's 
 run. All swing trims should be equipped with a loose pulley and a belt shifter. 
 
 When a horizontal swing saw is used, it should be made fast when up, 
 dependence not being placed on the counterweight alone, and when not in use 
 should be shut down. The upper part of such a saw should be hooded on top 
 and sides. 
 
 Jump or Bed Trims. When a jump trim is brought up through the table 
 or rolls by a foot treadle, which is often merely a cap on top of a shaft like 
 a bell treadle, there 
 should be a sub- 
 stantial board or iron 
 at back and front of 
 the treadle, so that 
 no one running along 
 the floor can step on 
 the treadle and bring 
 up the saw while a 
 man is working on 
 the rolls or table. The 
 trim man often has 
 to get up there to 
 straighten a cant and 
 sometimes he stands 
 directly over the saw. 
 The saw may also be 
 torn to pieces and 
 thrown in all direc- 
 tions if a cant should strike it when so brought up. A better arrangement for a 
 jump saw is to have its normal position back of the rolls or table, the saw being 
 brought forward and through by a pull. Such a saw when at rest, and its run 
 to rolls or table, should be completely boxed in. 
 
 A home-made guard for a bed saw can be devised by suspending four sub- 
 stantial strips from the ceiling, making a square frame at the bottom, and 
 leaving space enough beneath for material to go through. This makes it im- 
 possible for anyone to get directly over the saw without crawling under the 
 guard, which is not likely. A bed trim should be protected under the table. 
 There should always be a limit stop so the saw can come up only so far. When 
 such a saw is counterweighted, this can be effected by having the counter- 
 weight come up against a positive stop. 
 
 When a jump saw is brought up through the table by a hand lever, as is 
 often done in the case of lighter sorts of work, it can be effectively guarded in 
 the manner shown in Fig. t,t, (page 39), which illustrates a German device. 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 31. Flank Guards for Overhead Trimmers. 
 
38 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 The top of the saw can be covered when in use by a hood hung on a lever 
 which swings around a bolt in an upright coming up from the back of 
 the table and is counterbalanced by a weight in the rear of the table. As the 
 saw is brought up through the slot the operator can at the same time bring 
 down the hood, by means of the lever handle, on the stock to be cut. The saw 
 blade will thus run below the hood. Such a hood will prevent many an injury 
 due to an operator having one hand on the stock over the saw slot when he 
 brings up the saw. Underneath the table the saw can be protected by an ample 
 board guard on each side. 
 
 Fig. 34 (page 39), of another German device, shows how this hood can be 
 made to work automatically. The hood hangs on the jointed lever (n o p), 
 which swings around the pivot (m). When the saw is under the table the 
 hood is drawn up by a bolt (p) which slides in a slot in the lever. When 
 
 the saw is lifted for the cut, the bolt releases the 
 lever and a counterweight (1) pulls the hood 
 down over the saw. A hood of this kind not 
 only guards the sawyer but helps hold the 
 stock firmly in place on the table, if it is as sub- 
 stantial as it should be. 
 
 Neither jump nor swing trims should be 
 speeded too high, as they have hard work to do, 
 and the saw, if running too fast, may stick in 
 big timber or may break when jammed into it. 
 
 Care of Saws. Whatever its kind, a trim 
 saw should be inspected frequently. A cracked 
 saw should never be used, nor should a hole be 
 bored at the end of a crack to prevent its 
 spreading. No trim saw should be continued in 
 use when it runs out of true. 
 
 SLAB SLASHERS. 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 32. Swing Trim Guarded. 
 
 Slab slashers should be guarded in prac- 
 tically the same manner as overhead' trimmers, in front to protect the slasher 
 men against contact with the saws and against flying pieces of a broken saw, 
 and in the rear to guard men working there against pieces kicked back. The 
 end saws should also be guarded, though they are not usually quite so near 
 the ends of the table as end trims. Slasher saws should be carefully inspected 
 every day, as they have very hard work to do and are put to a great strain. 
 
 Methods of Guarding. Fig. 35 (page 40), Fig. 36 (page 40), and Fig. 
 37 (page 41) show an excellent method of guarding slashers in front, on top 
 and in the back, by means of heavy planking. In Fig. 35 the swinging front 
 guard is shown hanging well down over the saw. Fig. 36, an end view, shows 
 how the saws are guarded on top and in back, as well as in front, while Fig. 
 37 shows how the front guard can be swung out and the top one turned up on 
 its hinges. Another form of guard is shown in Fig. 38 (page 41). consisting 
 of planking suspended from the ceiling both in front and back of the saws, 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 39 
 
 with an opening in front for access to the saws. Another view of this guard 
 is shown in Fig. 19 (page 30), illustrating edger finger guards. 
 
 Still another method is to put a V-shaped covering over the tops of the 
 saws, supporting it from brackets brought out 
 from a wall or framework at the rear and also by 
 chains attached higher up. A heavy plank is 
 sometimes placed well down in front of the saws, 
 with an individual hood for the top of each saw, 
 as shown in Fig. 23 (page 32), a picture used to 
 illustrate edger guarding. Individual hoods, of 
 wood or metal, as shown in Fig. 39 (page 42) and 
 Fig. 40 (page 42) are often used for front protec- 
 tion. Such hoods should be so that they can 
 easily be swung back, when necessary, and there 
 should always be a shield back of the saws. 
 
 Transfer Chains. When two sets of chains are Courte p °f North German 11 
 
 workers . Iss n. 
 
 used to get slabs to slasher saws, the same safety Fig. 33. Hood for Trim Saw. 
 precautions should be taken as in the case of 
 
 overhead trimmers. If both sets run on the same level, the danger of feet get- 
 ting drawn into holes can be avoided by having the first set of chains continue 
 on and go over the outside sprockets, instead of dropping through the floor 
 and taking hold of the first shaft handling the transfer chains to the slashers. 
 Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 41 (page 43). It saves general breakage, 
 too, as the brackets cannot back up pieces and crowd them down through the 
 floor. This picture also shows a plank guard in front of the saws. 
 
 The suspended pipe railing guard mentioned in connection with trimmers 
 is sometimes used also for slashers which are not protected by hoods or plank- 
 ing guards. A slasher man is not only apt to get caught in the chains, but he 
 is also likely to slip on a slimy slab. 
 
 When slasher chains run far across the floor of a mill, there should be 
 bridges crossing them, to prevent men walking among the chains to get from 
 
 one end of the mill to the other. 
 When saws have to be oiled, the last 
 set of chains, if there are two, should 
 be stopped, as well as the saws. All 
 transfer and carrier chains leading 
 to trimmer or slasher saws should be 
 so arranged that they can easily be 
 thrown out, bv clutch or otherwise. 
 
 HORIZONTAL BAND RESAW. 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodz^orkers' Ass' 
 
 Fig. 34. Hood for Trim Saw. 
 
 This saw should have its wheels 
 entirely housed. Where the upper 
 side of the saw is not used for the cutting, this should be included in the hous- 
 ing, leaving nothing exposed except where the stock passes in and out. 
 Whether the table is of the roll bed type or is a slat table with live press rolls, 
 
40 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 there is great danger in feeding stock. The man feeding often leans on the 
 front end of the stock to carry it in straight, and is thus likely to be caught 
 in the feed apparatus, either by letting his hands follow in too far or by another 
 
 piece of lumber coming along and hit- 
 ting him. This danger is increased by 
 the tendency of the chains often used 
 for feeding-out to sag from stretching. 
 In some machines the dangerous parts 
 are set further back from the feed en- 
 trance than is usually the case, but the 
 hazard is great enough even then. 
 
 Hood and Apron Guards. Owing 
 to the wide range of thickness in ma- 
 terial to be worked on such a saw, it is 
 difficult to provide an adequate guard, 
 but partial protection can be given. 
 One method is to bring a hood-like 
 cover over from the top of the machine 
 down as far as will permit the thickest 
 stock to go through. Such a guard is 
 shown in Fig. 42 (page 44). The stock 
 fed to the machine illustrated varies 
 
 Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 
 Fig- 35- Slashers Guarded, Front View. 
 
 in thickness from 5-8 inch to 12 inches, and the distance from the bottom of the 
 guard to the top of the table is 12 1-2 inches. This picture also shows the 
 wheels housed. 
 
 Another method is to bring out metal arms from the machine frame at the 
 height of the top of the feed opening, 
 and attach to a cross-piece at the ends 
 of these arms a swinging apron of wire 
 mesh with a roll, or a row of wheels set 
 some distance apart, on the bottom. 
 The apron will be swung in and up by 
 the stock as it comes along, but will 
 drop back again after the stock has 
 passed by. The operator can see the 
 machine and stock all the time, but he 
 will be warned by his hands touching 
 the apron, or roll or wheels, that he is 
 getting into danger. 
 
 When the hood method is used, it 
 is advisable' when possible to have also 
 a metal bar well in front of the hood, 
 supported from the machine frame at 
 a height just sufficient to let stock pass 
 beneath it. Such a bar alone is sometimes used, but it is not as effective 
 as the other methods of guarding-. 
 
 Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 
 
 Fig. 36. Slashers Guarded, End View. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 4' 
 
 WOOD SAWS. 
 
 Where fire wood is manufactured from slabs and -edgings, they 
 cut up by a gang of circular saws like slab slashers, the stuff being 
 inclined table on chains on which 
 they are placed from the conveyor. 
 The table should be long enough so 
 the man placing stock on it cannot 
 reach the saws in endeavoring to 
 straighten stock on the chains. These 
 saws should be guarded like slasher 
 saws, with especially good provision 
 against kicking. When a cut-off saw, 
 like a shingle cut-off, is used for this 
 purpose, the saw should have a board 
 suspended down over it in front of the 
 crown and should be fenced in the 
 rear. A good alternative is to cover the 
 saw with a hood. 
 
 are often 
 fed up an 
 
 LIVE ROLLS. 
 
 of Kelley & Mayc 
 
 Fig. 37. Slashers Guarded, Guards Raised 
 from Saws. 
 
 The live rolls used as transfers 
 from head saws to edgers or slashers, 
 and elsewhere in the mill, have caused 
 many accidents, chiefly through the 
 gears or sprockets and chains used to 
 drive them, and, in mills of old construc- 
 tion, through the necessity of going- 
 over the rolls to pass across the mill. 
 The driving gear is very dangerous, as 
 the men have to work close to the rolls, 
 often leaning over them when a piece 
 has canted, and the rolls are usually 
 reversible. Frequently, too, men un- 
 familiar with the hazard are called upon 
 to help out the regular men. 
 
 Gears, Sprockets, Etc. Driving 
 gears or sprockets and chains and the 
 shaft which drives them, with its 
 dangerous couplings and key-ways, 
 should be entirely enclosed on top, bot- 
 tom and sides. They can be boxed in 
 with plate or heavy planking (with 
 doors, if desired, at necessary points 
 
 of access), or can be covered by such a table and lifting apron arrangement, 
 shown in Fig. 43 (page 44). as is used in steel mills to guard driving gear of 
 roller tables. The rolls should be of enough diameter to allow of complete 
 
 Courtesy of Ingram Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 38. Board Guards for Slab Slashers. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Fig. 39. Wooden Hoods for Slab Slashers. 
 
 top covering, which should be very substantial, as heavy stuff often falls upon 
 it. The diameter needs to be especially large when sprocket and chain drive 
 is used. Fig. 44 (page 45) shows complete covering with heavy planking, the 
 
 top covering also guard- 
 ing the ends of the rolls 
 so clothing cannot get 
 caught in them. The in- 
 verted trough above is a 
 reflector for electric 
 lights. Fig. 45 (page 45), 
 a picture of rolls which 
 extend out into the yard, 
 shows also how the bot- 
 tom of cog gearing can 
 be covered substantially, 
 yet cheaply. 
 
 When metal top 
 gear covers are furnished 
 with rolls, heavy plank- 
 ing should be set up 
 along the side of the shaft, closed in at the bottom and its top level with the top 
 of the table. When a cast iron roll is broken by a heavy cant, it should be re- 
 placed at once, to avoid accident due to its damaged condition. 
 
 Bridges Over Rolls. When it is necessary to cross rolls to get from one 
 side of the mill to the other, or to get 
 to the lath mill, there should be 
 elevated bridges over the rolls at 
 necessary points, and these bridges 
 and the steps leading to them should 
 have hand-rails, preferably double. 
 Bridges are far preferable to passage- 
 ways between the rolls. A good type 
 of bridge is shown in Fig. 43 (page 
 44). When neither bridges nor pass- 
 ageways are used, special care should 
 be taken to keep the table between 
 the rolls in good condition. 
 
 Care in Operation. Great care 
 should be taken by all men con- 
 trolling live rolls to avoid accidents 
 to other men. The first off-bearer, or 
 tail sawyer, should avoid sending 
 timber down too fast, or it may 
 smash into other timber ahead. He 
 should also be careful to keep his hand off the lever when he is cleaning out 
 around the head saw. Otherwise he may reverse the rolls and run cants back, 
 or may send a cant down too rapidly. He should not attempt to handle alone 
 
 Courtesy of C. Crane & 
 
 Fig. 40. Metal 
 
 Co. 
 
 Hoods 
 
 for Slashers. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 43 
 
 ■ «,*.«*)i.>4Vfa x- — - .-» — AtC — — . 
 
 V 
 
 a cant or slab too big for one man. There should always be enough men at 
 hand to wedge off a cant or slab of any size. 
 
 Men handling transfers in live rolls should always see that no one is in 
 danger before tripping them. Transfer chains should be examined often to 
 see they work properly and will not cant stock in throwing it off the rolls. 
 The chains should raise to equal height when tripped and go well down be- 
 tween the rolls when the trip is thrown off. 
 
 TRANSMISSION. 
 
 One of the most dangerous points in a saw mill or shingle mill is the first 
 floor, or basement, in which is located the transmission by which the machinery 
 above is driven. Generally speaking, this transmission, as well as that on the 
 floor above, should 
 be guarded as sug- 
 gested in the chap- 
 ter treating of 
 Power Generation, 
 Transmission, Etc., 
 but the peculiar con- 
 ditions below de- 
 mand special care. 
 Not only is there a 
 great quantity of 
 shafting, belts and 
 pulleys, sprockets 
 and chains, frictions, 
 gearing, conveyors, 
 etc.. here, but the 
 machinery is very 
 heavy, has to be run 
 at unusually high 
 speed, and requires 
 
 much attention because of the severe strain put upon it by the peculiar nature 
 of saw mill work, with its frequent abrupt throwing on and off of the load. 
 
 Light, Signs, Etc. There should be plenty of light, artificial if not natural, 
 especially at danger points. Whitewashing timbers and woodwork will help 
 reflection, as well as contribute to neatness. As much light and free working 
 space as possible should be provided, as a great deal of work has to be done 
 while the machinery is in motion. Signs should be posted up warning every- 
 one out of this section of the mill except those employed there. Employees 
 should not be allowed to idle around. When men who work on the mill floor 
 are compelled or permitted to use the ground floor as an entrance, doors and 
 stairways should be put in so that ready and convenient access can be had to 
 floors above without going among or about the machinery below. There 
 should be plenty of buttons here as elsewhere in the mill for stopping the 
 machinery quickly when necessary. Saw mill boilers and engines, on the 
 
 
 iue^piJUftxalftp 
 
 »t£fcmK*£fc? 
 
 Fig. 41. Extended Transfer Chains. 
 
44 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 42. Hood for Horizontal Band Resaw 
 
 ground floor of the mill or in adjacent buildings, should be protected as sug- 
 gested in the chapter on Fower Generation, Transmission. Etc. 
 
 Runways, Etc. Runways should give access to all places above reach from 
 
 the floor where men have to oil, adjust or 
 repair. These runways should have 
 double hand-rails and toe boards, to pre- 
 vent workmen or tools from falling into 
 gears, sprockets, conveyors, frictions, 
 belts, etc., below, which may not be en- 
 tirely housed. Housing should always 
 be done, however, whenever possible. 
 Railed stairways should lead to runw r ays. 
 Safe passageways should be provided be- 
 tween or over any danger points to 
 which it is impracticable to give close 
 protection. 
 
 Low Shafting, Etc. Too much care 
 cannot be taken to protect low trans- 
 mission apparatus, as the floor space is 
 apt to be very congested and the oilers 
 and millwrights are kept pretty busy 
 most of the time. Any openings cut in 
 the floor for large pulleys and low running belts and shafting should be sub- 
 stantially fenced up to a height which will eliminate danger, and there should 
 be toe boards to prevent anything falling into the holes. 
 
 It is well to cover low shafting entirely, and this should always be done 
 when near-by space is 
 used as a passagew y ay. If 
 it is not covered, set 
 screws should be pro- 
 tected or safety flanged 
 collars used, key-ways 
 should be covered, coup- 
 lings boxed up, and shaft 
 ends cut off or encased. 
 Fig. 46 (page 46) shows 
 a method of guarding 
 low running pulleys and 
 belts, which would be im- 
 proved by having an- 
 other rail half-way to the 
 floor. Fig. 47 (page 46) 
 shows a shaft 4 feet from 
 the floor completely 
 boxed, two couplings 
 Fig. 48 (page 47) is 
 The shafting- is all 
 
 Courtesy of Carnegie Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 43. Live Roll Guards and Bridge Over Rolls, 
 covered, and a big sprocket wheel protected, 
 another good picture of guarded transmission, 
 high enough to walk under, and there are high 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 45 
 
 elevated runways for oilers to reach places they cannot reach from the floor. 
 Elevated Shafting. On account of the frequent necessity for work on 
 or about it, elevated shafting should be especially well guarded. Protrud- 
 ing set screws 
 should be elimi- 
 n a t e d, keyways 
 covered, and dead 
 ends cut off or en- 
 cased. When a 
 coupling is be- 
 tween hangers, a 
 metal covering can 
 be fitted closely 
 over it. When 
 near a hanger or 
 pillar, or the ceil- 
 ing, a housing Can Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 be built out. Fig- 44- Plank Guards for Live Rolls. 
 
 Frictions, Gears, Belts and Pulleys. All frictions, gears, and sprockets 
 and chains should be enclosed as fully as possible. Fig. 49 (page 48) shows 
 such transmission covered on all sides, doors affording easy access at necessary 
 times. In Fig. 50 (page 48) is shown how a big friction can be covered. The 
 board covering on the rear side is stationary, while that on the front is hinged 
 and can be lifted up as shown. 
 
 Long horizontal belts driving the main line of shafting and the head saws 
 should be fenced so that no one can walk into them. Fig. 51 ( page 49) shows 
 an ingenious but simple scheme for getting safely through a main drive belt 
 
 w here no passage- 
 way could be made 
 over or around it. If 
 such a belt is ele- 
 vated, its under side 
 should be guarded, 
 over all passage- 
 wavs at any rate 
 and preferably its 
 entire run. The idler 
 on the main drive 
 belt should always 
 be secured with 
 chains, instead of 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. TOpeS, in addition to 
 
 Fig. 45. Plank Guards for Live Rolls. a substantial frame. 
 
 The web pulley, or a filled in pulley, is preferable, but any pulley near a plat- 
 form or runway, or a passageway below, should be boxed or have a substantial 
 board guard to prevent contact with it or its belt. 
 
4 6 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Conveyors. Conveyors should be entirely covered wherever possible, 
 special attention being paid to turning points. In passing over a conveyor, 
 even a slow-moving one, a man runs great risk of being caught in the chain 
 
 and not being able to release him- 
 self before reaching a danger point. 
 Fig. 52 (page 49) shows effective 
 guarding of conveyors, both those 
 running upright and those on the 
 floor being boxed in. A covering has 
 been removed from one chain to 
 show the method of boxing. 
 
 Valves, Etc. The valves of the 
 nigger and other steam feeds should 
 be kept in the best of shape. The 
 stuffing-box of the nigger should be 
 kept properly packed. Nigger cylin- 
 ders should be railed off to prevent 
 persons being injured by escaping 
 hot water. Any pit in which nigger 
 cylinders are placed is especially in 
 need of railing. Exhausts from all 
 steam feeds should be carried out so 
 there will be no chance of their in- 
 juring anyone. 
 
 General. The lower parts of the 
 band or circular mills, and of any 
 gang saws used, should be completely housed. All overhead sheaves carry- 
 ing cables or ropes running carriage or set gears, or carrying rope transmission, 
 should be guarded. The 
 spokes and the parts of 
 sheaves where the cable 
 enters should -be entirely 
 enclosed. All counter- 
 weights should run close 
 to the floor, as shown in 
 Fig. 49 (page 48), or in 
 enclosed guides. It is 
 well to box counter- 
 weights or have safety 
 chains. 
 
 STEAM FEEDS AND 
 MACHINERY. 
 
 Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 The utmost care Fig. 47. Guarded Transmission, 
 
 should be taken of all steam arrangements and machinery. Every shift should 
 make careful examination of these, each man examining everything with which 
 he has to do. Steam should be turned on to see if the kicker, the deck stop,. 
 
 Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 
 
 Fig. 46. Guard for Low Belts and Pulleys 
 
 !; BJ ■■'•ml ML 
 
 '■&> sB E$ff •&' I 17 I s*^» '"* 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 47 
 
 the nigger, and the carriage are working right. The sawyer should examine 
 his head saw, and the other men the machines and parts of equipment with 
 which each has to do. When the head saw is changed, and the mill shut down, 
 which is likely to be several times a day, every man should examine his ma- 
 chine to see if it is in good condition, and oil it or do anything else necessary. 
 Before starting up the engine again, the engineer should sound a signal 
 which can be heard all over the mill, so that men cleaning up or working around 
 the machinery can stop in time to avoid being hurt. Such a whistle should be 
 sounded also before stopping, to avoid material being left in a machine, which 
 will cramp and strain it and put extra strain on the engine and transmission 
 when starting up. 
 
 FILING ROOM. 
 
 Suggestions for suitable mounting, equipment, guarding and operation of 
 
 emery wheels will 
 be found elsewhere 
 in this book (see 
 index). The floor of 
 the filing roo m 
 should be kept in 
 good condition, and 
 all shafting, coup- 
 lings, set screws, cog 
 gearing and belts 
 and pulleys should 
 be guarded as sug- 
 gested in the chap- 
 ter on Power Gen- 
 eration, Transmis- 
 sion, Etc. If the fil- 
 ing room is located 
 directly over the 
 band mill, as is 
 often the case, the 
 sliding or lifting doors over the saw should be railed off, with an 
 easily removable rail, so that no one will stand on them. Xot only is there 
 special danger at this point in event of a saw breaking, but the doors are apt 
 to be very light in order that they may be moved quickly when necessary. 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 48. Guarded Transmission 
 
 BLACKSMITH AND MACHINE SHOPS. 
 
 Proper appliances should be supplied for handling heavy material with 
 perfect safety. Floors should be kept in good condition and all transmission 
 should be well guarded (see chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
 Etc.). Back and change gears of lathes and gears on drill presses should be 
 protected with covers. No protruding set screws should be allowed on drill, 
 chucks. Tools should be watched for crystallization, and all chains should 
 be annealed at necessary intervals. Small engines used in the machine shop 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 should be equipped, guarded and operated in the manner best calculated to 
 
 assure safety (see index). When 
 steam hammers are used, the valves 
 should be kept in first class condition 
 to prevent the hammer repeating. For 
 drop hammers it is well to install a 
 safety device which will prevent the 
 hammer from accidentally dropping 
 on an operator's hand. Under no cir- 
 cumstances should an attempt be 
 made to shrink a hollow piston on a 
 piston rod, or even to heat a hollow 
 piston, without first boring it or open- 
 ing it in some manner. Otherwise it 
 is apt to explode and cause severe 
 injuries. 
 
 THE YARD. 
 
 If a sorting table supplied by 
 sorting chains is used, the dangerous 
 gears under the table driving the sort- 
 ing chains and the table chains should 
 be wholly enclosed, preferably in 
 metal. The shafts running crossways 
 under the table at each end should be 
 guarded, and so should the gears of 
 any live rolls that may be used at the 
 front end of the table to carry stuff to 
 a planing mill or a resaw shed. If the 
 lumber is taken out of the mill by the 
 drop system, running it down a slide 
 at the tail to the platform, ground or 
 wharf, the yard foreman should put 
 only experienced and cool men on the 
 job of sending stuff down the slide. A 
 loud bell signal should be sounded to 
 warn men below when lumber is com- 
 ing. When the lumber is sent down 
 on dead rolls set on an incline, these 
 rolls should be boxed up high enough 
 at the sides to prevent stuff from 
 jumping off. There should also be a 
 good signal system to prevent anyone 
 at the bottom of the chute getting 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. Caught. 
 
 Fig. 50. Big Friction Covered. Platforms and Runways. All 
 
 platforms and runways over which lumber is handled should be watched 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 49. Transmission Guarded. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 49 
 
 closely for defects. A competent man should have charge of keeping them up 
 so that trucks won't break through and throw heavy lumber off. Holes should 
 be repaired at once. Inclines on runways should be cleated, if possible. Stair- 
 
 wavs leading to elevated runways or 
 platforms should have hand-rails and 
 toe boards, and the treads should be 
 kept in good condition. 
 
 When a platform is used for 
 loading from, to cars or piles, there 
 should be a heavy guard timber at 
 the edge to keep trucks from running 
 oft and falling on anyone below. 
 When platforms are not used for 
 loading over, they should be sub- 
 stantially railed. 
 
 Loading and Hauling. When 
 lumber, shingles, or lath are loaded 
 into box cars from a platform, there 
 should be a safety gang-plank be- 
 tween the car and the platform, 
 spiked underneath at each end or 
 equipped with other secure means of 
 fastening. It is well to build a plat- 
 form with which loading on to flat 
 cars is done with an incline. Cars 
 can then be moved along in the 
 
 Courtesy of Dciian 
 
 umber Co. 
 
 Fig. 51. Safe Passageway Through Main 
 Drive Belt. 
 
 course of loading so that lumber need never be lifted up to the cars. Buildim 
 the railroad on an 
 incline will ac- 
 complish the same 
 purpose. Either 
 will obviate also 
 the danger of load- 
 ing from a plat- 
 form to a car way 
 below it. At all 
 inclined loading 
 platforms there 
 should be signs 
 giving warning 
 that cars run up 
 so close that there 
 
 is no Clearance. In Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 loading cars to be Ffe- &■ Conveyors Boxed in. 
 
 coupled together, care should be taken not to load on one car lumber 
 which will project over the coupling. Two cars should be coupled together 
 for such long stuff. 
 
5° 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Hand and horse trucks and all other appliances used for conveying lum- 
 ber to various parts of the yard should be inspected carefully and often. 
 Wheels and bunks should be kept in good order. No vicious, kicking, or bit- 
 ing horses should be used for haul- 
 ing. In unloading horse or hand 
 cars, the unloading should be done 
 evenly from the top down, never off 
 one side at a time. Otherwise the 
 remainder of the load may over- 
 balance and the bunks tip over. 
 
 Cranes, Etc. Timber cranes 
 should have all gears covered, and 
 cables, hooks and tongs should be 
 kept in good shape. Points of hooks 
 and tongs should be kept sharp and 
 not allowed to get bent. A good 
 method of guarding gears is shown 
 in Fig. 53. A safety hook is 
 shown in Fig. 54. The handle 
 " A " enables the operator to handle 
 the hook without danger of get- 
 ting his fingers caught, and the 
 hump " B " prevents the hook from 
 A pair of safety tongs is shown in 
 
 Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 
 
 Fig- 53- Crane Gears Covered. 
 
 accidentally engaging with any object 
 Fig. 55 (page 51). 
 
 If a crane is worked by hand crank, there should be- safety locking devices 
 to hold the handles on the shaft and a ratchet catch to lock the crane at any 
 height and to prevent flying back. When cranes or block and tackle are sup- 
 ported from a gin pole, the leverage should not be so 
 high up that the pole may break under heavy strain. 
 Only skilled men should erect such a pole. 
 
 Lumber Piles and Sheds. Piles should be started 
 on good foundations, and lumber should never be piled 
 too high. Platforms used in passing lumber up should 
 be made of good stock and the top boards should not 
 extend far beyond the bracings, to prevent their tipping 
 by a man standing outside a brace. There are safety 
 lumber hoists which obviate the necessity for such pass- 
 ing up, and also that of men leaning over the edges of 
 piles. Ladders used at lumber piles, or elsewhere, should 
 be spiked. Lumber pilers should wear leather aprons and 
 square leather pieces strapped across the insides of their Courtes y °f National Tube Co. 
 hands, as protection against splinters. In piling, watch ■ Flg * 54- Safety Hook 
 should be kept for high voltage wires, where such are used. Care should be 
 exercised in fastening the covers, or roofs, on lumber piles, as many serious 
 injuries have been inflicted through loose covers being blown off. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 5i 
 
 Lumber sheds should be well kept up. All stairways and open hatches 
 should be railed, and the blocks and tackle used should be inspected often. 
 When a shed has two stories, care should be taken not to pile so much lumber 
 
 on the second story that the flooring will be likely to 
 give way under the weight. 
 
 General. Overhead conveyors carrying waste to 
 the burner should have their sides boxed up so high 
 that even large accumulations of stuff cannot fall off 
 on men below, and should have substantial railed foot- 
 walks along them. At the burner end of a conveyor 
 there should be a tight fence, which can be opened if 
 necessary, to prevent anyone falling into the burner. 
 Reservoirs and all excavations should be fenced, and 
 also the mill pond when possible. Live rolls should 
 be guarded like those used in the mill, as they too are 
 apt to be reversible. Ample light should be provided 
 in yards at night, to prevent men falling into holes, 
 
 etc. 
 
 RAILROAD IN YARD. 
 
 Tracks. Tracks should be at least 6 feet from 
 permanent structures or piles of material, and ma- 
 terial should not be allowed to lie along tracks. 
 Courtesy of British Factory ^"^ where trolley poles are used, they should be far 
 Fig. 55- Safety Tongs. enoug h f rom a track to prevent a man being caught 
 between a pole and material overhanging from a car. No overhead wire or 
 cable across a track should be low enough to come in contact with a man on 
 the side or the top of a car. 
 
 All fro-s and points between rails and ends of guard rails should be 
 blocked, preferably with steel or iron, and the blocks should be kept 
 in good shape. Tracks should 
 be filled in at crossings with 
 planks whose ends are bev- 
 eled off, and wherever pos- 
 sible all tracks should be sur- 
 faced level with the ties be- 
 tween the tracks and to the 
 ends of the ties. Railroad 
 trestles should be planked 
 over above crossings, and 
 should be equipped with safe 
 walks provided with railings 
 
 and toe boards. When tracks Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 
 
 pass under runways or Fig. 56. Safety Gates to Railroad Track. 
 
 bridges there should be telltales at each side, suspended from hanging 
 boards to prevent their being thrown up out of the way. 
 
 Switches should operate parallel with rails, instead of at right angles. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Tracks on an incline and those entering buildings should be provided with 
 derailing switches. There should be substantial bumping blocks at dead ends 
 of tracks. All tracks should be carefully examined once a week as to their 
 
 condition and that of 
 safety devices. 
 
 Cars and Engines. 
 All cars, engines and 
 equipment should be 
 kept in good repair. 
 Whenever possible, all 
 cars should be equipped 
 with air brakes and with 
 automatic couplings. Flat 
 cars should be provided 
 with suitable side stakes. 
 Locomotives should have 
 efficient safety fenders, 
 hung as low as possible. 
 Guards and Warn- 
 ings. Warning signs 
 should be placed at door- 
 
 Couricsy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 57. Guard at Railroad Track. 
 
 ways near a track, at points where there is not ample clearance between a 
 track and any fixed structure or pile of material, and at points of entrance 
 to a track from which a full view of the track cannot be had. If possible, there 
 should be bridges over crossings. At any rate there should be swinging gates 
 marked " Danger," and these should be provided with red lights at night. A 
 guard railing should be placed at a doorway near a track, in addition to a sign, 
 and there should be gates at approaches between buildings to a track. 
 
 Operation. A regu- 
 lar system of whistles, 
 or an automatic bell kept 
 in good order, should be 
 used to give warning of 
 the approach of cars. 
 Walking on the tracks 
 should be positively pro- 
 hibited. Only persons 
 whose duty requires it 
 should be allowed to ride 
 on locomotives or trains. 
 Jumping on or off trains 
 in motion, other than by 
 trainmen, should be for- 
 bidden. Cars should not 
 
 be speeded too high, and inclines should not be descended with more cars than 
 can be safely handled, taking into consideration the condition of the track, wet 
 or dry. 
 
 of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 58. Frogs and Guard Rails Blocked. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 53 
 
 A train should not be started until the engineer has received proper signal 
 from the switchman in charge. When coupling cars, switchmen should first 
 go along the track and see that no one is under the cars. When a car is being 
 loaded, a sign should be hung on the coupling reading " Men working in this 
 
 car. Do not move." Cars improperly 
 loaded should not be handled ; train- 
 men should examine cars before mov- 
 ing them. A danger signal, prefer- 
 ably a red banner, should be placed 
 far enough from the exposed end of 
 a car upon the repair track, and upon 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co, which work is being done, to insure 
 
 Fig. 59. Safety Car Shifter. t , K , safety of the rcpair men 
 
 Trains should never bump into cars without the switchman first going 
 ahead to see if men are working on or about the cars. Flying switches should 
 be prohibited. If necessity requires that such be made to a track on which 
 a car is standing, the switchman should warn any people working about the 
 car. Switchmen should not go between cars in motion to pull pins, nor 
 should pins be pulled or couplings made on the inside of a curve. Cars left 
 on side tracks should be properly secured. 
 
 In moving cars by hand a safety car shifter, as shown in Fig. 59, 
 can well be used in place of the ordinary pinch bar. With this shifter a man 
 pulls up, instead of pushing down, and in case the bar slips the man is 
 not injured. The sharpened prong " C " bites the rail when the handle is 
 raised. The shape 
 of the wedge makes 
 it impossible for the 
 car to slip back- 
 wards. At the end of 
 the handle held by 
 the workman is a 
 hook to prevent his 
 hands from slipping 
 off. 
 
 LATH MILL. 
 
 Lath Bolters. 
 
 When a single saw is 
 used without feed 
 roll, a substantial 
 board should be sus- 
 pended in front of 
 the crown, to prevent 
 
 Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 60. Lath Bolter and Saws Guarded. 
 
 knots, gravel, etc., flying at the operator, or preferably a hood should be 
 placed over the saw. Behind the saw should be a strong splitter. When the 
 bolter, whether single saw or gang, has a feed roll, the whole top of the 
 
54 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 machine can well be housed with an easily removable cover, like that shown in 
 Fig. 61, coming as close as possible to the table in front to prevent 
 a hand getting caught between roll and stock. If there is no complete housing, 
 
 the saw or saws should be guarded 
 by a hood coming well down over 
 the front of the roll, and the gears or 
 sprockets and chains should be 
 guarded. 
 
 In either case it is well to have 
 dogs behind the saws, in sections so 
 as to pick up any narrow pieces. A 
 machine equipped with such dogs 
 and with a hood over the feed roll is 
 shown in Fig. 60 (page 53). When 
 the feed is underneath and sprocket 
 and spur chains are used for top 
 pressure, it is especially necessary to 
 house both feed apparatus and saws. 
 The bolter man should stand at 
 
 Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. t j ie g^e Q f the bolter, not ill front. 
 
 Fig. 61. Lath Saws Guard, in Place. When a machine is used for both 
 
 splitting and bolting, the guide being slipped over and then slipped back, care 
 should be taken to adjust the guide firmly in each case. Drive belts and 
 pulleys should be well fenced. 
 
 Lath Machine. This machine needs guarding similar to that of a self- 
 feed bolter. Fig. 61 shows feed rolls, saws and gearing boxed. The 
 box over the rolls and saws can be lifted up, as shown in Fig. 62. 
 When the feed roll is not protected 
 by such a housing, such a guard as 
 that shown in Fig. 63 (page 55) can 
 be used. It is like the jointer guard 
 which is pushed aside by the ma- 
 terial fed and automatically re- 
 covers the knives when the stock has 
 gone through. Such a guard holds 
 the stock so firmly up to the guide 
 that the operator does not have to 
 keep his hands on until they are in 
 danger from the roll. Its pressure 
 on the bolt also helps prevent kick- 
 ing. Pressure is given by a weight. 
 Fig. 64 (page 55) shows a piece of 
 
 StOCk entering the feed roll. These Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 
 
 pictures also show a box covering Fig. 62. Lath Saws Guard, Raised, 
 
 for the saws. When one machine is used as combination bolter and lath ma- 
 chine, the protection should be the same as for individual machines. 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 55 
 
 Trimmers. Cut-off saws used as trimmers, single or double, should be 
 boxed at back and ends of the machine. If the cutting.is done with the under 
 parts of the saws, hoods should cover the tops and come down in front and 
 back as far as possible ; if with the up- 
 per parts, the boxing at back and ends 
 should come as far as possible over 
 the tops. Fig. 65 (page 56) shows a 
 double trimmer housed, and Fig. 66 
 (page 56) shows a single saw pro- 
 tected on top and at back and sides. If 
 trimmers are near a wall, and not 
 guarded at the back, the end guards 
 should extend to the wall, to prevent 
 the space behind the machine being 
 used as a passageway. When a pack- 
 ing frame forms a part of the machine, 
 the frame should lock as it comes back 
 into position in front, so that it will 
 not tip over when the packer is lean- 
 ing over to bind a bundle and throw 
 him into the saws. 
 
 Waste Holes, Transfer Tables, 
 Etc. There should be plenty of waste 
 holes, to get rid of rubbish, and these 
 should be hoppered, or preferably 
 double-railed with piping, to prevent 
 anyone falling into them. Sprockets 
 on transfer tables should be protected, 
 as shown in Fig. 60 (page 53), the 
 guard coming down as far as pos- 
 sible. Floors where men stand to 
 pick stock from conveyors should be 
 kept in good shape, as the men are 
 constantly on the jump to keep stuff 
 suitable for lath from going on with 
 the waste. If the floor is defective, 
 they are apt to get nasty falls. Piling 
 at such points or on transfer tables 
 leading to bolters should be carefully 
 done, to prevent toppling over. 
 
 Employing Boys. As lath-mak- 
 ing is usually done under contract, 
 young boys are often hired at small 
 wages to do much of the work around 
 a lath mill. This practice is a very bad one. 
 
 Courtesy of Freeman Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 63. Lath Machine Feed Roll Guard, 
 in Place. 
 
 Courtesy of Freeman Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 64. Lath Machine Feed Roll Guard, 
 Open. 
 
 No boy under 17 years of age 
 should be employed, nor should boys of any age be put at the more dangerous 
 work. 
 
56 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 =^_y 
 
 IfeM* « 
 
 — ™»« i in.. ™"««B > ., S iS5^ K '" 
 
 SHINGLE MILL. 
 
 Cut-off Saws. The various types of cut-oft saws used for cutting logs, 
 bolts or cants to shingle length should be guarded as fully as possible. Jump 
 
 saws -and swing saws, both hori- 
 zontal and vertical, should be 
 guarded like those used for trimming 
 lumber in a saw mill. When the bolt 
 is crotched in swinging legs and 
 pushed to the saw, the saw should be 
 protected like that used for trimming 
 bunches of lath. The table cut-off 
 saw to which the stock is fed on a 
 carriage is especially likely to need 
 guarding at the back, as it is large 
 and apt to stick out beyond the table. 
 A board hung down in front, with a 
 
 Courtesy of Diamond i, on Works. pendant flap, will keep stuff from fly- 
 
 Fig. 65. Lath Trimmer Guarded. ing . in the operator's eyes. Often a 
 
 suspended hood can be vised to advantage in connection with such a board. 
 
 It is best to have an automatic feed table for this saw which will lock when at 
 
 the front end and is tripped by the sawyer. The table should be so arranged 
 
 that it cannot move while a 
 
 bolt is being placed on it. 
 
 The conveyor on which bolts 
 
 are often brought to a cut- 
 off saw should never be so 
 
 located that the bolts coming 
 
 up on it can bump into a bolt 
 
 going through the saw. It 
 
 should always be c o 11- 
 
 trollable by the cut-off saw- 
 yer. 
 
 Fig. 67 (page 57) shows a 
 
 cut-off machine consisting of 
 
 a large circular saw and a 
 
 movable carriage with rollers 
 
 in it for moving the logs 
 
 ahead as the pieces are cut 
 
 off. Often it is necessary for 
 
 an assistant to stand on the 
 
 carriage as it moves back 
 
 and forth, and an " L" 
 
 shaped guard makes it prac- 
 
 Coi 
 
 tesy of Western Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 66. Lath Trimmer Guarded. 
 
 tically impossible for him to come in contact with the saw. The other guard 
 shown covers the saw, but allows the logs to pass under it as they are being- 
 cut off. This latter device can be improved by running a small iron rod from 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 57 
 
 the roof beam to the end of the piece over the saw. In a shingle mill boys will 
 run around over tables, and the only way is to protect everything possible to 
 cover. The picture shows also the under part of the saw guarded, the main 
 driving belt in the background boxed in and the pulleys on the main shaft 
 guarded each by two half tires, taken from an old wagon wheel, to prevent 
 injury from a belt breaking and flying. The blades of cut-off machines 
 should be kept in the best of shape, as they are put to a nasty strain. No 
 cracked saw should be used. Care should also be taken that any carriage 
 and tracks used are in good condition. 
 
 Axes, Wedges, Etc. The axes, wedges and sledges sometimes used to 
 split stock sawed to block length from logs or cants should be carefully kept 
 in good condition. Handles should be sound and sledgeheads and wedges 
 watched carefully for signs of crystallization. A wedge having burrs on it 
 should never be used. 
 
 Knee Bolter. This dangerous saw should always be guarded at the rear 
 to prevent anyone running 
 into it, and a board should be 
 suspended rigidly and as low 
 as possible in front of the 
 crown to keep knots, saw- 
 dust, etc., from being thrown 
 at the operator. Machines so 
 guarded are shown in Fig. 68 
 (page 58). It is well to have 
 a pendant flap attached to the 
 suspended board. A metal 
 hood can well be used with 
 the suspended board guard 
 mentioned, the hood cover- 
 ing the entire back of the saAV 
 but being open on top to let 
 knots fly out. There should also be a stop to prevent the carriage coming too 
 far back and jumping- the track, the drive belt and pulley should be boxed or 
 otherwise guarded, and the waste hole alongside the machine should be fenced 
 off. Such guards are shown in Fig. 68, which also shows a little flap running 
 on the track to keep waste from accumulating on it. 
 
 The wheels of the carriage and the track on which it runs should be in- 
 spected frequently and carefully to see both are in good shape. If the carriage 
 should sag or jump the track, the sawyer, who has to work close to the saw, 
 frequentlv with an arm on either side, would be in great danger. The inserted 
 teeth often used in this saw should be very carefully set in and locked, as they 
 are put to a nasty strain. The sawyer frequently moves the bolt while it is 
 in the saw, twisting it around, if it is a round block, to follow the contour of 
 the sap. 
 
 To prevent the sawyer losing his footing when shoving a piece through 
 the saw, the floor on which he stands should be kept free from holes and uneven 
 
 urtesy of 11. M. Load's Sons Co. 
 
 Fig. 67. Shingle Cut-Off Saw Guarded. 
 
5§ 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 places, and as clear as possible of the bark, knots and slippery and slimy pieces 
 
 of wood which fall from the saw and the carriage. 
 
 Horizontal Shingle Saws. In operating the one-block or two-block power- 
 feed machines, one of the 
 chief dangers is in reach- 
 ing in to remove a spalt. 
 It is advisable to use a 
 machine whose carriage 
 has a safety spalting 
 curve which never 
 goes over the saw and 
 which keeps the sawyer's 
 hand from being crowded 
 on to the saw, several 
 inches of the curve open- 
 ing being clear of the 
 saw when the carriage is 
 over the blade. In oper- 
 ating the hand-feed one- 
 block machine, the saw- 
 yer should take care not 
 to saw down to too 
 
 Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 68. Guarded Knee Bolters. 
 
 small a spalt, or his hand holding the block will be in danger. 
 
 The carriage of a power-feed machine should be kept in good condition, so 
 as not to lock up and then start suddenly on the sawyer. Lost motion should 
 be watched for and kept out. This carriage undergoes severe strain and should 
 be closely inspected daily 
 by the filer or foreman. 
 The carriage of the hand- 
 feed machine requires 
 similar attention. 
 Whether a machine is 
 power-feed or hand-feed, 
 there should be a clutch 
 on the driving shaft, by 
 which the shaft can be 
 stopped for changing 
 saws or doing any work 
 unsafe to do with the saw 
 running. 
 
 The guard over the 
 back of a horizontal 
 
 Shingle Saw Should never Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 be touched for changing Fi S- 6 9- Shin S le Saws - 
 
 the saw until the saw is stopped. It should also be kept down over the saw when 
 running. An operator of a one-block or two-block machine is apt to raise the 
 guard, as shown in Fig. 69, so that if a knot, sliver or small spalt 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 59 
 
 gets off the saw it will fly out the back and not hit him on the hand. This 
 practice is dangerous, the risk to those in the vicinity being much greater than 
 the operator runs by leaving the guard where it belongs. 
 
 The ten-block rotary machines which automatically kick out the spalts 
 are very safe machines, as the sawyer does not have to be near the saws. There 
 should always be guards outside the saws, however, as shown in Fig. 69. 
 
 Upright Shingle Saw. This machine should have the run of the carriage 
 enclosed, as shown in Fig. 70, and it is a good idea to have a railing along 
 the outside of the run to prevent anyone falling into the saw or carriage gear. 
 The back part of the saw should be guarded by a heavy plank set upright 
 behind it. The carriage should be closely inspected daily by a competent 
 man. It is especially important that the carriage trip works properly, so 
 there will be no danger of its moving while being bolted. The operator 
 should never attempt to take out a spalt or bolt the saw while the carriage is 
 
 in motion. The floor 
 around the machine 
 should be kept both clean 
 and in good shape. 
 
 The shaft of the ma- 
 chine, which usually runs 
 right back of the neigh- 
 boring clip saw or jointer 
 should be guarded its en- 
 tire length, and the belt 
 should be both 
 guarded and kept in good 
 condition, to prevent its 
 breaking and whipping 
 over at the sawyer, who 
 often works the clip or 
 jointer as well as the up- 
 right machine. The upright and the clip saw should run on the same counter- 
 shaft, so that when the upright is shut down to change saws or for other pur- 
 pose the clip will also shut down. Otherwise men working on the upright 
 may get into the clip saw. 
 
 Piling Blocks. Blocks should be piled up near the shingle sawyer with 
 great care, as if the pile should topple over both shingle sawyer and block 
 piler would be in danger. The blocks sometimes come faster than the shingle 
 saw can handle them, and, if possible, there should be plenty of room for stor- 
 ing them without piling them too high. 
 
 Knot Saw. The part of the saw under the table should be covered by a 
 dust spout or otherwise guarded. From the edge of the table down which the 
 shingles are slid from the shingle saws, which usually extends a little more 
 than half-way over the top of the saw, a stiff leather or metal strip should 
 be hung down as close as possible to the saw. This will serve as a warning if 
 the sawyer's hand, in reaching up to the table for more shingles, gets too close 
 to the saw. 
 
 Courtesy of Sumner Iron Works. 
 
 Fig. 70. Upright Shingle and Clip Saws. 
 
6o 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 To prevent a flying shingle or spalt, coming down the inclined part of the 
 table, from hitting the sawyer, a heavy wire screen should be suspended over 
 the incline about half-way up. The screen should come down as close to the 
 table as possible without interfering with the -shingle supply coming down. 
 Usually it should be from 6 to 12 inches above the table. The screen should 
 be hinged above, so that if too big a bunch of shingles comes down at once it 
 will check the bunch but not altogether stop the supply. The carriage and 
 track should be kept in good condition, so the carriage will not jump the track. 
 Jointer. This machine should be completely housed with strong sheet iron, 
 except for the feed opening, which should be just large enough to let the 
 shingles through it. Jointer operators should never wear gloves when at work. 
 The knives should be set only by an experienced man and they should be fast- 
 ened very securely. If set too far out or unevenly, they may kick the shingle 
 away from the rest and draw in the operator's fingers. If a knife should work 
 
 loose and come in con- 
 tact with the housing 
 or the rest, it might 
 tear either to pieces, as 
 well as break the rim, 
 and throw the pieces 
 far and wide. Knives 
 should be kept very 
 sharp, so the operator 
 will not have to shove 
 so hard that he may 
 split a shingle and 
 thus get his hands on 
 the knives. 
 
 Clip Saw. The 
 
 Courtesy of Woods Creek Mill Co. Springboard dip Saw is 
 
 Fig. 71. Clip Saw Guarded. a yery dang - erous ma _ 
 
 chine, the sawyer's hand being always close to the saw. There should always 
 be an iron guard over the top of the saw, as shown in Fig. 71, and 
 Fig. 70 (page 59), to prevent the operator's hand coming in contact with the 
 saw when he reaches over it to hold the other part of a shingle to be split. 
 This guard, preferably of flat iron, should be at least two inches wide and strong 
 enough to support the weight of a man's bod}'- should he slip and fall on it. 
 There should also be a finger guard underneath the front edge of the spring- 
 board, as also shown in Fig. 71, to prevent the operator's hand coming against 
 the saw underneath the board when he is splitting, taking out a knot, work- 
 ing a narrow shingle, etc. 
 
 The bottom part of a clip saw should be housed in. A metal casing is 
 shown in Fig. 70 (page 59) and a wooden housing in Fig. 71. The 
 housing should come as far up as possible without interfering with the work- 
 ing of the springboard, and should be carried well down below the bottom of 
 
SAW MILL 
 
 61 
 
 the saw. Any hole cut in the housing for kicking waste down the spout under 
 the saw should be as low as possible, to prevent the "operator's foot getting 
 against the saw. Such a hole should be as small as possible and should not be 
 allowed to get dangerously large through wear. 
 
 If the shingles come down to a clip saw on a table, there should be a 
 positive stop at the end of the table near the saw to prevent any shingles com- 
 ing over on the saw teetb. The floor about a clip saw should be kept 
 in good condition and clear of rubbish. An operator has to work very 
 rapidly, especially if he also tends an upright shingle saw near bv, and 
 he needs secure footing. 
 
 Packing. To p r e- 
 vent a man knot-saw- 
 ing, jointing or clipping 
 fro m throwing stuff 
 down on the packers, 
 there should be a swing- 
 ing screen guard, simi- 
 lar to that for knot-saw- 
 yers, suspended about 
 half-way down the in- 
 clined table on which 
 the shingles come to the 
 packers. Such guards 
 are shown in Fig. 72. 
 Fingers and slats are 
 hinged to the bottom 
 part of the screens, to 
 keep the shingles from coming too fast. The whole frame will swing in 
 proportion to the number of shingles in the bin. 
 
 Other Machines, Etc. Drag saws used for cutting logs to block length, 
 pull or jump cut-off saws, band saws used for pointing shingles and round- 
 ing them up, live rolls, conveyors, runways, log hauls, dry kilns, etc.. should 
 be guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 Transmission. This feature of a shingle mill should be treated like that 
 of a sawmill. Shingle mill belts need especially good guarding, as they 
 are apt to run close to the floor and are large and speeded high. All 
 belts and pulleys and gears driving machines or feeds should be boxed up, 
 screened or railed off. 
 
 For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, and other driving ap- 
 paratus in a saw mill or a shingle mill, see the chapter on Power Generation. 
 Transmission, Etc. 
 
 Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 72. Screen and Guards for Shingle Packers. 
 
PLANING MILL. 
 
 Courtesy of American Woodworking Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 73. Gear Cases for Planer and Matcher. 
 
 Sizers, Moulders, Etc. Many of the roll-fed machines used in a planing 
 mill, such as sizers, big surfacers, planers and matchers, matchers and outside 
 and inside moulders require substantially the same guarding in most respects. 
 All knife-heads should be enclosed as fully as possible by suction hoods or 
 other metal covers. No open heads should run under any circumstances. Some 
 kind of enclosure can always be provided without choking or clogging up. 
 
 All cog gearing should be covered, by gear cases preferably. If such 
 cases are not furnished with a machine, they can be purchased or suitable 
 
 ones improvised at the mill. 
 A good example of gear 
 guarding is shown in Fig. 73, 
 a picture of a hardwood planer 
 and matcher made by the 
 American Wood Working 
 Machinery Co., of Rochester, 
 N. Y. Any feed roll gears 
 situated inside a planer frame 
 should be completely guarded, 
 with metal covers. 
 
 The main drive belts and pulleys should be boxed or fenced in with 
 wooden slats or wire mesh. There should also be a good strong guard along 
 the pulleys likely to be found at the feeding end of the machine, to prevent 
 the man feeding from being caught and to keep a broken belt from flying. 
 This guard should be quickly and easily removable, for adjustment and lacing 
 of belts, etc. An excellent method of guarding belts and pulleys, counter- 
 shafts, etc., by surrounding them with wire mesh screens set in angle iron 
 frames, is shown in Fig. 74 (page 63). 
 
 Projecting ends of drive pulley shafts, countershafting, etc., should be 
 guarded if there is no housing or if they project through the housing, as they 
 endanger the legs of men working around the machine. A fencing supported 
 from the floor can be used, or a metal casing, or a piece of pipe can be fitted 
 over the shaft which has ears fitting in slots in the bearing box and can be 
 twisted around so it can be taken off when necessary. 
 
 All set screws in collars, on feed rolls, or elsewhere about the machine 
 should be of safety type or so protected that they will not protrude. As heavy 
 rolls as possible should be used. In machines working only one or two sides it 
 is often deemed advisable to use sectional feed rolls, to prevent kicking if thick 
 and thin pieces are in the machine at the same time. Every machine should 
 
PLANING MILL 
 
 63 
 
 Courtesy 
 
 of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 74. Screen Guards for Planer. 
 
 be equipped with an efficient belt shifter, clutch, or other means of quickly 
 
 disengaging the power. It is advisable to use flanged pulleys on all heads. 
 The old style of big timber planer whose knife is set in the end of a re- 
 volving arm, or extends the 
 
 whole length of the arm, is 
 
 very dangerous. There 
 
 should be a substantial up- 
 right guard extending on 
 
 each side of the run of the 
 
 arm, and a similar guard at 
 
 both back and front. If the 
 
 machine is set against a wall, 
 
 only one side need be 
 
 guarded. The guards should 
 
 be very strong, so as to check 
 
 a flying knife. Heavy wire 
 
 mesh can be used, or metal 
 
 hoods can be hinged to the 
 
 frame, both front and back. 
 
 The machine should be placed in such a position that should material be piled 
 
 near it no one will get caught between the bed and such material when the bed 
 
 is at its extreme travel either way. 
 
 With the newer types of timber planer, in which the cutter head rotates, 
 
 there should be a blower or other hood over the head, or at least an arm guard 
 
 reaching out in front of it to warn an operator if his hands should get into a 
 
 dangerous position. 
 Feed Rolls of 
 Outside Moulders. 
 The feed rolls of out- 
 side moulders should 
 be guarded to prevent 
 the operator getting 
 caught by them, as he 
 is kept feeding or ad- 
 justing at the side of 
 the machine much of 
 the time, and this 
 work and necessary 
 observation bring 
 him very close. The 
 guard should 
 only cover the 
 of the rolls 
 
 not 
 
 tops 
 
 but 
 
 Courtesy of The W heel er-Os good Co. 
 
 Fig- 75. Door Sticker Guarded. 
 
 should protect their 
 
 outer ends as much as possible, and should either come down over the front of 
 the front roll as near to its bottom as may be or should extend well out from 
 this roll. Fig. 75, shows a door sticker with a metal guard covering the tops 
 
6 4 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 of the feed rolls and reaching out in front of them. This picture also shows 
 the cog gearing protected by a galvanized iron covering, the drive pulley and 
 belt boxed off, and excellent guarding of the upper head by a blower hood. 
 
 The guard for the lower head which 
 will be noted can be slipped up to 
 cover that head when in use. 
 
 To prevent an operator's hand 
 getting crushed between the front 
 feed roll and material being fed, a 
 safety roll or bar is sometimes placed 
 in front of the roll, attached in such 
 a way that it will raise and lower 
 with it and will always be just a little 
 above its bottom. 
 
 The Germans sometimes protect 
 the working side of an outside 
 moulder with a metal grating ex- 
 tending the whole length of the ma- 
 chine and brought around the feed- 
 ing end. The material being fed 
 through this grating, the operator's 
 hands cannot come near the rolls 
 when feeding. 
 
 Knives and Cutter Heads. Care 
 should be taken that only knives of 
 the right kind, of the best quality and of even temper are used, and that they 
 are properly ground, cor- 
 rectly set and perfectly trued. 
 It is well to have an auto- 
 matic machine for grinding. 
 Heads should be in " run- 
 ning " as well as " standing ' 
 balance. Cutter heads can 
 well be cylindrical in shape, 
 both for safety and for good 
 work. Such a head avoids 
 the tendency of shavings to 
 pack under the lip and 
 greatly reduces the danger of 
 breakage. Cylinder heads 
 can be obtained, too, in which 
 the knives are fastened in 
 such a way that they cannot 
 fly out. Journals and boxes 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 76. Band Resaw Rolls Guarded. 
 
 Court ay 
 
 St. Paul ti Tacoma Lumber Co. 
 
 Fig. 77. Circular Resaw Guarded. 
 
 should be kept in the best of condition, and lubrication should be thorough. 
 Great care should be exercised in setting knives, in order to prevent their fly- 
 ing: out. 
 
PLANING MILL 
 
 65 
 
 ^\gH 
 
 Courtesy of North German Wood- 
 
 zvorkers Ass'n. 
 Fig. 78. Guards for Resaw 
 Feed Rolls. 
 
 Care in Operation. When adjusting a head or knives, cleaning or doing 
 other work about the machine, the entire machine should be shut down, and 
 a rule to this effect should be enforced. Cleaning out of knots or slivers should 
 
 not be done while the machine is running, nor 
 should an operator reach in to pull out a broken 
 piece. It is very dangerous to do any cleaning up 
 about a machine while it is in motion. Workmen 
 should not wear gloves when approaching moving 
 parts, and their sleeves should be short or tight 
 fitting. 
 
 Gang Ripping Machines. These machines should be guarded like saw mill 
 edgers (see index). If a solid feed roll is used, it is advisable to feed only one 
 piece at a time, as if two pieces of different thicknesses are in the machine at 
 the same time the thinner may be kicked. Trying to increase the output by 
 feeding one piece above another is a very dangerous practice. The feed rolls 
 should be very carefully adjusted to assure a firm and steady feed, and should 
 be heavy. 
 
 Resaws. Both circular and band resaws should have the gears at the 
 tops of the feed rolls guarded, and the point of entrance to the feed rolls 
 should be protected to prevent operators' hands getting caught. Some ma- 
 chines are guarded by the makers. 
 Fig. 76 (page 64) shows a band re- 
 saw in which both the gears and the 
 feed entrance are protected by en- 
 closing them in a square frame with 
 an opening as large as the rolls will 
 open. When guards are not fur- 
 nished, home-made ones can easily be 
 applied to both points. Fig. yj (page 
 64) shows such a guard for feed roll 
 gears. The point of entrance to rolls 
 can be protected by fastening metal 
 strips to the framework and curving 
 them around the sides and front of 
 the rolls, as shown in Fig. 78. An- 
 other method of guarding is by an 
 arrangement resembling a split dish- 
 pan, one half of which is placed out- 
 side of each front roll, the bent edges 
 reaching in front of the rolls. In 
 either case the two parts of the guard 
 should come as near as possible to 
 each other in front of the rolls. 
 
 A circular resaw should always have a strong splitter' back of the saw, 
 and both top and bottom of the saw should be guarded. Fig. JJ (page 64) 
 shows such a resaw equipped with a substantial splitter, with a bar guard for 
 
 Courtesy 
 Fig. 79. 
 
 of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 
 
 Blower Hood for Panel Raiser. 
 
66 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 the top of the saw and with the lower part of the saw protected by a dust 
 spout. Such a spout can well be brought up close to the arbor. In place of 
 a bar guard for the saw top, a hood is often used, extending from the feed rolls 
 to a point well back of the saw. Such a hood can be built up from the table 
 or supported from above. The combination machine for planing and splitting 
 siding or weather boarding should have its cutter heads covered, and the saw 
 should be entirely enclosed both top and bottom. An operator of a circular 
 resaw should be very careful not to open up the feed rolls when a piece is 
 going through, and thus allow kicking. 
 
 The wheels of a band resaw should be watched carefully for any defects 
 or wear which might allow them to fly to pieces. Care should be taken not 
 to overspeed the machine. The wheels should be housed, and the return part 
 of the blade guarded if it runs exposed. It is a good idea when the upper 
 
 wheel is not housed 
 to have a heavy 
 plank, firmly sup- 
 ported, run along the 
 top to diminish the 
 force of a break- 
 ing blade. When 
 there is a cross belt in 
 front of where the 
 operator stands, as is 
 often the case with 
 big machines, it should 
 be boxed, as the 
 operator sometimes 
 has to step over it to 
 get close to the ma- 
 chine. Any wheel pit 
 for a band resaw 
 should be fenced. 
 
 Courtesy of The Wheeler-Osgood Co. 
 
 Fig. 80. Panel Raisers Guarded. 
 
 Panel Raisers. The machines used for raising door panels should have 
 their cutter heads enclosed as fully as possible. Fig. 79 (page 65) shows a 
 hand-feed machine with its head guarded by a suction hood. The power feed 
 machine in which the panel is carried through by vertical rolls or by a belt 
 running on edge can well have the roll or belt at the feeding end protected 
 by a shield, as shown in Fig. 80. This picture also shows the belts and driv- 
 ing pulleys guarded. At the right is a panel sander with its disks hooded 
 and with a strap iron guide which helps to keep the operator's hand from 
 slipping down the panel and into the machine. 
 
 There are double head machines for raising any shape of panel on both 
 sides at once which require guarding of feed rolls like a sticker. When panels 
 are raised on a shaper, the head should be entirely enclosed, by the guide and 
 otherwise, except for the cutting point. The part left exposed can often be 
 guarded largely by the arrangement for keeping the stock in proper position. 
 
PLANING MILL 
 
 67 
 
 Relishers and Wedge Cutters, Dovetailers. Relishers and wedge cutters 
 for sash and door work should have their saws covered- as fully as possible, by- 
 permanent or hinged covers. With some machines a shield can be fastened 
 to the framework back of the saws, extending out across their tops and curv- 
 ing down in front as far as the work will permit. Such a guard is furnished 
 by some makers. 
 
 The grooving saws of sash dovetailers are often guarded by means of 
 suction hoods. The cut-off saw or saws of such machines should also be 
 guarded as fully as possible when they are so situated that contact with them 
 is likely. A 1 band guard can often be used when no suction hood protection 
 is available. 
 
 Blind Slat Machines. The blind slat resaw should have its saws guarded 
 both above and below the table. Some machines come equipped with a steel 
 spring shield for the top of the saws, which also serves as a pressure to hold 
 the lumber in position, and with a cast iron shield for the part of the saws 
 beneath the table. The spurred feed 
 roll should be guarded by a shield 
 curved well down over the front as 
 well as the top, and such a guard is 
 often furnished by the maker. The 
 safest blind slat planers are auto- 
 matically fed, the under slat being 
 taken each time from a hopper which 
 the operator keeps filled. There are 
 also automatic blind slat tenoning, 
 boring, and boring and mortising 
 machines. 
 
 Wood Trimmers. The trimmers 
 used for cutting moulding for doors, 
 etc., should have hinged metal 
 shields at each end of the knife's 
 travel. Such guards are often furnished by the makers. When they are lack- 
 ing, home-made ones can be installed, each guard arranged on a spring which 
 holds it in an upright position except when the knife is at its end. A pro- 
 jection beyond the edge of the knife will push the guard back to allow the 
 sliding of the knife head. 
 
 Miter Saw Guard. Fig. 81 shows a guard for a saw set in a swinging 
 frame which is used to miter moulding for doors. The guard, which is simply 
 a piece of wood rounded out to conform to the curvature of the saw, is at- 
 tached to the frame work back of the saw. It can be adjusted so as to guard 
 all of the saw except what must be left exposed for the cutting. Saw and 
 guard are brought down on the material to be worked by means of a foot 
 treadle. Such a saw usually runs near the edge of a bench and the operator 
 stands close up to it. 
 
 Other Sash, Door and Blind Machines. The saw often used in connection 
 with a sash sander for cutting the check rail of the sash can well be sub- 
 stantially hooded, as shown in Fig. 82 (page 68). 
 
 Courtesy of Standard Millwork Co. 
 
 Fig. 81. Miter Saw Guarded. 
 
68 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 In dadoing the safest plan is to feed the stock on a sliding table, and a 
 lever should be used for clamping small stock. When the cutting is done with 
 the upper part of the saws or heads the under part of the cutting tools should 
 be guarded by suction or other hoods. If an under-fed machine is used, the 
 top part of the cutters should be hooded as fully as possible. When these 
 cutters are set along the back of the machine they are especially apt to be 
 dangerous if the space behind is used as a passageway. 
 
 The hand-feed dowel pin machine should be boxed in except where the 
 material is fed, and a substantial push-stick should be provided for pushing 
 the last piece through. The automatic dowel maker should have the entrance 
 
 to the feed rolls so guarded as to pre- 
 vent an operator's hand from getting 
 caught. 
 
 The trimming saws of diagonal 
 planers should be hooded clown as far 
 as the work will permit, and the gear- 
 ing driving the feed rolls should be en- 
 closed. 
 
 Butting Saws. The single and 
 double butting saws often used for 
 trimming flooring as it comes from 
 high-speed floorers should be fenced oft 
 so that their backs, tops and sides will 
 be guarded when they are at rest. 
 Whenever possible, it is advisable to 
 cover each saw with a hood, attached 
 to the frame of the carriage so that all 
 of the saw will always be covered ex- 
 cept what must be left exposed for the 
 work. 
 
 Picket Header. The machine in 
 which the knives are set in a disk 
 should have the bottom part boxed and 
 the upper part covered by a hood, 
 hinged to the machine frame, which 
 will leave only working space exposed. 
 This machine is much safer than the saw picket header. 
 
 Conveyors. Any live roll conveyors used in a flooring or other planing 
 mill to carry finished stock to the stock room or for other purposes should be 
 guarded like saw mill live rolls (see index). Where no blowing system is in- 
 stalled, conveyors are often used to carry away the waste and refuse. These 
 conveyors usually run under the floor, and there are holes in the floor for 
 sweeping stuff into them. The loose plank often used to cover such holes 
 when not in use is dangerous. There should be a trap door which closes auto- 
 matically. This can be hooked open when stuff is being swept in. There 
 should never be such a hole in an aisle. Holes should be preferably under a 
 
 Courtesy of Rockwell Mf, 
 Fig. 82 
 
 Sash Sander and Trimmer, 
 Saw Guarded. 
 
PLANING MILL 69 
 
 bench or in a corner that can be railed off. Wherever possible, railings should 
 be provided around openings in floors, in addition to covers, as employees are 
 often very careless about closing covers. 
 
 Other Planing Mill Machines. The other machines used in one or another 
 kind of planing mill, such as rip saws, cut-off saws, swing saws, borers, 
 mortisers, sanders, surfacers, tenoners, shapers, jointers, band saws, grinders, 
 lathes, etc., should be guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmis- 
 sion, Etc. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS. 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass' n. 
 
 Fig. 83. Splitter Adjusted to 
 Large Saw. 
 
 The circular saw is at the same time about the most convenient and the 
 most dangerous of woodworking tools. The variety of uses to which it is ap- 
 plicable is only equalled by the variety of accidents which it can cause. A 
 
 very large percentage of saw accidents is 
 attributable to the carelessness of work- 
 men, but it is only natural that men work- 
 ing in close proximity to danger should 
 come in time to lose the constant sense of 
 it which is present with them at first. This 
 is bound to happen even in the case of men 
 who are naturally very careful. As for a 
 new man on a saw, he may get danger- 
 ously near the teeth despite his utmost 
 care. When a saw is revolving, the space 
 between the teeth shows up much lighter 
 than the solid part of the blade, sometimes 
 seeming to be hardly more than a light blur. Again, a sawyer's attention is 
 open to distraction by innumerable things, any one of which may cause that 
 only slight displacement of the hand which will result in an accident. And, 
 too, there are many dangers connected with the operation of saws which the 
 utmost carefulness cannot surely avoid. Such a dangerous tool demands that 
 every effort be made to guard it. 
 
 RIP SAWS. 
 
 An effective guard for a rip saw 
 should protect back, crown and front 
 — the back because pinching there 
 causes wood to climb and be thrown, 
 the crown because it throws wood 
 which has pinched and climbed, and to 
 prevent accidental contact with it, and 
 the front to prevent contact. 
 
 The Splitter. Every rip saw should have an adequate splitter, or 
 spreader, behind it, to prevent wood pinching. This will also guard the hand 
 of an operator reaching back of the saw, protect an off-bearer, and prevent 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 84. Splitter Adjusted to 
 Smaller. Saw. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 71 
 
 edgings being caught and thrown. A splitter may be either straight or curved, 
 but the curved kind, conforming closely to the curvature- of the saw and cover- 
 ing the back as far as possible up to the crown, is preferable. Whatever the 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 85. Splitter Supported from Above. 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 Fig. 86. Extended Splitter. 
 
 kind a splitter should be of the best steel, smooth in finish, and slightly beveled 
 on the inner edge. It should be slightly thinner than the saw kerf, but thicker 
 than the saw disk. It should always be very securely fastened, and carefully 
 adjusted so as to be in true alignment with the saw and not over 1-3 inch 
 
 behind it. . 
 
 A splitter can usually be attached to the table or, in the case of tilting 
 tables and those in which the saw arbor raises and lowers, to the framework 
 underneath If it is attached to a throat plate, care must be taken that the 
 plate is securely fastened in place, as if anything gets caught splitter and plate 
 are both apt to be pulled out. If the plate is a loose board, it is well to have 
 the rear end shaped to fit into a notch. Any buttons used for fastenings should 
 be carefully watched to see they do not work loose. 
 
 To keep a curved splitter close enough to either a larger or smaller saw and 
 have it always conform to the curvature, it should be adjustable both vertically 
 and horizontally. Figs. 83 
 and 84 (page 70) show a 
 way of effecting this in use 
 
 in Germany, by means of 
 
 two slanting slots in the 
 
 gauge and one vertical slot 
 
 in the splitter. Use of an 
 
 intermediate plate between 
 
 splitter and gauge enables 
 
 the splitter to be kept in 
 
 exact alignment with the 
 
 eXdLL calami Courtesy of L. F. Grammes & Sons. 
 
 saw. When the different p . g ^ Re liable Saw Guard. 
 
 c aws used in a table vary . .„ 
 
 Sufficiently in thickness, different splitters should be used, so the tluckness wdl 
 
 always be right. 
 
I 2 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 When a splitter is removed frequently, for grooving or other work, and 
 adjustment in either of the usual ways is therefore deemed impracticable, it is 
 sometimes supported from above. Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 85 
 (page 71). The splitter is adjustable along a slot in the strip supporting it, 
 
 which also covers the saw top. 
 This strip can be supported by 
 an arm coming out from a stand- 
 ard at the side of the table, or by 
 a framework hanging from the 
 ceiling, in either case adjustable 
 vertically. When even such a 
 simple strip would be in the way, 
 as in cutting very thin pieces 
 which have to be shoved away 
 from the saw with a stick, or 
 when the strip would throw an 
 undesirable shadow on work, the 
 Courtesy of e. c. Atkins & Co., inc. upper teeth of the saw can be 
 
 Fig. 88. O. K. Saw Guard. covered by extending the split- 
 
 ter itself over them as far as possible, as shown in Fig. 86 (page 71). 
 
 A splitter is perhaps the most essential feature of rip saw protection, as 
 it guards the most dangerous part of the saw. In Germany the law requires 
 a splitter in connection with all rip saws which do not have pressure rolls close 
 behind the saw blade. 
 
 Splitter Guards. Fig. 87 (page 71) shows a guard of the familiar Reliable 
 type, made by L. F. Grammes & Sons, of Allentown, Pa., which is a combi- 
 nation of a splitter with a light and shallow hood protection for the top of the 
 saw. Both splitter and hood are adjustable. 
 
 Another type, known as the O. K., and made by E. C. Atkins & Co., of 
 Indianapolis, Ind., is shown in Fig. 88. It, too, is a combination of a splitter 
 with a hood-like protection for the top of the saw, and it is adjustable to fit 
 different sizes of saws. The hood is of the extension variety, adjustable by a 
 thumb screw. A dog is attached to the splitter, to aid in holding wood down. 
 A German guard, the Goede, is shown in Fig. 89. To the adjustable split- 
 ter is attached a light wooden hood hollowed out so as to cover the upper 
 teeth of the saw. At the left 
 of the cut the guard is shown 
 adjusted to a larger saw; at 
 the right, to a smaller one. 
 
 Fig. 90 (page y^) shows 
 another splitter guard, made 
 by the J. A. Fay & Egan 
 Co., of Cincinnati, O. The 
 hood is adjustable on the 
 straight splitter, and is 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 89. Goede Saw Guard, Adjusted to Large and 
 Small Saws. 
 
 hinged so as always to be close clown over the saw except when raised by 
 material coming in contact with the split finger arrangement in front. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 73 
 
 Hood Types of Guard. Some prefer hood guards, supported from above 
 or from a standard at the side of the table, to splitter ones, on the ground 
 that, in addition to keeping wood from climbing, they prevent such kicking as 
 may result from a knot or change in grain being struck or a piece jamming be- 
 tween saw and guide or being dropped on the teeth, guard an operator better 
 against being cut by the saw teeth, keep slivers, loose knots 
 and pieces of knots from striking him, and protect him 
 against blinding sawdust. It is always best, however, to 
 use a splitter in connection with a hood guard, whenever 
 possible. 
 
 A hood guard should be kept down as close as possible 
 on the material. To enable the sawyer to see the line of his 
 cut well, the hood can be turned up a little 
 in front, or the top or all of it can be made of 
 wire mesh. The Germans often leave the too 
 
 Courtesy of J. A. Fay & Egan Co. 
 
 Fig. 90. Fay & Egan Saw Guard 
 
 open save for enough cross-pieces to hold it together 
 hoods have slatted sides also. A hood should always b< 
 for vibration, which should also be guarded against 
 by having the supports substantial, keeping taut anv 
 guy wires used, and having adjustment joints tight 
 enough to avoid lateral vibration. A hood should 
 also be deep enough not to touch the crown of the 
 saw if it should fall. 
 
 Some Hood Guards. Fig. 91 shows a hood 
 guard, made by the Jones Safety Device Co., of 
 Buffalo, N. Y., which automatically adjusts itself to 
 different thicknesses of material. It is "furnished 
 with either sheet steel or wire hoods, and they can be 
 of closed variety or with open front. The hood is 
 equipped with a steel dog at the rear. 
 
 A wire hood guard suspended from the ceiling is 
 shown in Fig. 92. It automatically adjusts for differ- 
 ent thicknesses of material. A slight movement on 
 the counterweight will raise or lower the hood, and 
 the sliding parts can be secured by a turn on a thumb 
 screw 
 Zeillei & Nagel, of Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 
 ourtesy of Jones Safely Device Co. 
 
 Fig. 91. Jones Saw Guard. 
 
 and frequently their 
 wide enough to allow- 
 
 There is a steel dog on the back of the hood. 
 
 Courtesy of Zeillcr & Xagcl. 
 
 Fig. 92. Zeiller & Nagel 
 Saw Guard. 
 
 This sruard is made bv 
 
74 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Fig. 93 shows a wire hood supported by a bracket coming from the side 
 of the table. The pedestal is curved, and therefore permits cross-cutting, or 
 dadoing where lumber overhangs the table, 16 inches in the rear of the arbor. 
 
 This hood can also be sus- 
 pended from above, bal- 
 anced by a counterweight. 
 The makers of this guard 
 are L. F. Grammes & Sons, 
 of Allentown, Pa. 
 
 A wooden hood sup- 
 ported from the side of the 
 table is shown in Fig. 94. 
 It is open at the front end, 
 so the operator can see the 
 line of cut. The hood is 
 automatically raised by ma- 
 terial coming in contact 
 with it. It is fastened to a 
 sliding steel bar that can 
 readily be adjusted forward 
 or backward, making it 
 
 
 
 „A~~^ j] 
 
 
 jjjs! 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 ■~i~""|^-» 
 
 
 -JSL pF': 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ccurtesy of L. F. Grammes & Sons. 
 
 Fig- 93- Grammes Saw Guard. 
 suitable for two mandrel tables. It can be swung up out of the way as shown 
 in the cut. This guard is made by the Crescent Machinery Co., of Leetonia, O. 
 
 Two home-made adjustable hood guards are shown in Fig. 95 (page 75) 
 and Fig. 96 (page 75). They are similar in all respects except that the former 
 has a closed hood and the latter an open one made of spring steel bent into 
 proper form. The supporting frame in each case consists of a 2-inch pipe 
 fastened on the ceiling with a floor flange 
 and held rigid by wrought iron rods tight- 
 ened by turnbuckles. Inside this pipe 
 slides another, to the lower end of which 
 the hood is fastened. 
 
 An English guard, the " Nonpareil," 
 is shown in Fig. 97 (page 76). It is a 
 balanced hood, moving parallel to the 
 table top and taking up its position by 
 pressure on a roller from the work fed to 
 it. The guard automatically adjusts itself 
 to any thickness. It offers no resistance 
 to entrance of stock, and immediately after 
 stock has passed it automatically covers 
 the saw. It can be attached to the table 
 as shown, or supported from the ceiling. 
 
 Other Types of Guards. There are 
 many other types of guard than the two general classes mentioned. The split- 
 ter is often used in connection with one kind or another of hood, and the num- 
 ber of home-made devices is simply legion. A splitter and hood guard, 
 
 Courtesy of Crescent Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 94. Crescent Saw Guard. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 75 
 
 Fig. 95. Adjustable Hood Guard. 
 
 manufactured by the H. B. Smith Machine Co., of Smithville, N. J., with hood 
 made of wood is shown in Fig. 98 (page 76). This guard is adjustable both 
 vertically and horizontally, and it can be turned up out of the way when 
 desired. A German splitter and hood 
 guard is shown in Fig. 99 (page 76). 
 The hanging support of the hood is 
 fastened by a screw to the wooden 
 hanging post suspended from the ceil- 
 ing. A slanting slot for this screw 
 enables the hood to be adjusted to saws 
 of different sizes. The hood is auto- 
 matically raised by stock coming in 
 contact with the turned-up finger in 
 front. When stock work is to be done, 
 the hood can be fixed at a certain 
 height by means of the thumb screw. 
 Fig. 100 (page J7) shows a rip saw 
 used in a show case factory which is 
 fed by a moving carriage, has a splitter 
 behind it, and is protected both above 
 and below the table by suction hoods. 
 An inexpensive German guard, apph- 
 able to a general utility saw, to pre- 
 vent kicking is shown in Fig. 101 (page 
 yy). The cam-shaped piece (a) has 
 teeth around it to grip a piece of wood 
 that catches on the saw. When the 
 cam grips the wood, the latter is forced 
 more closely against the guide, and 
 thus there is no twist further to grip 
 the saw and make trouble. 
 
 Offutt Guard. Fig. 102 (page 78) 
 and Fig. 103 (page 78) shows the Offutt 
 rip saw guard, which has the unique 
 feature of being used to finish sawing 
 the piece. When there is no piece be- 
 ing sawed, the guard hangs down, com- 
 pletely covering the saw. When a 
 board is started, the guard rises up at 
 (A), as shown in Fig. 102, rising against 
 the springs (CC) and also turning on 
 the joints (DD) and (EE). When the 
 cut is nearly completed, the operator 
 grasps the handle (F), as shown in Fig. 
 103, and pushes the board on through the saw. Thus his hands do not come 
 near the saw. The guard can be swung up on the supports, so as to be out 
 of the way for examining the saw or setting the guide. 
 
 Fig. 96. Adjustable Open Hood Guard. 
 
76 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of British Factory Dept. 
 
 Fig. 97. Nonpareil Saw Guard. 
 
 German Finger Guard. A peculiar German guard is shown in Fig. 104 
 
 (page 79). To a splitter is attached a strip extending along the top of the saw. 
 
 From this strip depend iron-plate strips fastened in such a way that they are 
 
 turned toward .the splitter and kept oblique 
 to the sawing direction. They are so super- 
 posed as to slip one upon another when lifted. 
 These strips are lifted one by one by material 
 fed, and each falls back into place after the 
 material has passed by. 
 
 Double Hood Guard. The Pogue guard, 
 combining a splitter and a double hood ar- 
 rangement, is shown in Fig. 105 (page 79). 
 The outer hood, which is of sheet iron, has 
 an extension at the rear which is dropped 
 down over the splitter and is clamped at the 
 desired height by means of a thumb screw. 
 Inside of this hood is a loose wooden hood 
 
 within which the saw runs. In operation the iron hood is adjusted so it will 
 
 just clear the material As the material is 
 
 fed, it pushes up the wooden hood, which is 
 
 curved at the front. As soon as the material 
 
 has passed by, this wooden hood drops down 
 
 again, completely covering the saw. At- 
 tached to the clamp at the rear is a swing- 
 ing toothed dog. This guard is made by the 
 
 Olympic Foundry & Machine Co.,. of Ta- 
 
 coma. Wash. 
 
 An unique automatic guard manufactured 
 
 by the Rockwell Mfg. Co., of Milwaukee, Wis., 
 
 is shown in Figs. 106 (page 80) and 107 (page 81). In operation the hood 
 
 normally stands in 
 
 its lower position en- 
 tirely enclosing the 
 
 working portion of 
 
 the saw. AYhen the 
 
 work is advanced to 
 
 the saw r , its front 
 
 edge engages the 
 
 lower end of a lever, 
 
 causing the lever to 
 
 Swing Or draw Upon Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 a chain which liftS F *S- 99- Goede Saw Guard, Adjusted to Large and Small Saws, 
 the hood a distance corresponding to the thickness of the work, thus permitting 
 the work to pass without the saw being uncovered. Should the saw start to 
 throw the wood, either the dog or a separate spur tooth on the foot of the lever 
 
 Courtesy of H. B. Smith Machine Co. 
 
 Fig. 98. Smith Saw Guard. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 77 
 
 A 
 
 
 > 
 
 m 
 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig. ioo. Blower Hood Saw 
 Guards. 
 
 will engage the work. There is a fulcrum connection for the lever which is 
 made adjustable so as to adapt the guard for saws' of different sizes and 
 the hook on the lever is also adjustable so as to vary the leverage and the 
 
 amount of movement of the hood produced 
 by a given movement of the lever. Both 
 hood and lever may be raised to permit the 
 use of the saw without the guard. The sus- 
 taining parts of the guard may be attached 
 to saw table, ceiling or floor, as may be 
 most desirable. This guard may also be 
 manufactured in such a way as to adapt it 
 to the tilting table. 
 
 In Fig. 108 (page 81) is shown the Pryi- 
 bil saw guard, in which the hood is guided 
 by two links which partially balance it and 
 cause it to raise and lower easily. The guard 
 is supported by pipes with flanges fastened 
 to the ceiling and is rigidly stayed by wire 
 ropes with turnbuckles. While the hood or- 
 dinarily raises and lowers automatically, it 
 can be suspended at any height by a spring 
 pin fitting into a series of holes for various 
 adjustments. There is a toothed pawl at the 
 rear end of the hood, to guard against ma- 
 terial being thrown back. When desired, the hood can be shifted to the right 
 by releasing a thumb screw. 
 
 Figs. 109 (page 82) and no (page 82) show an aluminum saw guard 
 invented by F. McKee of Beloit, Wis. The principal feature of this guard 
 is the link connection between the hood and where it is fastened. This enables 
 the nose of the guard to ride up easily on material fed to the saw, friction 
 being practically eliminated. In Fig. 109 the hood is attached to a splitter, 
 while in Fig. no it is attached to an arm supported from the side of the table. 
 The latter method of attachment is used for pattern shop work. If it is 
 desired to remove the guard for work on 
 which it cannot be used, loosening of one 
 set screw will allow arm and guard to be 
 swung to the side of the table. This guard 
 can also be attached to a framework sus- 
 pended from the ceiling. 
 
 Grooving Saws. Two German devices 
 to guard grooving saws, for which no close 
 
 hood protection is possible, are shown in Courtesy of Deutsche Tischler-Zeitung. 
 
 Fig. ill (page 82) and Fig. 112 (page 83). pig. 101. German Cam Guard. 
 In the former a board supported from the 
 
 side covers the saw. It is set high enough for work to go underneath it 
 easilv, and a slot in the front enables the operator to see the line of cut. It is 
 hinged to the back of its supporting block, so it can be thrown back out of the 
 
78 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 102. Offutt Saw Guard, Raised by Material. 
 
 way. Fig. 112 (page 83) shows a guard somewhat similar to an automatic 
 jointer guard. The thin board (d), which turns around a support (e) and is 
 held against the guide by the blade spring (c), is pushed aside by the material 
 
 fed, and automatic- 
 ally covers the saw 
 again after the stock 
 has passed by. A 
 counterweight might 
 well be used in place 
 of the spring, to give 
 even tension for any 
 width of stock. When 
 no guard is used, 
 operators should 
 avoid the dangerous 
 practice of letting 
 the stock come back 
 over the saw. After a piece has been run over the saw, it should always be 
 picked up. 
 
 Self-feed Saws. A self-feed rip saw should have a strip metal or hood 
 protection over the saw. If this guard is not furnished by the maker, as 
 is usually done, it can easily be attached by any mechanic. A feed- 
 ing-out roll also contributes to safety, in carrying pieces beyond the saw. 
 Such a roll should 
 b e, and usual- 
 ly is, provided with 
 a thin steel wedge- 
 disk splitter to keep 
 the stock from pinch- 
 ing. To prevent the 
 feeding-in roll catch- 
 ing a hand kept too 
 long on the stock, a 
 guard should be 
 placed over the roll 
 coming down in 
 front as far as pos- 
 sible. This should 
 be attached to the 
 shaft carrying the 
 roll, so as always to 
 be in proper position. 
 
 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 jI 
 
 '•* ' <sH»i' - iK2 
 
 
 JJLmJ" 
 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 
 "~ ^M^' 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 " 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 103. Offutt Saw Guard, Finishing Cut. 
 
 Fig. 113 (page 83) shows a home-made device for protecting this roll. 
 
 Fig. 114 (page 84), a picture taken in a sash and door plant, shows a self- 
 feed rip saw with a galvanized hood coming down over the front of the feed 
 roll as far as possible. An extension of this hood covers the top of the roll as 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 79 
 
 far as the suction hood to prevent the operator's hand, when reaching up to the 
 lever which shows close to the blow pipe, from getting" in the teeth of the roll. 
 
 The saw is protected both 
 top and bottom by suction 
 hoods, and a slanting board 
 guards the drive belt. The 
 sprocket and chain or gear- 
 ing driving the feed should 
 always be well guarded, to 
 prevent an operator's hand 
 being caught when adjust- 
 ing, or at other times. 
 
 While self-feed saws are 
 Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. normally safer than hand-feed 
 
 Fig. 104. German Finger Guard. ones, they should be care- 
 
 fully operated and adjusted. The whole feed framework is severely strained 
 by operation, and should be examined carefully and often. Special attention 
 should be paid to the feed drive, as, if the feed is thrown out of commission, 
 the stock may kick before reaching the feeding out roll. In operating there 
 is danger from the operator lifting the feed apparatus so as to drop it on the 
 stock and get a better grip. 
 
 CUT-OFF SAWS. 
 
 The operation of cut-oft saws does not involve the same degree of risk as 
 that of rip saws, so 
 the protection can 
 take a simpler form 
 and yet be reason- 
 ably effective. For 
 the ordinary cut-off 
 machine whose saw 
 has a fixed position 
 in the table, any of 
 the rip saw hoods al- 
 ready illustrated or 
 described which 
 leave the table clear 
 can be used. For 
 many kinds of work 
 a hood can overhang 
 the saw from the 
 rear, where it is fas- 
 tened bv a hinge so 
 
 Courtesy of Olympic Foundry & Machine Co. 
 
 Fig. 105. Pogue Double Hood Saw Guard. 
 
 it can easily be thrown back when necessary. Even a strip of metal bent to 
 conform to the curvature of the saw, and securely fastened at the rear, will 
 prevent many accidents. Such a home-made device is shown in Fig. 115 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 (page 84), a picture of a stationary table saw used for cutting off the ends of 
 wagon shafts. 
 
 To guard a cut-off saw further when not in use, a strip can be hinged to 
 the front of the hood which will cover the front teeth when the saw is not 
 being used but which can easily be thrown up when work is being done. When 
 an off-bearer is employed, and a hood does not protect the rear teeth, it is a 
 good idea to have a splitter back of the saw, to keep his hands from coming in 
 contact with the teeth. 
 
 Another arrangement for guarding a cut-off saw is shown in Fig. 116 
 (page 85). A framework hinged to uprights at the rear of the table covers 
 
 each side of the saw, its own weight 
 holding it down on the table except 
 when raised by material fed to the 
 saw. The front is curved to allow 
 easy feeding, and the top of the saw 
 is covered by a horizontal strip. 
 
 Double Cut-off Guard. For 
 double cut-off saw machines, which 
 are much used in many factories, 
 hood guards can be suspended 
 from the ceiling, adjustable along a 
 bar extending the length of the table. 
 Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 
 117 (page 85), a guard made by the 
 Jones Safety Device Co., of Buffalo, 
 N. Y. The hoods adjust automatically 
 for different thicknesses of material, 
 are equipped with steel dogs at the 
 rear, and can be turned up out of the 
 way when necessary. 
 
 Traveling Cut-off Saws. Y\ nen- 
 ever possible, such a saw should be 
 guarded by a hood the supporting 
 frame of which is attached to the saw 
 carriage, thus keeping the hood al- 
 ways over the saw as it moves to and 
 fro. The hood should also adjust automatically for different thicknesses of 
 material. Such a guard for a railway cut-off saw, made by the Jones Safety 
 Device Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., is shown in Fig. 118 (page 86). 
 
 Where it is impossible to apply such full protection, there should at least 
 be a permanent covering which will guard the saw at rest. A saw so guarded 
 by its makers, the E. & B. Holmes Machinery Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., is shown 
 in Fig. 119 (page 86). If no such covering comes with the machine, a home- 
 made one can easily be attached. When a traveling cut-off saw is operated by 
 a handle extending above it from the rear, a hood can often be attached to this 
 handle. 
 
 Courtesy of Rockzveil Aifg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 106. Rockwell Saw Guard. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 81 
 
 Feeding Material. It is much safer to feed material to a cut-off saw by 
 
 means of a sliding table 
 rather than by hand, and 
 such tables can well be 
 used whenever practi- 
 cable. When cross-cut- 
 ting into several small 
 pieces at one operation, 
 there should be a clamp- 
 ing device for holding 
 the stock on the carriage, 
 as otherwise the operator 
 runs much risk of injury 
 in holding the stock as it 
 goes between the saws. 
 When round or polygo- 
 nal material is cut, some 
 secure scheme of holding 
 should be rigged up so 
 the stock can't get away 
 from the operator. Such 
 
 Courtesy of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 107. Rockwell Saw Guard, 2x4 Being Ripped. 
 
 irregular shapes are very hard to handle. Clamping the piece in a groove in a 
 board gives a good grip on it. 
 
 An operator should be careful 
 in feeding material to a cut-off saw. 
 as jamming, though not so likely as 
 with a rip saw, may occur unless 
 the feeding is accurate, even be- 
 tween the two saws of a double cut- 
 off machine. If the stock is fed 
 by hand, one hand may press a 
 little harder than the other, and so 
 feed the material in at an angle. 
 
 Carriage Fed Cut-off Guards. 
 When a feeding carriage is used, 
 and there is no hood supported 
 from above, a hood can often be 
 attached to the carriage which will 
 cover the saw completely when not 
 in use. Such a German guard is 
 shown in Fig. 120 (page 87). From 
 the top of the hood a strip extends 
 to protect the top of the saw when 
 not covered by the hood proper. 
 The stock is held against the front 
 of the hood while being cut. A counterweight brings the carriage back 
 automatically. 
 
 Courtesy of P. Pryibil. 
 
 Fig. 108. Pryibil Saw Guard. 
 
82 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Another German arrangement of similar nature is shown in Fig. 121 (page 
 87). The wood to be cut is placed on the carriage against the 
 two iron strips (h). To the lower part of the carriage at the 
 
 At- 
 
 Courtesy of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. no. McKee Saw Guard, Sup- 
 
 ported from Side of Table. 
 
 a double-acting lever. The hood 
 
 Courtesy of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 109. McKee Saw Guard 
 tached to Splitter. 
 
 back is fastened at (c) a double-acting lever. The hood is at 
 tached to the short shank (d) of this lever, while the long shank 
 (e) glides on a roller (f) fastened to the frame of the table. The 
 hood completely covers the saw when not in use, but is automatically 
 raised as stock is fed. After the cut is made and the pressure against the strips 
 (h) is removed, the weight (g) brings the carriage back and the saw is again 
 covered by the hood. 
 
 Fig. 122 (page 87) shows a home-made cover 
 for a miter saw, used in a picture frame factory, 
 consisting of an oblong box-like arrangement made 
 of wood. Fig. 123 (page 88) shows a clever guard, 
 devised by the International Harvester Co., whose 
 metal hood is self-adjusting, its carriage traveling 
 on an inclined track. It is counterweighted so as 
 to offer the least resistance when the piece of stock 
 strikes the wheel at the front end of the hood. The 
 friction is sometimes reduced by having, instead of 
 this one wheel, a series of wheels reaching back from Courtesy of North German Wood- 
 
 r 1 <-t-ii • • 1 i- workers' Ass'n. 
 
 the front end. the principle of this guard can be ^. „ , r „ 
 
 . ° Fig. in. Guard for Groov- 
 
 applied to rip saw protection as well as cut-off. i ng Saw. 
 
 BOLTER SAWS. 
 
 The saws of machines for splitting sections of logs into bolts 
 for shingle, heading and stave saws should be well guarded at both back 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 83 
 
 and side. Not only is there danger of some one falling on such a saw, but, 
 with the low friction-driven split table often used, slivers, etc. are likely to drop 
 through the slit in the carriage to the floor below and then be caught by the 
 
 under side of the saw and be thrown 
 — 1. -s ItSSsg^g^^ with great force toward the rear. 
 
 There should never be an exposed 
 passageway behind such a machine. 
 Fig. 124 (page 88) shows such a 
 heading saw with the side of the saw 
 and the open space behind railed off. 
 No employee should be allowed to 
 ride on the carriage. At the left of 
 the picture the run of the drag saw 
 which cuts the logs to bolt length is 
 shown fenced off. 
 
 The hand-feed table saw for 
 squaring one side of the bolt in a 
 pail and tub factory before it goes 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 112. Guard for Grooving Saw. 
 
 to the heading or stave sawing machine should have a wide hood suspended 
 from above, or at least should be hooded at back and on top, with a band 
 curving over as much of the front as is not required for the work. A feeding 
 carriage with a V-shaped bottom could well be used. The operator should 
 brush away slabs with a stick, as otherwise 
 he comes dangerously near the saw teeth. 
 
 The carrier-fed machine for cross-cut- 
 ting bolts should have its saw well guarded. 
 If the cutting is done with the upper part 
 of the saw, the entire saw below the man- 
 drel, and above it to a point just below the 
 swinging frame in which the bolt is held, 
 can be protected by a cover, supported from 
 the machine frame or the floor, open both 
 top and bottom and with the outer side 
 hinged for access to the saw. If the cutting 
 is done with the lower side of the saw, there 
 can be a fencing at the back and along the 
 outside set far enough away not to interfere 
 with the feeding frame. It is well also to 
 have the upper part of the saw guarded by a 
 hood or band supported from the machine 
 
 framework. Courtesy of Paine Lumber 
 
 EQUALIZING SAWS. Fi S- "3- |f lf ~ f fjjj Rip Saw 
 
 The equalizing saws used so extensively 
 in cooperage and wagon work, and in box and excelsior factories, veneer mills, 
 and many other plants, are dangerous machines and need careful guarding. 
 The saws should always be protected as fully as possible on top by hoods, or 
 
8 4 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of The Wheeler-Osgood Co. 
 
 Fig. 114. Self-feed Rip Saw Guarded. 
 
 at least by bands, and they should be guarded at the back when there is a pass- 
 ageway there. When the saws are set near the ends of the arbor outside of the 
 bearings, the outer part of each saw should be covered to a point below the bottom. 
 
 Cooperage Saws. 
 Fig. 125 (page 89) 
 shows a stave and 
 heading equalizer 
 equipped by its manu- 
 facturers, the E. & B. 
 Holmes Machinery 
 Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., 
 with guards which 
 protect the bottom of 
 each saw and the 
 back up to the 
 crown. They are ad- 
 justable, along a bar 
 at the front of the 
 machine, for differ- 
 ent positions of the 
 saws. There are 
 also self-feed equal- 
 izers in which the saws are fully guarded and to which the stock is fed on' a 
 traveling chain fitted with brackets. 
 
 Equalizers fed by means of carriers should always have springs or weights 
 to keep the carriers away from the saws except when stock is being fed, and 
 these should be kept in the best of condition. The small stave equalizing 
 saws used in pail and tub factories should have hoods coming down as far in 
 front as possible, and the carrier should have 
 a lever attachment for clamping the stock on 
 it. When the saws are set very close to- 
 gether, one hood can cover both saws. 
 
 Fig. 126 (page 89) shows a home-made 
 guard for stave equalizers. Each of the two 
 wooden sections of which the guard is made 
 is bolted to a frame of iron, bent to proper 
 form and bolted to the framework of the 
 machine. Beneath each saw is a box to 
 catch the blocks, an excellent idea where 
 there is no chute. If blocks pile up, the saw 
 is apt to catch one of them and throw it with 
 great force. The box also facilitates safe 
 removal of the blocks. 
 
 A good and cheap way of guarding such 
 equalizers is to set a board across the back of the machine, long enough to 
 extend about six inches beyond the saw or frame at each end, and at right 
 angles to this to run from each end a board along the outside of the saw as 
 
 Courtesy of W. H. Gillette Co. 
 
 Fig. 115. Home-made Cut-Off 
 Guard. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 85 
 
 Courtesy of American Museum of Safely. 
 
 Fig. 116. German Cut-Off Saw Guard. 
 
 far to the front as possible. Each board should be a little wider than the 
 saw's diameter. It is well to have the side casings hinged for access to the 
 saws. Such a guard will prevent anyone from backing up against the saws 
 or running into them, yet it 
 is far enough away to let the 
 blocks fall inside. 
 
 Wagon Saws. Fig. 127 
 (page 90) shows a pair of 
 saws, used in a buggy parts 
 plant for equalizing the 
 lengths of single-trees, 
 guarded by substantial sheet 
 iron hoods. The saw shaft 
 and bearings are mounted on 
 a solid table, and the guards 
 are mounted on a piece of 
 angle iron extending the full length of the shaft. They are made wide so as to 
 cover the saws when set for different lengths of material. Fig. 128 (page 90) 
 shows a guarded double hub equalizing saw. made by the Defiance Machine 
 Works, Defiance, O. The operator is protected by the convenient hand lever 
 used for holding the hub in position and sliding the carriage to and from the 
 saws. Such a feeding apparatus might well be used for man}- kinds of equaliz- 
 ing work. 
 
 Spoke and Handle Saw. Fig. 129 (page 91) shows a guarded machine, 
 made by the Defiance Machine Works, for reducing spoke, handle and other 
 blanks to exact length and preparing them for the turning lathe. The guards 
 are adjustable on the frame of the machine with the saws. 
 
 Veneer Saws. Fig. 130 
 (page 91) show's a home- 
 made method of guarding 
 the saws used in veneer 
 mills for cutting door or 
 furniture panels to equal 
 size. The hoods are ad- 
 justable both horizontally 
 along the bar above, to suit 
 varying sizes of panels, 
 and vertically. The picture 
 also shows guards over the 
 main drive belt and pulley 
 at the left and over two 
 pulleys driving the saws, 
 and a sleeve over a dead 
 
 Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 
 
 Fig. 117. Jones Double Cut-off Guard. 
 
 end of shaft at the right. Such points should alwa}^s be guarded. 
 
 Drum Equalizer. The guarded machine shown in Fig. 131 (page 92) 
 made by the Chattanooga Machinery Co., of Chattanooga, Tenn., is used in box 
 
86 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFDGUARDS 
 
 factories and elsewhere. The boards or blocks are laid on the steps in front 
 of the machine, and as the drum slowly revolves the stock is cut. Holding- 
 down springs prevent the stock moving when in contact with the saws. 
 
 The, saws are hooded at the back and 
 on top. 
 
 Tie Equalizer. A guarded rail- 
 road tie equalizer in a saw mill is 
 shown in Fig. 13 (page 25). The 
 two saws, 8 feet apart, sometimes 
 throw ties or pieces. There is a 
 front planking guard to prevent 
 pieces striking employees. Two 
 arms hung from pins lift up as the 
 ties go under them, and then drop 
 down and prevent the ties from slid- 
 ing back on top of the saws. 
 
 HI 
 
 Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 
 
 Fig. 118. Jones Railway Cut-Off Guard. 
 
 SWING SAWS. 
 
 Counterweights. The most essential feature of swing saw protection has 
 to do with the counterweight, so that there will be no danger of the saw 
 unexpectedly swinging out toward the operator. Balancing the saw by a 
 counterweight attached to a rope should be avoided whenever possible. A 
 rope running over a small pulley is apt to become weak from wear and then to 
 break when the saw goes 
 back with a jerk after being 
 released by the operator. 
 The run of the rope behind 
 the bench is usually en- 
 closed, as it should be, to 
 prevent sawdust and other 
 stuff from clogging it so it 
 will not work smoothly, 
 and this practice is apt to 
 prevent wear being noticed 
 quickly. For the same rea- 
 son it is unlikely that suf- 
 ficiently close watch will be 
 kept on the fastening of the 
 weight to the rope. When 
 a rope counterweight is used, 
 frequent examination of the 
 rope and of the fastening of 
 the weight should be made, 
 to assure the rope being in good condition and the weight being securely 
 attached. 
 
 Courtesy of E. & B. Holmes Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 119. Cut-Off Saw Guard. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 When the swing bar method of counterbalancing is used, the bar should 
 be so arranged that it works from a horizontal position" upward, as otherwise, 
 if the weight should come loose, it may drop on the operator or some one else 
 as well as let the saw come out at the operator. Care should be taken to fasten 
 
 - ■ ■- ' .. :;.•. ' .. '. ■.• . „;.■;..".■:.:". 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 120. Cut-Off Saw Guard. 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 Fig. 121. Cut-Off Saw Guard. 
 
 the weight very securely to the bar. It is a good plan to have a positive stop 
 on each side of it. Any bolts which fasten the bar to the framework should be 
 tested frequently, as they are subject to heavy strain. The bar itself can well 
 be made of wrought iron. To prevent any possibility of the weight falling, it 
 can be attached to a safety chain coming clown from the ceiling, as shown 
 in Fig. 132 (page 92). If the saw is counterbalanced by springs, these springs 
 should be very carefully adjusted, and frequently inspected to assure their 
 working properly. 
 
 Guarding the Saw. The saw proper is usually equipped with a guard by 
 its maker, in the form of a half hood covering the top of the saw and the side 
 next to the handle. When no guard comes with the machine, a home-made 
 one can easily be made. Fig. 133 (page 93) shows a home-made hood, with 
 side of wood and top of sheet iron, bolted to the side of the frame. It is better, 
 however, to enclose the top of the saw on both sides, as shown in Fig. 134 
 (page 93). 
 
 More complete protec- 
 tion yet can often be given. 
 Fig- 135 (page 94) shows a 
 reinforced wire mesh guard 
 extending the protection 
 given by the ordinary metal 
 hood. The mesh guard 
 slides in slots in the metal 
 hood for an adjustment to 
 iy 2 inches from the work. 
 In Germany a telescopic 
 hood is sometimes placed 
 inside the usual hood, en- 
 tirely covering the saw, as shown in Fig. 136 (page 94). The front part of this 
 guard is lifted by the work striking the projecting forks, and the rear guard 
 also raises when the w r ork reaches it. Another European method is to attach 
 
 Courtesy of L. R. Harsha Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 122. Home-made Cut-Off Guard. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co, 
 
 Fig. 123. Guard for Circular Saw 
 
 to the front of the ordinary hood a metal strip working on a hinge, which 
 glides on the wood being cut and pushes back an operator's hand carelessly 
 left in the line of the cut. 
 
 The lower part of 
 the blade can well be 
 guarded, when the saw 
 is at rest, by boards set 
 as close as possible to 
 each side and projecting 
 far enough beyond the 
 blade in front to enable 
 the operator to handle 
 his stock on the table 
 with perfect safety. 
 When a swing saw is so 
 situated that anyone can 
 get in the rear of the 
 table, it should be fenced 
 off at the back. Fig. 134 
 (page 93) shows an ex- 
 cellent wire screen for 
 this point, and Fig. 133 (page 93) shows boxing at both side and back. 
 Guarding the Belt. The belt of a swing saw should be well guarded, 
 especially when it runs near the handle. Fig. 134 (page 93) shows a sheet 
 metal guard back of the handle and a wire screen extending upward. Wire 
 screen methods of guarding are shown in Figs. 135 (page 94) and 136 (page 
 94). Some machines are equipped with handle guards by the makers, but 
 these should be supple- 
 mented by guarding the 
 belt above. When there 
 is no protection for the 
 handle, and it is not on 
 the side of the hood, it 
 should at least set well 
 out from the belt. A 
 home-made handle can 
 be attached to the frame- 
 work well away from the 
 belt, as shown in Fig. 
 133 (page 93). 
 
 Limiting the Swing. 
 In some machines the 
 
 ^sJs ISl&fH ES^BNg" *t • J 
 
 .: '' '• 
 
 ^WB 
 
 Courtesy of Jonesboro Heading Co. 
 
 Fig. 124. Heading Bolter Saw Guarded. 
 
 counterweighting mechanism is arranged so the saw can swing out only a 
 limited distance. Whether this is the case or not, the swing can be limited by 
 a safety chain running from the lower part of the swinging frame to a fixed 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 8 9 
 
 Courtesy of E. <t B. Holmes Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 125. Stave Equalizer Guarded. 
 
 point in the rear. Fig. 132 (page 92) shows such a chain, attached at 
 rear to the framework of the 
 guard for the back of the 
 saw. 
 
 General. The saw 
 should be hung on the end 
 of the frame away from ap- 
 proaching material so the 
 operator's hands will not be 
 directly in front of the saw. 
 
 Every belt-driven saw 
 should have an efficient belt 
 shifter within easy reach of 
 the operator. Some ma- 
 chines come equipped with 
 shifters attached to the 
 swinging frame, so the oper- 
 ator need not let go of the 
 machine when shifting the 
 belt. 
 
 Care should be taken 
 not to attempt to saw material 
 of thickness equal to the distance 
 from the top of the table to 
 where the drive belt passes over 
 the pulley, as this may cause the 
 pulley to ride over the material 
 and throw the saw against the 
 operator. 
 
 GENERAL SUGGESTIONS. 
 
 Guarding Under Part of Saw. 
 The part of a saw underneath a 
 bench should always be well 
 guarded against contact. This is 
 often effected by means of a suc- 
 tion hood, or by placing on each 
 side of the saw a metal or wood 
 shield somewhat larger than the 
 saw. Perhaps the best method, 
 however, is to fence in any open- 
 ings in the sides and ends of the 
 bench with doors or shields, 
 which slide in grooves or swing 
 
 the 
 
 Courtesy of Royer Wheel Co. 
 
 Fig. 126. Stave Equalizer Guarded. 
 
 on hinges so they can easily be opened for necessary access. 
 
9° 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of W. H. Gillette Co. 
 
 Fig. 127. Single-tree Equalizer Guarded 
 
 Care in Operation, Etc. A sawyer cannot be too careful in operating a 
 rip saw. Care is especially necessary when forcing a piece through after it has 
 pinched or a knot or change in grain is struck, on account of the sudden jerk 
 
 apt to follow the extra pres- 
 sure required, and in brush- 
 ing waste pieces away from 
 the back of the saw. An 
 operator should never feed 
 stock with his breast or ab- 
 domen, and he should try to 
 avoid standing directly be- 
 hind his work. In some 
 plants rip saw operators wear 
 thickly padded leather 
 aprons. Holding on to a 
 narrow strip when pushing 
 a piece through the saw and 
 cleaning out a dust chute 
 while the saw is running are 
 both dangerous practices. 
 Great care should be ex- 
 ercised in approaching a saw after the driving power has been disengaged, as 
 inertia keeps it moving for some time. When stopping a belt-driven saw to 
 adjust or clean up, the oper- 
 ator should see that the belt 
 is well home on the loose 
 pulley, so it will not slip 
 back and start the machine 
 while he is working about it. 
 When there are two saws in 
 a table, both should be stop- 
 ped when one is to be ad- 
 justed or cleaned up. In 
 feeling the run of a saw 
 while adjusting, an operator 
 should take care that his 
 hand is not carried on to the 
 teeth by friction. 
 
 It is important that the 
 guide be always parallel with 
 the saw, and securely fast- 
 ened to prevent its slipping 
 and suddenly throwing the 
 operator's hand on the teeth. It is well to examine often the fastenings of a 
 guide more or less permanently fixed in one position. 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Machine Works. 
 
 Fig. 128. Double Hub Equalizer Guarded. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 9 1 
 
 Working of saws in the open air or in a cold room should be avoided, to 
 prevent accidents due to operators' hands becoming- stiff or the wearing of 
 -loves to keep them warm. When saw blades become cracked or dull, the 
 operator should report their condition, and they should be removed at once 
 
 from the workroom to avoid 
 possible use of them. 
 
 Push-Stick. A push- 
 stick is often a useful safe- 
 guard in finishing a cut, and 
 suitable ones should always 
 be provided so a workman 
 may not improvise one out 
 of some soft stuff lying 
 handy which may break at a 
 critical moment. The notch 
 of a push-stick should be 
 lined with metal, and there 
 should be a hole in the other 
 end for hanging it up con- 
 veniently at hand. Use of a 
 push-stick i s preferable, 
 when possible, to using a 
 second piece to push the first 
 through. 
 
 W h e n rabbeting or 
 plowing is done on a saw, a 
 push-block can often be 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Machine Works. 
 
 Fig. 129. Guarded Equalizer. 
 
 used, made simply by rabbeting off the sole of a block of wood and putting 
 on top a handle like that of 
 a plane. 
 
 Off-bearers. There 
 should always be an off- 
 bearer when material is 
 ripped which is longer than 
 the saw table, and off-bear- 
 ers can well be employed no 
 matter what size of stock is 
 being worked. An off- 
 bearer should be careful not 
 only to keep from the back 
 teeth of an unguarded saw, 
 but also to avoid pinching 
 sawn pieces together and 
 thus endangering the saw- 
 
 Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. 
 
 Fig. 130. Veneer Equalizer Guarded. 
 
 yer as well as possibly himself getting a hand mangled. It is a good plan for 
 off-bearer boys to use a hook, whenever possible, to pull wood past the splitter. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Clothing. It is advisable for both sawyers and off-bearers to wear tight- 
 fitting clothing. Sleeves which do not fit closely should be rolled up or prefer- 
 ably short-sleeved jumpers should be worn. The latter avoids dangerous 
 bunching of cloth around the upper arm. Wearing gloves is a bad practice 
 which should be prohibited. 
 
 Use and Adjustment of Guards. Guards are of no value unless used as 
 
 Courtesy of Chattanooga Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 131. Drum Equalizer Guarded. 
 
 intended. Complete use for all 
 possible work should be insisted 
 upon, and replacement required at 
 once after completion of work for 
 which they cannot be used. For 
 short stock the use of a guard 
 should be compulsory. There is 
 nothing in all the wide range of 
 woodworking more dangerous 
 than short feeding small dimen- 
 sion stock. 
 
 Hoods used should adjust 
 automatically whenever possible. 
 If arranged otherwise, they 
 should be adjustable by hand, and 
 always set to cover the saw as fully as may be. When a saw is changed for one 
 of another size, the 'splitter should be readjusted close behind the new saw, or, 
 if ncessary, a new one set in place. 
 
 The tendency of workmen to turn back the nosepiece of a splitter and 
 light hood guard, so as to see the line of cut better, can be obviated, in many 
 instances, by splitting the front part of this hood like two fingers or making 
 it of wire mesh. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 132. Swing Saw Guards. 
 
CIRCULAR SAWS 
 
 93 
 
 Courtesy of Kentucky River Poplar Co. 
 
 Fig. 133- Home-made Swing Saw Guards. 
 
 Material of Guards. Whatever the material of a guard, it and its supports 
 should be very substantial. 
 If possible supports should 
 not be of cast iron. Many 
 prefer wood hoods, as likely 
 to do less damage if struck 
 by the saw. For this reason 
 the Germans often line 
 metal hoods with wood. 
 Fibre is sometimes used in 
 place of wood or metal. 
 
 Care of Saws and 
 Bearings. Saws should be 
 carefully inspected quite 
 often for lost motion in 
 the bearings. If the bear- 
 ings are worn, the saw 
 will wobble and jump and 
 be more dangerous. End 
 play in a mandrel has 
 caused men to lose fingers 
 on a rip saw, and has also 
 resulted in the throwing 
 of edgings with disastrous 
 effect. The bearings 
 should be kept well bab- 
 bitted up, and in the inter- 
 vals between babbittings 
 the liners between the bot- 
 tom half of the bearing 
 and the cap should be 
 changed. In this way one 
 babbitting can be made to 
 serve effectively m u c h 
 longer. Saws should also 
 be kept well sharpened. 
 There is nothing like a 
 dull saw for making stock 
 pinch and climb. Care in 
 these two points is just 
 as necessary for quality 
 of work as for safety 
 
 Fixing Speed of Saws. 
 When saw machines are 
 set up, care should be 
 taken to ensure the fixing 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 134. Swing Saw Guards. 
 
 of their speed at the proper rate. Overspeeding and underspeeding both 
 
94 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 have their dangerous points. While 
 successful operation of 
 saws, there is a point 
 beyond which the saw 
 not only becomes li- 
 able to cause many ac- 
 cidents, but it also 
 cannot do good work. 
 Too high a speed 
 heats up the saw, and 
 makes it touchy and 
 limber. Then, if the 
 teeth are at all dulled, 
 the saw runs or 
 dodges whenever it 
 comes in contact with 
 the least obstacle. 
 Underspeeding also is 
 apt to make a saw dodge either way on 
 striking an object. 
 
 Covering Saws Left Running. 
 Whenever possible an operator should 
 never leave his machine without shut- 
 ting it down. If a saw has to be left 
 running, it should be covered up. This 
 is frequently done by placing over it 
 a box with dowel pins which fit 
 
 high speed is necessary for the 
 
 Courtesy of Reming- 
 ton Typewriter 
 Works. 
 
 Fig- 135- Mesh 
 
 Guards for Swing 
 
 Saw. 
 
 Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. 
 
 Fig. 136. German Swing Saw Guards. 
 
 into holes in the table. A 
 permanently attached cover 
 is better, however, when 
 such can be arranged, as it is 
 always conveniently at hand 
 and therefore more likely to 
 be used. Fig. 137 shows 
 such a cover used in a match 
 factory. It is hinged so it 
 can be thrown back at the 
 side of the saw. In the pic- 
 ture the cover is raised to 
 show its construction and 
 how it works on its hinges. 
 When a hood is used as a 
 saw guard, this can often be 
 adjusted to serve as a com- 
 plete cover. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, Etc. 
 
 Courtesy 
 
 3/ Diamond Match Co. 
 
 Fig. 137. Cover for Saw. 
 
BAND SAWS. 
 
 band saw is much safer 
 is no danger of the 
 
 to operate than a circular saw, for 
 
 A 
 there 
 
 wood being kicked, but it 
 has peculiar hazards of its 
 own against which an operator 
 should be protected. Fortunate- 
 ly it is unlike the circular saw 
 also in that practically complete 
 protection can be furnished. 
 
 Guarding the Lower Wheel. 
 When the lower wheel is left 
 exposed, it is very likely to cause 
 accidents, especially if it is a 
 spoked wheel. The draught 
 created by it is apt to draw in 
 some loose part of the operator's 
 clothing, his foot or leg may 
 come in contact with the wheel 
 or his toe get under it, or a 
 block of wood may get tangled 
 up in the wheel, if it is spoked, 
 and be thrown or damage the 
 wheel and thus cause an acci- 
 dent. The saw blade also may 
 break under the table, and its 
 ends or pieces fly out and cut the 
 operator's legs. 
 
 The lower wheel should be 
 entirely covered on the side to- 
 wards the operator. Some manufacturers furnish such a guard, in the form 
 usually of cast iron doors. When a machine is not thus equipped, it is easy 
 to provide a home-made guard, of wire mesh, wood or metal. The guard 
 should be so arranged that it can easily be opened, and it should come down 
 close to the floor, to prevent anything getting under the wheel. 
 
 The lower wheel is often of the web type, which from the safety stand- 
 point is decidedly preferable to the spoked kind. Its use practically eliminates 
 the danger of the operator's clothing or a piece of wood being caught in the 
 wheel, and there are no spokes to catch a breaking blade and tear it to pieces. 
 
 Courtesy of Brown & Sharpc Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 138. Guards for Band Saw. 
 
9 6 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Mr 
 
 -* 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 
 
 Fig. I 39- Jones Band Saw Guard. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 140. Band Saw Guarded. 
 
 1 1 Ih 
 Ifl 1 
 
 A* 1.JW 
 
 ILl,*I 
 
 ;lr 1 i m 
 11 
 
 >> - ' " 
 
 Fig. 141. Guards for Band Saw 
 Wheels. 
 
 Courtesy of Link-Belt Co. 
 
 Fig. 142. Guard for Band Saw Blade. 
 
BAND SAWS 
 
 97 
 
 The web wheel also gives a more 
 steady movement to the blade, thus re 
 
 during the danger of breakage. 
 
 Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. 
 
 Fig. 143. German Guards for Band Saw. 
 
 It 
 should be encased, however, just like 
 the spoked wheel. 
 
 Guarding the Upper Wheel. The 
 
 upper wheel should be enclosed in simi- 
 lar fashion to the lower. Protection 
 only as far down as the hub is not suf- 
 ficient, especially when the wheel is set 
 low enough to reach down to the height 
 of the operator's head. A complete 
 covering is always better, as it is more 
 likely to catch the saw if it should 
 break or slip off the wheel. If the blade 
 should merely slip off the wheel, a 
 complete casing will tend to prevent 
 the kinking which often causes a saw 
 
 to break. 
 
 The wheel can be effectively en- 
 cased in wood, slats, metal or wire 
 mesh, as may be most convenient. The 
 a ~ tut it rannot come" in contact with the wheel, 
 ^^llZXZ^TZZ^, * — *. saw, r, 
 
 moval. It is well also to have a pro- 
 tecting strip span the wheel. Such a 
 strip will do much toward catching 
 the parts of the blade if it should 
 break. When the upper wheel is not 
 encased, a bar is sometimes placed 
 across the front, fitting in a rest at 
 each side, to keep the saw from com- 
 ing over on the operator if it should 
 slip off the wheel. 
 
 Protecting Return Part of Blade. 
 The return part of the blade between 
 the two wheels should be guarded for 
 other reasons as well as in case of 
 breakage. With it exposed, the 
 operator or someone else may come in 
 contract with it, or a piece of ma- 
 terial be crowded on it, or the saw 
 may be struck from the rear and 
 thrown off the wheels. 
 
 Guarding this part is a simple 
 matter. One method of protection is 
 to place parallel strips of wood, each 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 144. Guards for Band Saw. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 wider than the blade, one on each side of it. The strips should come down 
 close to the table. Another way of guarding is to run a strip up along the 
 side of the blade, and attach to it at right angles two other strips, one cover- 
 ing the saw teeth in front and the other protecting the back of the blade so 
 that it cannot be struck from the rear and thrown off the wheel. 
 
 A third device is a piece of timber with a slot cut in the front of it in 
 which the blade will run, the slot being deep enough for the blade to be some 
 little distance from its front edges. Some manufacturers furnish a tube- 
 like guard in which the blade can be enclosed. Others equip their ma- 
 chine with a U-shaped protec- 
 tion or a cast-iron channel in 
 which the blade runs. 
 
 Guarding Working Part of 
 Blade. The working side of 
 the saw should be guarded both 
 on account of the danger of 
 breakage and to keep an opera- 
 tor's head from coming in con- 
 tact with it, as when he bends 
 over to follow penciled lines 
 showing the desired cut. Some 
 machines come from the maker 
 equipped with a guard for this 
 point. When there is none a 
 home-made guard is easy to ap- 
 ply, and often it can be at- 
 tached to the guide so as to 
 raise and lower with it. A 
 wooden or metal strip can be 
 placed in front of the teeth, or 
 strips can be placed at right 
 angles to each other which will 
 guard both the front and the 
 outside of the blade. Only the 
 part of the saw in actual use 
 need be left exposed. 
 
 Care by Operator. The 
 
 Courtesy of Brown £ Sharpe Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 145. Band Saw Guarded. 
 
 operator should see that the work lies straight and firm before feeding, so it 
 will not turn and draw his fingers into the blade. He should keep his atten- 
 tion exclusively fixed on his work, and he should be careful in brushing away 
 cuttings. After the power is disengaged he should always wait for the ma- 
 chine to come to a stop, never trying to stop the wheel with a piece of wood 
 or with hand or foot. Sometimes, as in Germany, a brake is rigged up, brought 
 into action by a foot lever after the belt has been shifted to the loose 
 pulley, to stop the machine almost instantly. A device by which the belt 
 shifter, when moved to the limit of its travel, would apply a brake effect and 
 thereby bring the machine to a halt more quickly, would be preferable. 
 
BAND SAWS 
 
 99 
 
 When a band saw is stopped, it is advisable to lower the tension some- 
 what unless this is well provided for by the makers. While working, the saw 
 becomes heated and expands ; when not working, it cools off and contracts. 
 So there is danger of a subsequent break, with possibility of an accident, if the 
 tension is not slackened. When the saw is running, the tension, of course, has 
 to be kept pretty firm, to prevent the blade slipping off the wheel and to keep 
 it moving smoothly. 
 
 A band saw break sometimes comes gradually, its beginning being shown 
 by a noticeable click. The machine should then be stopped at once and the 
 blade removed. 
 
 Other Precautions. 
 Band saws should not be 
 operated, either indoors or 
 out, in a temperature low 
 enough to cause the opera- 
 tor's hands to become stiff. 
 Too low a temperature is 
 also apt to cause the blade 
 to snap when started. Use 
 of gloves by operators 
 should be positively pro- 
 hibited. 
 
 Saw blades should be 
 carefully sharpened, and 
 brazed with great care 
 when necessaiw. If a saw- 
 is not brazed properly, it 
 is much more likely to 
 break when next put in use. 
 Too much emphasis can- 
 not be laid upon the need of 
 proper brazing, to assure 
 the brazed joints being 
 carefully made, the blades 
 not being overheated, the flux and solder thoroughly uniting the parts, and 
 the thickness being afterward brought down accurately to that of the rest of 
 the blade. Cracked saw blades should not be used, and dull blades out of com- 
 mission should not be left in the work-room. 
 
 Illustrations of Guards. Fig. 138 (page 95) shows a guarded band saw 
 in use in the plant of the Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co., of Providence, R. I. The 
 return part of the saw is protected by parallel strips on either side, and the 
 working side is also guarded. The lower wheel is enclosed in cast-iron doors, 
 and the upper is protected by a spanning bow and by a hinged wire mesh 
 shield slotted to fit over the hub. The makers of this machine, the Oliver 
 Machinery Co., of Grand Rapids, Mich., furnish an L-shaped guard, of 
 steel with a wood facing, for the working side of their saws, the guard cover- 
 
 Courtcsy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 146. Band Saw Guarded. 
 
ioo WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 ing both front and side of the blade and adjusting with the guide, and a guard 
 for the return part of the blade in the form of a U-shaped trough. 
 
 Fig. 139 (page 96) shows the guard made by the Jones Safety Device 
 Co., of Buffalo, N. Y. The wheel covering is composed of wire mesh on an 
 angle iron frame. The return part of the blade is guarded, and the working 
 portion protected by a sliding guard which raises and lowers with the guide. 
 
 A method of guarding employed by the International Harvester Co. is 
 shown in Fig. 140 (page 96). The lower wheel is protected by a removable 
 wooden housing, and the upper by a sheet steel guard. The return part of 
 the blade is also guarded. 
 
 A simple home-made guard for the wheels is shown in Fig. 141 (page 96). 
 It consists of substantial wooden doors hinged at one side so they can be 
 swung open. A home-made device for guarding the working side, shown 
 in Fig. 142 (page 96), is in use in the plant of the Link-Belt Co., of Chicago, 
 111. It is a metal strip which is fastened to the guide and moves up and 
 down with it. 
 
 Fig. 143 (page 97), a picture of a German machine, shows the upper 
 wheel surrounded by a protective bow and the lower covered with lattice 
 work. A patented safety device, attached directly over the table, rests upon 
 the material being sawed and prevents the fingers from hitting the teeth. A 
 pipe railing guard for the motor furnishing the power is also shown. 
 
 Another International Harvester guard is shown in Fig. 144 (page 97). 
 The lower wheel is protected by a removable housing and the upper by a wire 
 screen guard slotted so as to slip over the hub. The latter guard can be 
 raised clear by means of a rope working over a pulley attached to° the ceiling. 
 The return part of the blade is guarded. 
 
 The method of boxing in the wheels shown in Fig. 145 (page 98) is in use 
 in the plant of the Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co., of Providence, R. I. Both upper 
 and lower wheels are encased in wooden housings, and an exhaust is attached 
 to the lower cover to carry away the sawdust. 
 
 Fig. 146 (page 99) shows wooden shields (AA) in front of both wheels of 
 a band saw used in a National Tube Co. pattern shop, and also a curved 
 block of wood (B) to catch a flying end of the blade in case it should break. 
 
 Self-feed Band Saws. The same wheel protection should be furnished 
 self-feed saws as is given the hand-feed machine. It is advisable to have the 
 front feed roller guarded to prevent the operator's hands being drawn in be- 
 tween it and the stock, and the sprocket and chain gearing, or other form of 
 power transmission for the feed should be protected. So also should the belt 
 and pulley driving the feed works, if such are used for the purpose. When 
 the top rollers act as hold-downs, the feed being by means of an endless 
 chain beneath the stock, the part of the chain below the table should be 
 fenced in. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmis- 
 sion, Etc. 
 
JOINTERS OR BUZZ 
 PLANERS. 
 
 Next to the circular saw, the jointer or buzz planer has probably the widest 
 range of usefulness of all woodworking machines, and, with the shaper, it also 
 ranks next to the saw in its capacity for doing injury 7 to its operator. The planer 
 often shortens the fingers of dreamers, and it is a poor machine for anyone to run 
 unless he places his mind on his work and follows the instructions of 
 experienced hands. 
 
 Fig. 147. Old Style Square Head. 
 
 Fig. 148. Safety Circular Cylinder. 
 
 Its danger lies in the fact that under ordinary circumstances the operator is 
 dependent wholly upon his hands for control of his work. With them he. pushes 
 the stock over the knives and also keeps it firmly pressed to the table so as to 
 secure an even cut. They are therefore brought frequently into close proximity to 
 the danger point, the gap between the two tables in which the knife head is rapidly 
 revolving. Any one of a number of causes is apt then to throw a hand off the 
 material and into the knives. A knot or change in grain may be struck, too heavy 
 a cut may be taken, the piece of stock may be too small for such planing, or the 
 operator may be doing his work carelessly. Whatever the cause, the result is 
 pretty sure to be a serious injury unless everything possible has been done to 
 guard the machine. Some of the causes of accident can be foreseen by the operator 
 and avoided, but others are beyond his control, and on both accounts the jointer 
 demands as complete protection as can be given it. 
 
 Circular Safety Cylinder. One of the most effective mechanical safeguards 
 that can be installed on a jointer is the circular safety cylinder. This form of head 
 fills up the gap between the tables to such an extent, and the knives project so little 
 from the head, that if an operator's hands should come in contact with the knives 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 they cannot be mangled as they would be with a square head. Figs. 147 and 148 
 (page 101) show the difference between the two kinds of heads very plainly 
 and Figs. 149 and 150 show the nature of the injuries apt to be inflicted by each. 
 Space does not permit of mentioning all of the many makes of circular cylin- 
 ders. The one illustrated in Fig. 148 (page 101) is made by the Oliver Machinery 
 Co., of Grand Rapids, Mich. Special thin knives are used in the Oliver cylinder, and 
 the knives are prevented from flying out by notches at their ends fitting over small 
 lugs in the cylinder. In addition to those makes which require special knives, there are 
 circular heads in which the same kinds of knives can be used as in the square head. 
 Not only does the circular cylinder prevent a workman's hands from getting 
 materially below the table top, but the danger of kicking back is much diminished. 
 Use of such a head largely increases the capabilities of a jointer. Shorter pieces of 
 wood can be planed, and planing can be done against the end of a piece of stock. 
 The circular head is steadier running than the square one, has less tendency to 
 vibrate, and is less liable to get out of balance. 
 A circular head should be used on every jointer. 
 
 of other guarding, but it 
 
 goes a long way toward 
 
 giving the protection 
 
 which should be given. It 
 
 will also minimize many 
 
 accidents due to failure 
 
 of operators to use other 
 
 guards provided. 
 
 It does not obviate the need 
 
 Done with Square 
 Head. 
 
 Fig. 150. Done with Cir- 
 cular Cylinder. 
 
 Types of Guards. 
 
 There are two general 
 
 classes of jointer guards, 
 
 the sliding and rising 
 
 type, in the use of which 
 
 for facing the hands pass 
 
 over the guard and the 
 material beneath it, and the automatic, which is pushed aside by the stock and does 
 not require the hands to be lifted from the stock. Each has its points of advantage. 
 A sliding and rising guard keeps the knives covered all the time, except for edge 
 work, but it always has to be adjusted for edging and usually for different thick- 
 nesses of stock. An automatic guard leaves part of the knife gap exposed just 
 before and after the passage of the material, but its automatic adjustment gives 
 less opportunity for carelessness or failure to use the guard as intended. 
 
 Sliding and Rising Guards. One of the popular guards of this type is the 
 "Wills," shown in Fig. 151 (page 103), manufactured by the John A. White 
 Co., of Dover, N. H. It is adjustable vertically and horizontally and can be 
 swung to one side, as shown by the dotted lines. 
 
 Fig. 152 (page 103) shows the Jones adjustable guard, made by the Jones 
 Safety Device Co., of Buffalo, N. Y. The top covering is made in sections which 
 telescope into each other, to avoid getting into the operator's way. The guard can 
 be lowered to the side, as shown by the dotted lines. 
 
JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 
 
 103 
 
 An ingenious English guard, made by J. Campbell & Co., of Manchester, Eng- 
 land, is shown in Fig. 153 (page 104). It is adjustable vertically and horizon- 
 tally. The steel rod cover for the knives enables the operator to see his work. 
 The uppermost rod revolves and can be used as a roller to bring back material. 
 
 There are sliding and rising guards 
 where the adjustment for thickness of 
 material is automatic, the position be- 
 ing governed by a balance weight. 
 
 Champion Guard. A well-known 
 guard of the automatic type is shown 
 in Fig. 154 (page 104). It is called the 
 Champion Automatic Flexible Safety 
 Guard and is manufactured by the 
 Champion Machinery Co., of Joliet, 111. 
 
 Court* / John A. White Co. The coyer {qt ^ kn{yes fe Q f w0(x l en 
 
 Fig 151. " Wills " Jointer Guard. s i ats so fastened together as to make 
 
 the entire covering flexible. The guard is held up against the guide by a spring at 
 the point of attachment to the table. When it is pushed away by material being 
 fed to the knives, the flexible cover drops down to the side of the machine frame 
 so as not to be in the way of the operator. The picture shows the material 
 going through, the guard being pushed aside just enough to permit its passage. 
 
 Other Automatic Guards. Another guard of the automatic type is the 
 " Badger," shown in Fig. 155 (page 105) manufactured by the Badger Jointer 
 Guard Co., of Eau Claire, Wis. In operation, the guard-plate is pushed aside by the 
 approaching material so as to uncover just so much of the knife length as is re- 
 quired. As soon as the material has passed by, a spring brings the guard-plate 
 back into position over the knives. 
 
 A home-made guard resembling the Badger, but made of pierced aluminum so 
 as to be light, is shown in Fig. 156 (page 105). At the end of the straight edge 
 nearest the guide the guard rides on the table. Such guards are also made of wood. 
 It is well to have them as light as possible, to reduce friction. Sometimes 
 they are made in the form of a disk, which is revolved by the material fed. 
 
 In some plants a gtiard is used which re- 
 sembles the Badger in general design, but which 
 has a beveled nub extending up from the inside 
 edge of the guard plate at the point directly over 
 the knife gap when the guard is in normal position. 
 This nub makes it possible for a piece of material 
 to be dropped down between the guard and the 
 guide and jointed in one or more places instead of 
 its entire length. 
 
 Many prefer a weight to a spring for an auto- 
 matic guard, on the theory that a spring has only a 
 certain amount of life, while the action of a weight 
 is both positive and permanent and gives more even tension. The weight prin- 
 ciple is a feature of the " Porter " jointer guard, shown in Fig. 157 (page 106) 
 manufactured by the C. O. Porter Machinery Co., of Grand Rapids, Mich. 
 
 Courtesy of Jones Safely Device Co. 
 
 Fig. 152. Jones Adjustable 
 Jointer Guard. 
 
io4 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Fig. 158 (page 106) shows an English automatic guard patented by H. W. 
 Gibbs, of Bedford, England. It is designed to meet the objection that an automatic 
 guard leaves part of the knife gap exposed just before the material reaches it and 
 
 just after it has passed by. 
 The covering for the 
 knives consists of two 
 parts, both attached to the 
 table edge and both held 
 in position by springs at 
 that point. The upper part 
 is shaped so that it is easily 
 pushed aside by the ap- 
 proaching material, while 
 the under part keeps the 
 knife slot covered until the 
 material reaches practi- 
 
 Courtesy of British Factory Dept. caHy ^ ^ pf ^ ^ 
 
 Fig. 153. Campbell Jointer Guard. between the tables. 
 
 Home-made Automatic Guards. A home-made automatic guard is shown in 
 Fig. 159 (page 107). A polished metal strip is placed on the curved part where 
 the material comes against the guard to push it aside. This reduces the friction 
 between guard and material. The picture shows the method of hinging the guard 
 at the edge of the table and the placing of the spring which keeps it in position 
 against the guide. 
 
 A home-made automatic guard worked by a weight is shown in Fig. 160 
 (page 107). A 7-8 inch board is cut to the shape 
 shown and hinged to the table. About midway of 
 the guard a piece of iron bent to right angle shape 
 is fastened to it. The rope for the weight is fastened 
 to the lower end of this piece, crossing the machine 
 under the table and then being led over a small 
 pulley and down the rear side of the machine. 
 
 Swing Paddle Guard. Another home-made 
 guard, which does not work automatically, is 
 shown in Fig. 161 (page 108). It can easily be 
 shaped out of a piece of hard wood by any me- 
 chanic, and at small cost. It is bolted to the sur- 
 face of the machine and can be set for any width 
 of stock, covering all that part of the knives not 
 in use. This guard is sometimes made with a 
 curved edge on the feeding side, so that the ma- 
 terial pushes it away when fed to the knives. 
 
 Sometimes, too, it is fastened to the front 
 table, to leave the rebating portion clear and also to reduce the likelihood of 
 its interfering with the operator as he walks along the machine. When so 
 attached, its action practically becomes automatic through the operator's body 
 
 ■■■■ .'.■:■■.■■■■■ 
 
 
 fl 
 
 ■ 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 Courtesy of Champion Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 154. Champion Jointer 
 Guard. 
 
JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 
 
 i°5 
 
 Courtesy of Badger Jointer Guard Co. 
 
 Fig. 155. Badger Jointer Guard. 
 
 pushing it back against the guide as soon as the material has 
 passed by. A guard of this swing paddle -type can easily be 
 equipped with a spring or weight to make it automatic. 
 
 An ingenious variation of this 
 type of guard, designed especi- 
 ally to prevent its getting in 
 the way of the workman, con- 
 sists of making it in two pieces, 
 one sliding over the other. The 
 under part has a cleat beneath 
 it which comes against the re- 
 bating edge and acts as a stop. 
 Each part covers about half of 
 the knife gap, and both are 
 pivoted to the rear table at the same point. 
 
 Double Automatic Guard. In cabinet shops and other establishments 
 where much planing of cross-grained hard-wood is done it is sometimes advis- 
 able to remove the guide entirely and place two automatic guards, a right 
 hand one and a left hand one, on opposite sides of the table, letting them meet 
 in the middle. Either springs or weights may be used to work them. Such 
 an arrangement, in use in Germany, is shown in Fig. 162 (page 108). The 
 action of the two guards is governed by weights. With such a device the 
 knives can be used along their entire length, but all except the part in im- 
 mediate use is covered. A guard of this kind might often be used in taking out 
 the wind. 
 
 Finger Guard. Fig. 163 (page 108) shows an ingenious jointer guard 
 devised by the General Electric Co., at its Schenectady works. As the stock 
 is run over the knives the fingers, as many as obstruct the passage of the work, 
 are pushed back under the table. As soon as the work has cleared the knives 
 
 they spring back into 
 
 place. The action is of 
 sliding in a grooved cast- 
 ing under individual ten- 
 sion for each finger. 
 
 Taking Out the 
 Wind. The guard 
 shown in Fig. 164 (page 
 109) is used on a buzz 
 planer in taking out the 
 wind-. While not a per- 
 fect guard it has proved 
 quite effective for such 
 work. It makes the 
 operator begin to feed 
 also prevents his 
 
 Courtesy of American Steel Foundries Co. 
 
 Fig. 156. Aluminum Jointer Guard. 
 
 with the end of the piece of material 
 pulling the piece back over 
 
 and 
 the knives. The 
 guard consists of a flat, thin board extending clear across the table and 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of C. O. Porter Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 157. Porter Jointer Guard. 
 
 held about three inches above the knives by band springs, one at each end. 
 
 Self-feed Jointers. Automatic feed jointers eliminate most of the danger 
 
 attaching to the operation of a jointer. It is well, however, to have the guard 
 
 at the feeding point cover as much of 
 the feeding chain as possible, to avoid 
 the chance of the operator's fingers be- 
 ing nipped between the stock and the 
 chain. 
 
 There are also automatic machines 
 for face planing, in which rollers take 
 the place of an operator's hands in 
 carrying the stock through the knives. 
 These machines are equipped with roll- 
 ers working independently of each 
 other so as to allow of pieces of differ- 
 ent thickness being planed at the same 
 time. In many plants such machines 
 are used even for taking out the wind. It is well to have a bar guard extend- 
 ing down in front of the rollers as close as possible to the table to prevent 
 a man's hands following stock in and getting caught. A covering for the tops 
 of the rollers is also advisable. 
 
 There is also a self-feed jointer attachment which can be used in connec- 
 tion with ordinary jointers. In this the stock is fed to the knives and pressed 
 to the tables by an endless chain carrying a series of fingers, which extend the 
 full width of the jointer table. Their pressure upon the stock is regulated by 
 coil springs. 
 
 Irregular Work. The danger of 
 the jointer increases greatly when 
 it is used for such work as moulding, 
 beading, tonguing and grooving, as 
 the knives used necessarily protrude 
 further from the head than under 
 ordinary circumstances. A circular 
 head should be used for all such 
 work, and some mechanical arrange- 
 ment should always be employed to 
 give the necessary pressure on the 
 material. Such a device, in use in 
 Germany and manufactured by 
 Blumwe & Sohn, Bromberg, Prin- 
 zenthal, is shown in Fig. 165 (page 
 109). On the guide (D) is placed a 
 weight lever (be) which swings 
 around (b) and is adjustable. The 
 weight lever carries in its center a cast iron stool (h) on the lower surface of 
 which are placed three rollers (e) which facilitate the feeding of the wood. The 
 stool (h) is shiftable horizontally in a slot of the weight lever, so that the 
 
 Courtesy of British Factory Dept. 
 
 Fig. 158. Gibbs Jointer Guard. 
 
JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 
 
 107 
 
 pressure on the wood may be exerted at the necessary point. All the part of 
 the table gap not covered by the apparatus is protected-by an adjustable guard. 
 Short Pieces. Special danger is involved in the working of short pieces 
 on a hand jointer. Such 
 pieces may tip at the table's 
 edge, or a blunt knife may 
 give a blow that does not 
 cut clean, or a ragged end, 
 knot or bulging place on the 
 stock may catch — in any 
 event throwing the work- 
 man's hand into the knives. 
 Short pieces are also very 
 likely to kick, owing to their 
 lightness and the difficulty 
 of holding them close to the 
 table. Many shops will not 
 allow short strips to be 
 
 planed OII a hand jointer, and Courtesy of U. S. Cast Iron Pipe & Foundry Co. 
 
 this rule should be generally Fig. 159. Home-made Jointer Guard. 
 
 followed. 
 
 Where such work is done, however, some safe means of holding the stock 
 should be furnished and its use insisted upon. One of these means is a push 
 block, made somewhat in the shape of a hand plane with a cleat at the back 
 
 to cover the end of the stock. It is 
 well to have the under side of the 
 block a notched metal plate, to hold 
 the material squarely and prevent it 
 from kicking sideways. Or a strip of 
 iron having the lower edge toothed 
 can be fastened to the front end of the 
 block so that the teeth will protrude 
 a little below the bottom of the block. 
 An appliance of this sort can be used 
 to advantage in connection with an 
 automatic guard. Such a push block 
 is shown in Fig. 166 (page no). Simi- 
 lar appliances can be made, and should 
 be used, for three-cornered pieces and 
 other irregular shapes. 
 
 It is difficult to state the mini- 
 mum length of stock which should be 
 worked on a hand planer. The rules 
 of the German woodworking associa- 
 tions require a push block or other feeding apparatus for all pieces 
 shorter than 15 3-4 inches and thinner than 2 3-4 inches. In some 
 shops in this country 12 inches is fixed as the minimum length. 
 
 Courtesy of Harris & Cole Bros. 
 
 Fig. 160. Home-made Jointer Guard. 
 
io8 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 It is well to be on the safer side and put the figure high enough. 
 There are self feed planers made especially for short pieces, on which it is 
 
 claimed that even 5-inch stock can be safely handled. The feeding apparatus 
 
 consists of rollers driven by 
 sprocket chains, and the opera- 
 tor has to push the stock only 
 a short distance to start the 
 cut. 
 
 Rear Part of Knives. Any 
 exposed part of the knives back 
 of the guide should be kept cov- 
 ered. Where much edge work 
 is done, one part of the knives 
 becomes dulled earlier than the 
 rest, and the guide is. often 
 moved for that reason. Some 
 guides have an attachment for 
 covering the knives back of 
 them. If there is none, a piece 
 
 of board should be clamped on, or some other device used. 
 
 Care in Operation. No one should be allowed to run a jointer or buzz 
 planer without full instructions as to 
 the points of danger, and an operator 
 cannot be too careful about his work 
 and the adjustment of his machine in 
 order to avoid injury. He should al- 
 ways work from the side, never from 
 in front. He should try never to let 
 one of his hands rest upon that part 
 of the stock which is directly over 
 
 Home-made Jointer Guard. 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodivorkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 162. Double Automatic Jointer Guard. 
 
 the knives. He should also be careful not to let either of his hands get too near 
 
 either the front or the 
 rear end of the material 
 which he is working. 
 The stock should not 
 be pushed forward 
 too rapidly, and the 
 pressure of the hands 
 upon the stock 
 should be evenly di- 
 vided. The opera- 
 tor's footing should 
 be secure, his grip 
 
 firm, his position well taken, and his eyes and mind wholly on the job. An 
 
 operator should never wear gloves while at work and his sleeves should be 
 
 tisrht-fittinsf or short. 
 
 Courtesy of General Electric Co. 
 
 Fig. 163. Finger Guard for Jointer 
 
JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 
 
 109 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids 
 
 Fig. 164 
 
 Shozi' Case Co. 
 
 Buzz Planer Guard. 
 
 A workman should try a jointer before using it, to see that the knives are 
 not set to take too heavy a cut, as this is almost sure to kick the stock, 
 especially if a knot or change in grain is struck. Special care should be taken 
 to see that the rear 
 table is in a plane 
 with the highest 
 position of the 
 knives. 
 
 When adjusting 
 or changing knives, 
 the belt should be 
 removed from the 
 pulley attached to 
 the head, as other- 
 wise the belt may 
 creep on the tight 
 pulley and unex- 
 pectedly start the 
 machine. Great care 
 should be exercised in cleaning up around a jointer. Many a man's fingers have 
 been badly cut by the knives catching the waste with which he was wiping off 
 the bed. Brushing away shavings is another dangerous operation. When a 
 guard is removed for rebating, it should be replaced as soon as that work is 
 completed. 
 
 Setting and Care of Knives. Many accidents are caused by the condition 
 or setting of the knives. Dull knives cause kicking, and so do those unevenly 
 sharpened. Knives should be sharpened and balanced with great care, and 
 should then be set with no more than the necessary overhang for free cutting. 
 They should be attached to the head so that the latter is in " running " as well 
 as " standing " balance. Bearings should be close, yet free. Loose journals 
 or insecure caps on bearings cause vibration and lead to accidents. To help 
 avoid vibration, as well as secure good alignment, babbitting should be very 
 
 carefullv done. 
 
 Too much emphasis can- 
 not be laid upon the ne- 
 cessity of avoiding hurry or 
 carelessness i n changing 
 3 knives. Either is apt to re- 
 sult in a knife being badly 
 set, or the bolts not being 
 tightened enough, or the 
 wrong knife being used, or 
 Fig. 165. Pressure Apparatus for Jointer. the ^ n if e not fitting properly 
 
 (being set at an angle or something as bad), or some foreign substance getting 
 between the clamp and the knife. Then, when the machine is working, the 
 knife is likely to fly out or to gouge into the wood and kick it back. 
 
 The Guide. To assure good work, as well as to prevent accidents due to 
 twisting of stock and its irregular presentation to the knives, the guide on a 
 
no WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 jointer should be exactly at right angles to the head. In changing the position 
 of the guide great care should be taken to fasten it securely in its new position 
 so as to avoid any danger of its slipping. 
 
 Steel Lips for Tables. It is highly important that the edges of the tables 
 be kept in good condition, as the possibility of injury increases naturally with 
 the width of the gap between the two tables. To guard against this gap being 
 made irregular and wider by the edges breaking off, it is advisable to have the 
 tables equipped with steel lips so made that they will extend over the head 
 as far as possible without interfering with the cutting. 
 
 I 
 
 [ 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 ht, ,,,■■*■, ■irJf 
 
 Iff Jl n 
 
 '\m'> - ■**»/ ■■•''' ■■■■■"■ ■ 
 
 i — ; — Hi 
 
 ■ : --\jS^~ ' 
 
 '■'•- ■ ~- ! * :; " • ^V-iK.,* 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
 
 Fig. 166. Push-block for Short Pieces. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, 
 or other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Trans- 
 mission, Etc. 
 
SHAPERS. 
 
 The shaper, as the irregular moulder is commonly called, is one of the 
 most dangerous of woodworking tools. For every operator who has run a 
 machine for a number of years without suffering injury there are hundreds 
 who have lost all or parts of 
 fingers or hands, and there 
 have been many cases of 
 loss of life. 
 
 The exceptional danger 
 of the shaper is due to the 
 facts that the material must 
 be guided by the hands, 
 that for much of the work a 
 guide cannot be used, and 
 that, on account of the 
 necessity of leaving the 
 work smooth-finished, the 
 knives must be run at a high rate of speed. 
 
 Shaper work is of such variety that a universal guard would be difficult, 
 if not impossible, to find. There are patented guards adaptable to many kinds 
 
 I 
 
 Courtesy of Olson Stair Co. 
 
 Fig. 167. Wooden Spring Shaper Guard. 
 
 Courtesy of North German Wood- 
 workers' Association. 
 
 Fig. 169. Guard for Grooving. 
 
 Courtesy of Noitli German Woodworkers' Assn. 
 
 Fig. 168. Notched Board Shaper Guard. 
 
 of work, however, and home-made guards can be 
 devised for particular work which will fulfil 
 the necessary double purpose of protecting the 
 operator's hands and acting as tension on the 
 material. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Straight Work. For straight work a guide can be applied in such a way 
 as largely to lessen the risk of accident, and a guard can generally be used in 
 connection with it, either in the form of a patented article or of some such home- 
 made device as the wooden spring 
 shown in Fig. 167 (page in). 
 This spring can be raised or low- 
 ered, as the holes for the bolts 
 which fasten it to the guide are 
 slotted. There are patented guides 
 which are adjustable to bits of 
 widely different diameter, thus 
 doing away with the necessity of 
 having a guide to fit each bit. 
 
 An effective home-made guard 
 for many operations is easy to 
 design, if time and thought are 
 given the subject. In Germany 
 such attention has been carefully 
 devoted to the protection of shaper 
 workmen, and the result is a large 
 variety of guards, covering all 
 
 Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Assn. SOrtS of WOrk. One of them, which 
 
 Fig. 170. Feeding Apparatus. can readily be made by any wood- 
 
 worker, is shown in Fig. 168 (page in). A piece of wood notched comb-like 
 is fastened to the shaper table in such a way that the wooden teeth press 
 like a spring against the wood to be shaped. The angle at which the teeth 
 are cut prevents the throwing back of the stock. A similar notched board, 
 attached to the guide, serves as a hold-down and also protects the operator's 
 hands. 
 
 Sometimes a blade spring is used to give horizontal pressure. A strip of 
 wood or metal is fas- 
 tened to the table in 
 front of the spindle and 
 parallel with the guide. 
 On the inner side a 
 blade spring is at- 
 tached. As the stock 
 is fed between this 
 spring and the spindle, 
 the spring holds it 
 firmly against the 
 knives. The strip hold- 
 ing the spring can be 
 arranged to run along 
 grooves in the table so that it will be adjustable forward and backward. 
 
 Grooving Work. Where grooving is to be done by cutters or saws, many 
 consider it too dangerous to press the stock against the cutting tool by hand, 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig. 171. Home-made Shaper Guard. 
 
SHAPERS 
 
 "3 
 
 and therefore require the use of 
 mechanical pressure apparatus. A 
 German arrangement for giving' both 
 vertical and horizontal pressure is 
 shown in Fig. 169 (page 111). The 
 material (A) is pressed horizontally 
 against the knife through a screw 
 spring (f) and down pressure is 
 given by a blade spring (h) adjusted 
 by a hand wheel. Similar pressure 
 apparatus is used generally in Ger- 
 many for much work. 
 
 Where a circular saw is used in 
 a shaper head for grooving and no 
 pressure apparatus is used, the guide 
 can be built so as to surround the 
 head on three sides, the back part 
 being beveled at an upward slant to 
 allow chips to fly out. To the guide 
 can be fastened, on top, a protection 
 plate which will overreach the saw. 
 This plate can be either of wood or 
 of wire mesh. 
 
 Feeding Apparatus. For some 
 kinds of work done on a shaper. 
 the Germans often use special feeding 
 (page 112). The spindle is surrounde 
 which is fastened in front the ^uide 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig- 173- Home-made Shaper Guards. 
 
 Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 
 
 Fig. 172. Home-made Shaper Guard. 
 
 apparatus, such as is shown in Fig. 170 
 d on three sides by a wooden frame on 
 (b). To this frame is fastened also a 
 wooden casing (c) working at one 
 side on hinges (rr) and fastened at 
 the other side by a bolt (s). This 
 covers the entire knife head, leaving 
 only enough room in front for the 
 material to pass beneath. The chips 
 are carried oft" by the slanting roof 
 (d) at the rear. The stock to be 
 worked is set on an iron carriage (f) 
 which slides in an iron channel (e) 
 screwed fast to the table. A press 
 plate (h) holds the stock firmly on 
 the carriage. It is brought into 
 position by a lever (i) which then 
 serves also as a handle for pushing 
 the apparatus and material by the 
 knives. Both press plate and lever 
 are adjustable on a supporting hori- 
 zontal arm and are carried by a post 
 (1) attached to the carriage. 
 
"4 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 
 
 Fig. 174. Jones Shaper Guard. 
 
 Variety Work. Shapers used for a large variety of work in which no 
 guide cau be employed are especially hard to guard. Some of the patented 
 guards are very effective, however, and local ingenuity has devised all sorts of 
 
 protective arrangements for differ- 
 ent kinds of work. Fig. 171 (page 
 112) shows a home-made type of 
 guard much used in furniture fac- 
 tories in Grand Rapids, Mich. It 
 acts both as hold-down for mater- 
 ial and protection for operator. It 
 is customary to have a number of 
 sizes, for different needs, hung up 
 near a shaper table. Other home- 
 made guards used in these fac- 
 tories are shown in Figs. 172 
 (page 113) and 173 (page 113). 
 Patented Guards. Fig. 174 shows the Jones adjustable guard, made by 
 the Jones Safety Device Co., of 
 Buffalo, N. Y. Each arm is 
 jointed so that it can be thrown 
 up when necessary. When in 
 position, a spring puts tension on 
 the stock. 
 
 The guard shown in Fig. 175 
 is made by the American Wood 
 Working Machinery Co., of 
 Rochester, N. Y. The curved 
 block in front of the spindle is 
 supported by adjustable spring 
 bars. 
 
 Another adjustable guard, 
 made by the J. A. Fay & Egan 
 Co., of Cincinnati, O., is shown 
 in Fig. 176. The wooden front 
 piece can be moved about by adjusting the spring bars. 
 
 The Grammes guard, made by 
 L. F. Grammes & Sons, of Allen- 
 town, Pa., is shown in Fig. 177 (page 
 115). It is hinged for throwing 
 back. The fender is held down on 
 the work by a spring. 
 
 Fig. 178 (page 115) shows the 
 K. C. guard and chip breaker, made 
 by the Kansas City Shaper Guard 
 Co., of Kansas City, Mo. It is made 
 of steel and malleable iron and is 
 The dotted lines show how it can be opened. 
 
 Courtesy of American Wood Working Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 175. Shaper Guard. 
 
 Courtesy of J. A. Fay & Egan Co. 
 
 Fig. 176. Fay & Egan Shaper Guard 
 
 automatically adjustable. 
 
SHAPERS 
 
 ri 5 
 
 Courtesy of L. F. Grammes & Sons. 
 
 Fig. 177. Grammes Shaper Guard. 
 
 (page 116). The springs 
 for tension are placed 
 around bolts, attached to 
 the bottom ring and 
 coming up through the 
 top one.. Smaller rods 
 are inserted between the 
 spring-encircled bolts for 
 additional safety. 
 
 Gelvin's attachment, 
 made by Vandergrift & 
 Morris, of Shelbyville, 
 Ind., is shown in Fig. 182 
 (page 116). Itisadjust- 
 
 Another combined guard 
 and chip breaker, the Richards, 
 made by W. S. Richards, of 
 Albany, Oregon, is shown in 
 Fig. 179. 
 
 The Racine Guard, made 
 by the Fair Mfg. Co., of Racine, 
 Wis., is shown in Fig. 180 
 (page 1 16) . This guard is fin- 
 ished with aluminum paint to 
 give better light around the 
 shaper head. 
 
 The Buckeye guard, made 
 by Butterfield & Canty, of 
 Logan. O.. is shown in Fig. 181 
 
 Courtesy of Kansas City Shaper Guard Co. 
 
 Fig. 178. K. C. Shaper Guard. 
 
 Courtesy of W. S. Richards. 
 
 Fig. 179. Richards Shaper Guard. 
 
 able for thickness and for different sizes 
 of bits, and each of the two arms is re- 
 movable. 
 
 A well-known English guard, 
 Campbell & Greenwood's, is shown in 
 Fig. 183 (page 117). The picture shows 
 the convex shield in position for straight 
 work and for circular work, and when 
 turned up for access to cutters. The 
 shield is pierced for observation and can 
 be slid up and down. 
 
 A German guard is shown in Fig. 
 184 (page 117). It is hinged so the 
 front part can be lifted up, as shown in 
 the picture. Tension on the work is 
 given by a spring. 
 
u6 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Fair Mfg. 
 
 Fig. 180. 
 
 Racine Shaper Guard. 
 
 Home-made Guards. 
 
 Figs. 185 (page 118) and 186 
 (page 118) show two adjust- 
 able home-made guards used 
 by the International Harves- 
 ter Co. In Fig. 185 (page 
 118) the guard is composed of 
 a pierced metal shield, while 
 in Fig. 186 (page 118) it is a 
 substantial wire cage. 
 
 The guard shown in Fig. 
 187 (page 119) was devised 
 at the wagon plant of the 
 Peter Schuttler Co., in Chi- 
 cago. Being designed for 
 
 The iron ring guarding the spindle is made 
 
 heavy work, it is very substantial 
 of heavy bar metal. The 
 guard is adjustable up and 
 down on the strong wooden 
 framework hung rigidly from 
 the ceiling. 
 
 Ring, Plate and Cap 
 Guards. Where curved 
 pieces of wood are handled, 
 as in furniture factories, and 
 consequently a guide cannot 
 be used as a rule, the German 
 woodworking associations 
 recommend protection rings 
 
 as the best form Of guard. Courtesy of Butterfield & Canty. 
 
 These rings are made of Fi S- lSl - Buckeye Shaper Guard. 
 
 metal or inlaid wood, the latter having the advantage of being light and not 
 
 warming up. Fig. 188 (page 119) 
 
 shows one of the metal rings, in the 
 
 form of a light spoked wheel. The 
 
 ring is fastened on the spindle, as 
 
 close as possible to the cutters, and 
 
 revolves with it. Through its rapid 
 
 rotation the spokes become invisible 
 
 to the workman. An assortment of 
 
 rings of different sizes is usually 
 
 kept on hand. Rings are also used 
 
 1 which are so attached to the spindle 
 
 that they revolve with it when no 
 
 jj| work is being done, but as soon as 
 
 Courtesy of Vandergrift & Morris. ""^ anything comes in contact with them 
 
 Fig. 182. Gelvin's Shaper Guard. they cease to move. 
 
SHAPERS 
 
 117 
 
 Circular plates curved so as to come down over the cutters as far as 
 possible, rounded at the edges and pierced on top to form arms, can also be 
 employed. Brass caps of various diameters, pierced for arms and rounded off 
 at the edges, are some- 
 times used in England. 
 A German device, in the 
 form of a pulley-like 
 guard for the cutters, is 
 shown in Fig. 189 (page 
 120). Any of these ar- 
 rangements leaves the 
 table entirely clear. 
 
 Suction Pipes. Sev- 
 eral of the pictures 
 shown, notably Figs. 171 
 (page 112), 172 and 
 173 (page 113), 185 and 
 186 (page 118), illustrate 
 the suction pipes which 
 should always be used 
 on shaper tables to keep 
 them clear of shavings. 
 This is an important 
 feature of shaper guard- 
 ing, as in brushing away shavings with bis hands an operator runs much risk 
 of coming in contact with the cutters, even under guards when set for certain 
 kinds of work. Suction pipe openings should take the form of a flat orifice 
 lying on the table, and it is desirable to have them arranged so they can be 
 
 swung around in any 
 way. 
 
 The shapers in Fig. 
 173 (page 113) are 
 equipped with leather 
 devices to fan the cut- 
 tings off the work. These 
 are made by cutting two 
 slots parallel half way of 
 a piece of leather. By 
 buckling out the middle 
 between the slots, the 
 leather is then slipped 
 over the spindle. Not 
 only does such a device 
 help keep the material 
 clear of chips, but its flapping ends warn the operator if his hand gets too 
 close to the cutters. 
 
 c ourtesy of British Factory Dept. 
 
 Fig. 183. Campbell Guard for Shaper. 
 
 Fig. 184. Hinged Shaper Guard. 
 
n8 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Home-made Feeding Device. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 185. Pierced Shield Shaper Guard. 
 
 For certain work on short pieces a feeding 
 arrangement can well 
 be used. A simple 
 device of the kind, 
 invented by a chair 
 factory foreman, 
 makes use of a pair 
 of common laundry 
 wringers. By con- 
 tinual turning of the 
 wringer, the pieces 
 push each other 
 through. Strips ar- 
 ranged on the table 
 act as springs to 
 hold the material 
 against the guide. 
 
 Back Part of 
 Spindle. When a 
 guide is used, it is 
 advisable to have 
 that part of the 
 spindle and knives 
 which protrudes 
 
 back of the guide fenced off, unless protected by any guard used. A covering 
 can easily be made, and often it can be a part of the guide. 
 
 Setting and Care of Knives. Knives should be set in the spindle with the 
 utmost care, and 
 fastened very se- 
 curely. Many bad 
 accidents have been 
 caused by flying 
 knives. The 
 
 threaded collars 
 and spindles should 
 be watched closely 
 for damaged 
 threads and crys- 
 t a 1 1 i z e d metal. 
 Shaper knives 
 should be sharp- 
 ened very carefully, 
 both for cutting 
 edge and to keep 
 them in proper 
 balance. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 186. Wire Cage Guard for Shaper. 
 
SHAPERS 
 
 An ingenious arrangement for 
 holding knives securely is in use in a 
 large plumbers' supply plant in which 
 very heavy knives are used on many of 
 the shapers. Both the knives and the 
 collars which hold them are grooved, 
 as shown in Fig. 190 (page 120). The 
 grooves are made twelve to the inch. 
 Since this scheme was put into effect 
 not a single knife has flown in this fac- 
 tory. 
 
 In some plants knives and head 
 are made in one solid piece, which of 
 course prevents any possibility of a 
 knife flying. Such an arrangement is 
 very expensive and the workmen do 
 not like it, as grinding is more difficult 
 and takes longer. 
 
 Care in Operation. Guards are de- 
 signed to keep the workman's hands 
 from coming in contact with the knives 
 should they slip from the material be- 
 ing worked, or should the material be 
 kicked back, or the stock break un- 
 expectedly, or a glue joint pull out, or 
 
 Courtesy of Peter Schuttler Co. 
 
 Fig. 187. Home-made Shaper Guard. 
 
 any one of a number of other possibilities materialize. While they minimize 
 the likelihood of accident, they cannot wholly take the place of caution on the 
 part of the operator. He should see to it that hi.s mind is concentrated on his 
 
 work, that his footing is firm, and that everything 
 about his machine is in good working order and 
 properly adjusted. Xo accumulations of stock or 
 finished work should be allowed on the table, to get 
 in his way, nor should there be rubbish on the floor, 
 over which he may trip. 
 
 Shaper operators should not wear gloves, and 
 their sleeves should be short or tight-fitting. When 
 a guide is used, the operator should be sure that it 
 is so well fastened that it will not slip. Care 
 should also be taken that the work is securely 
 fastened to any working forms, or patterns. Such 
 forms, with clamps, should be used on all work 
 possible. 
 
 General Suggestions., A shaper machine should 
 be of the most heavy and rigid construction and 
 Courtesy of North German Wood- should set very firmly on the floor, to avoid the 
 
 vibration, chatter, or " give," which are as fatal to 
 Fig. 188. Ring Guard for , . , ' , ., n 1 * 
 
 the doing of good work as they are likely to cause 
 
 Shaper. 
 
 accident. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Pulley Shaper Guard. 
 
 It is advisable to use an endless belt on the spindle. The countershaft 
 and the belts leading from it to the machine should be surrounded by a fenc- 
 ing, preferably of wire mesh, raised a little above the floor at the bottom and 
 
 several feet high. 
 Every shaper should 
 be equipped with an 
 efficient belt shifter, 
 with its control con- 
 venient to the opera- 
 tor in his working 
 position. The handle 
 should be so situated 
 or guarded that it 
 cannot be acciden- 
 tally moved by the 
 operator. 
 
 If the mechanism 
 under the table is ex- 
 posed, the whole table front beneath the top can well be fenced in, leaving 
 openings for adjustment wheels and for the foot treadle shifting the belts, if 
 such is used. Lock nuts should al- 
 ways be provided for spindles. A 
 rubber mat or slats should be fur- 
 nished to give the operator firm foot- 
 ing. 
 
 Only experienced men should be 
 employed to run shapers. Care 
 should be taken to supply only proper 
 knives and that they are kept in per- 
 fect condition. Shaper operators 
 should be cautioned from time to time 
 as to the danger of the machine. Familiarity is apt to breed contempt, and 
 the least carelessness may cause a bad accident. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Trans- 
 mission, Etc. 
 
 JBBpHH 
 
 "*^\ 
 
 i -TiMa^ 
 
 '~*¥** >a '**lillMm 
 
 Courtesy of L. Wolff Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 190. Grooved Knives and Collars. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 (Including Surfacers, Borers, Mortisers, Tenoners, 
 Derricks, Drag Saw and Dry Kilns.) 
 
 warn 
 
 
 Sanders vary so greatly in form 
 that they have practically only one 
 point in common which requires guard- 
 ing, the belts and pulleys or other driv- 
 ing mechanism. Many machines can 
 also be guarded considerably by 
 exhaust apparatus. 
 
 Feed Entrance. The ordinary 
 sander, in which the material, held 
 down by pressure rolls, is fed over re- 
 volving drums, needs guarding at sev- 
 eral points. One is the feed entrance. 
 If an operator's hands should be caught 
 by the rolls there, they would be 
 severely injured. Some sanders come 
 equipped with a metal bar in front of 
 the feed rolls, leaving just enough 
 room beneath for the stock to enter, as 
 shown in Fig. 191, a machine commonly 
 used for furniture work. When not so 
 guarded, a metal bar should be placed Courtesy of c. s. Paine Co., Ltd. 
 in front of the front top feed roll, so Fi S- I 9 I - Bar Guard on Sander, 
 
 attached that it will raise and lower 
 
 with the roll, its lower edge always being just a little above the 
 bottom of the roll. 
 
 Take-away End. The take-away man is very apt. e^pecialty when short 
 pieces are being sanded, to reach over the little feeding-out table and allow his 
 fingers to drop over its inner edge. Then a piece of stock coming along is 
 likely to cut the fingers off. Whenever possible, an extension of the feeding 
 out table, as shown in Fig. 192 (page 122), should be provided. It is well also 
 to have a guard at this point to keep a man's hands away. 
 
 One device is a board or sheet of metal extending from the upper frame 
 of the machine down as close as possible to the table, with another piece, con- 
 nected with it at -right angles at the bottom, reaching out parallel with the 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Gruhl Sash & Door Co. 
 
 Fig. 192. Feeding-out Table for Sander. 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig. 193. Take-away Guard for Sander. 
 
 Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 
 
 Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 
 
 Fig. 194. Sander Belt and Gear Housing Fig. 195. Sander Belt and Gear Housing 
 in Place. Removed. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 123 
 
 tabic for several inches. Another is an apron, hinged to the machine frame, 
 which is pushed up and out by the stock coming through. To avoid track- 
 ing where very fine wood is being sanded, as in furniture and chair factories, 
 this apron is sometimes made stationary in a slanting position, as shown in 
 Fig. 193 (page 122). The board which acts as an apron is attached to the 
 machine frame by angle iron. It reaches far enough down and out to keep 
 hands out of danger. 
 
 Gears, Belts, Etc. Another danger point is at the sides of the machine, 
 where belts and pulleys and nests of gears operating the feed rolls are situated. 
 The risk here is the greater because the sanding drums oscillate as well as 
 revolve. Fig. 194 (page 122) shows how this driving mechanism can be com- 
 pletely covered by wooden housings, stopping a little short of the floor so that 
 sweeping out may prevent accumulation of rubbish there. The guard is re- 
 movable and can be 
 lifted away, as shown 
 in Fig. 195 (page 
 
 122) when necessary. 
 
 Fig. 196 shows a 
 
 method of guarding 
 
 this point by wire 
 screening on an angle 
 
 iron frame. 
 
 Where the press 
 
 rolls are adjusted 
 
 from the bottom of 
 
 the machine, a flat 
 
 board cover is often 
 
 provided for the top 
 
 of the machine to 
 
 prevent anyone 
 
 reaching over and 
 
 putting h i s hand 
 
 down into the ma- 
 chine between the Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 ro U s Fig. 196. Screen Guards for Sander. 
 
 Endless Bed Feed Sander. In furniture and chair factories and other 
 plants where many small pieces are polished, as well as larger work, the end- 
 less bed feed sander is much used. Such a machine, made by the H. B. Smith 
 Machine Co., of Smithville, N. J., is shown in Fig. 197 (page 124). This 
 machine needs guarding only at the sides, where the belts and pulleys and 
 sprocket wheels and chains are located. There are no feed or pressure rolls, 
 the frame of the machine in front comes well down to the bed, and the sand- 
 ing drums, which are on top instead of underneath, are completely covered. 
 
 Disk Sanders. The disk sander, much used in furniture, box and wagon 
 factories and other plants, can often be well guarded by the exhaust apparatus, 
 as shown in Fig. 198 (page 124), a picture of a double disk sander in a furni- 
 ture plant. Each wheel is entirely enclosed under the table, and as much as 
 
I2 4 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Michigan Chair Co. 
 
 Fig. 197. Endless Bed Feed Sander. 
 
 give a bad scraping, which may result 
 chine can always be guarded at least 
 by a semi-circular exhaust hood partly 
 encircling the pulley towards which 
 the dust is driven, and the other pul- 
 ley can usually be boxed or fenced off. 
 The hood should be so large or set so 
 close to the belt that a hand cannot 
 get caught between belt and hood. 
 Fig. 202 (page 126) shows well 
 guarded sanding belts in a wagon 
 plant. 
 
 Moulding Sanders. The sander 
 used in picture moulding and other 
 plants which polishes and brushes the 
 moulding at the same time can be 
 completely housed on top, with the 
 covering hinged on one side so that it 
 can be lifted up when necessary. If 
 the front feed rolls are not protected, 
 the bar guard suggested for the 
 ordinary sander should be used. 
 
 possible above it. Fig. 199 (page 125), 
 another furniture picture, shows a 
 single disk sander with the bottom 
 part and the back of the upper part 
 enclosed, and also a spindle sander 
 guarded as much as possible by its suc- 
 tion pipe. 
 
 The sanding wheel used for such 
 work as polishing doors and sash can be 
 well guarded by a suction hood, as 
 shown in Fig. 200 (page 125). Similar 
 protection, though not quite so com- 
 plete, can be given such sanding drums 
 as those used for polishing felloes. Fig. 
 201 (page 125) shows a door panel 
 sander whose wheels are enclosed in 
 suction hoods. 
 
 Belt Sanders. The various styles 
 of belt sanders can be guarded quite 
 effectively by exhaust apparatus. 
 Wherever possible, they should be com- 
 pletely housed except at w r orking 
 points. When near a passageway or so 
 situated that persons may fall on them, 
 they should be fenced off. The}' - can 
 in blood poisoning. The horizontal ma- 
 
 Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 
 
 Fig. 198. Disk Sanders Guarded. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 125 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. Courtesy of Gruhl Sash & Door Co. 
 
 Fig. 199. Disk Sander Guarded. Fig. 200. Sanding Wheel Guarded. 
 
 The same bar guard should be used on the moulding" sander employed in furni- 
 ture factories. 
 
 SURFACERS. 
 
 The surfacer, or power feed planer, is one of the most widely used of wood- 
 working" machines. Either 
 single or double, and in one 
 or another of its many sizes 
 and forms, it is employed in 
 saw mills, planing mills of 
 all kinds, box factories, 
 bridge, boat and ship-build- 
 ing shops, car, wagon and 
 agricultural i m p 1 e m e 11 1 
 plants, furniture and chair 
 factories, cabinet and carpen- 
 ter shops • — in fact in practi- 
 cally every woodworking es- 
 tablishment. 
 
 Driving Mechanism. 
 Whatever their sizes and 
 whether designed to plane 
 two sides or only one, all sur- 
 faces need the same sort of Courtesy of Standard Mill Work COm 
 guarding in many respects. Fig . 20I . Pane i Sander Guarded. 
 
126 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of McD owcll-Trammell Co. 
 
 Fig. 202. Sanding Belts Guarded 
 
 The belts and pulleys or other driving apparatus should be fenced off. If 
 pulleys are located at the front, they can well be protected like those of sizers, 
 moulders, etc., as suggested in the chapter on " Planing Mill." 
 
 The gears ordinarily 
 used to drive the feed 
 rolls should be encased. 
 Some surfacers are built 
 without gears, both 
 heads and rolls being 
 driven by roller chains 
 working over sprocket 
 wheels, and all moving 
 parts being situated on 
 the rear side of the ma- 
 chine, out of the opera- 
 tor's way. Most of 
 them, however, have a 
 number of dangerous 
 gears which if left ex- 
 posed even partially are 
 apt to cause accidents. 
 Fig. 203 and Fig. 204 (page 127) show a single surfacer well guarded on both 
 sides. Fig. 203 shows how the guard on that side opens. 
 
 Feed Entrance. Many surfacers are equipped with a substantial bar 
 guard in front of the feed entrance, which prevents an operator's hands follow- 
 ing stock into the rollers. Such a machine is shown in Fig. 205 (page 127). 
 The guard is bolted to the machine and always remains in place. Where 
 a surfacer is not so guarded, and short stock is being worked or a feed- 
 ing table long enough to keep the operator out of danger is not used, a 
 safety strip can well be placed in front of the feed roll. This strip, or bar, 
 should be fastened to the 
 frame carrying the roll, so as 
 to remain in adjustment for 
 any thickness of stock. The 
 pony planer used for light 
 work in furniture plants, etc., 
 is especially likely to require 
 this bar protection. Many of 
 these machines have the fixed 
 bar shown in Fig. 205 (page 
 127). 
 
 General. Every sur- 
 facer should be equipped 
 with an efficient belt shifter, 
 clutch, or other means of quickly disengaging the power. It is best to use a 
 sectional feed roll, which will allow simultaneous feeding of pieces of stock of 
 varying thickness without danger of a thinner piece being kicked out or 
 
 Courtesy of Baxter D. Whitney & Son. 
 
 Fig. 203. Single Surfacer Guarded, Guards Open. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 127 
 
 otherwise causing" trouble. 
 Knives and heads should be 
 cared for and adjusted as 
 indicated for sizer, moulder, 
 etc., knives in the chapter on 
 " Planing Mill." As in the 
 case of sizers, etc., it is ad- 
 visable, when working about 
 a head, to throw the power 
 off the main drive belt as 
 well as the belt driving the 
 head. 
 
 BORERS AND MOR- 
 TISERS. 
 
 The chief dangers con- 
 nected with boring machines 
 
 Courtesy of Baxter D. Whitney & Son. 
 
 Fig. 204. Single Surfacer Guarded, 
 are found in the gears or belt driving the spindle and in the protruding set screw 
 frequently used to hold the bit in the chuck. These points should be guarded 
 both when borers are used separately and when in machines which also do 
 other work. 
 
 Gears. When gears are used to drive a spindle, they are sometimes en- 
 cased by the manufacturer. If this is 
 not done, they should be enclosed in a 
 home-made cover, which can advan- 
 tageously be of sheet metal or wire 
 mesh. 
 
 In the case of multiple borers, 
 whether vertical or horizontal, all the 
 spindle gears can often be covered by 
 one shield, as shown in Fig. 206 (page 
 128), a picture taken in a wagon plant. 
 This can be either removable or 
 hinged for necessary access. It is well 
 to have it hinged, so that when thrown 
 back it remains attached to the ma- 
 chine. The shield should come down 
 as low as the work will permit. Fig. 
 207 (page 128) shows a hinged wire 
 screen guard in two sections, each of 
 which can be raised by a rope running 
 over a pulley above. 
 
 Set Screws. A chuck which will 
 hold the bit without the aid of a pro- 
 truding set screw is the safest to use. 
 Many machines come equipped with 
 round safety sockets. When a pro- 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids o now Case to. J 
 
 Fig." 205. Surfacer Feed Roll Guarded. truding set screw is used, it should 
 
128 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 * f ~~~~ 
 
 
 
 '■ '■ ' *>■ 'j'^" .'■■-■ " [ 
 
 y ( j^ .1 
 
 •< 
 
 ' Si-^lfc? ^ 
 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 206. Multiple Boring Machine Guarded. 
 
 always be covered. A collar hollowed out underneath can be dropped over the 
 
 chuck so as to cover the screw head. When the thickness of the socket is 
 
 great enough, a sunken screw can often be used. (For other means of protec- 
 tion see the chapter 
 on Power Genera- 
 tion, Transmission, 
 Etc.) Any protrud- 
 ing set screws in col- 
 lars on spindles 
 should also be cov- 
 ered or countersunk. 
 Fig. 208 (page 129) 
 shows a bung borer, 
 used in a cooperage, 
 equipped with home- 
 made guards. 
 Leather is wound 
 around the protrud- 
 ing set screw and the 
 gears at the top are 
 encased in a sheet 
 metal boxing. 
 Belts. In borers with belted spindles the belts are sometimes dangerously 
 
 near the operator. In such cases they should be protected by shields. 
 
 Counterweights and Springs. If a counterweight is used on a vertical 
 
 borer to effect return movement of the bit, care should be taken that the 
 
 counterweight is firmly fastened. When springs are used for the return move- 
 ment, they should be 
 
 kept in good condition 
 
 and proper tension. 
 
 Holding Work. It 
 
 is essential that work be 
 
 firmly held. Accidents 
 
 have happened through 
 
 a bit whirling loosely 
 
 held work around and 
 
 badly bruising or cutting 
 
 the operator's hands. 
 
 Protecting Hands. 
 
 Fig. 209 (page 129) 
 
 shows a home-made 
 
 guard used in an office 
 
 and bar fixture factory 
 
 to keep an operator's 
 
 hand from getting into the boring tool if it should slip off the work. The 
 
 guard fits into slots in the uprights at the back of the sliding table on which the 
 
 stock is fed to the tool. If more than one bit is to be used, this guard can be 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 207. Screen Guard for Multiple Boring Machine. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 129 
 
 slipped out and one put in place having 
 the required number of holes. 
 
 Fig. 210 (page 130) shows a hori- 
 zontal boring machine for boring tenon 
 holes in felloes for wagon wheels. The 
 guard is made of sheet metal. It is 
 pushed forward over chuck and bit by 
 a spring on top. As the chuck holding 
 the bit conies forward, the top part of 
 the guard remains stationary against 
 the felloe. 
 
 Mortisers. In some of the auto- 
 matic hollow chisel mortisers the big 
 driving belt at the side in the rear es- 
 pecially needs guarding, as the bit runs 
 at high speed. An upright sheet of 
 metal should be placed in front of the 
 belt, with a horizontal piece extending 
 out from it over the belt. 
 
 The chain mortiser, much used in 
 sash and door and other plants, should 
 always have a suction hood at the top. 
 Many accidents have resulted from an 
 operator carelessly attempting to brush 
 off chips carried around on the chain 
 and thus getting his hand injured by 
 the chain. Fig. 211 (page 130) shows 
 such a mortiser with a suction pipe attachment and also with a removable 
 shield covering the upper part of the chain. 
 
 Courtesy of Louisville Cooperage Co. 
 
 Fig. 2o3. Bung Borer Guarded. 
 
 Courtesy of Lehnbuter & Deichman Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 209. Home-made Guard for Borer. 
 
 TENONERS. 
 
 The tenoning ma- 
 chines of various kinds 
 used in furniture, chair, 
 piano, wagon, car, handle, 
 and sash, door and blind 
 plants, cabinet and other 
 woodworking shops 
 should have their cutter 
 heads guarded, and also 
 any cut-off and grooving 
 or slitting saws or shaper 
 heads with which they 
 may be equipped. Many 
 machines come furnished 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Peter Schuttler Co. 
 
 Fig. 210. Felloe Borer Guarded. 
 
 with metal shields for cutters and saws, but while some of these give enough 
 protection others can well be supplemented. 
 
 Suction hoods can generally be arranged to give most if not all of the 
 
 needed protection. When 
 this is not possible for ten- 
 oner saws, these saws should 
 have broad bands of metal 
 covering all of the teeth ex- 
 cept what must be left ex- 
 posed to do the work. Ten- 
 oner cutters should have the 
 same attention and be set 
 with the same care as shaper 
 cutters. 
 
 Guard for Hand on 
 Lever. The single end ten- 
 oner fed by hand carriage is 
 especially likely to need 
 extra guarding. The opera- 
 tos's hand holding the lever for pressing the stock on the carriage comes dan- 
 gerously near the cutter head. Fig. 212 (page 131) shows a guard consisting 
 of a piece of sheet iron placed so that the operator's hand cannot slip off the 
 lever handle into the tool in going by. Such a guard can be fastened to the 
 lever. The cutter head is also guarded by a suction hood. Hand carriages 
 for tenoners should be kept in the best of condition. 
 
 Self-feed Double End Tenoner. This machine can as a rule be almost 
 entirely guarded by suction hoods, or 
 hoods of similar style. Figs. 213 (page 
 131) and 214 (page 131) show front and 
 rear views of a continuous automatic 
 feed double end tenoner used in a furni- 
 ture factory. This machine has two 
 sets of knives in front and two in the 
 rear, and all are well guarded by suc- 
 tion hoods and extensions. Part of one 
 of the rear hoods is shown raised for 
 access to the knives. 
 
 Fig. 215 (page 132), a picture taken 
 in a sash and door plant, shows a 
 double end tenoner with its cutters 
 guarded by blower hoods, with sheet 
 iron guards around the vertical shafts 
 and with an extension to the feed 
 chains at the feeding-out end. This ex- 
 tension, which consists of two long iron bars bolted to the frame of the ma- 
 chine, makes it unnecessary for the off-bearer boy to step in close to the ma- 
 chine and thus be in danger of contact with the belts. The bottom pulley 
 
 Courtesy of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 211. Chain Mortiser Guarded. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 '3 1 
 
 •^f^frvS 
 
 Courtesy of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 212. Guard for Tenoner Lever 
 Handle. 
 
 Courtesy of Grain! Ra( 
 
 Fig. 213 
 
 Case Co. 
 
 Double End Tenoner Guarded, 
 Front View. 
 
 could be protected by extending" the 
 sheet iron guard to the floor and 
 hinging" it so it could be swung aside, 
 whenever necessary, for changing the 
 belt. 
 
 Spoke Tenoners. Fig. 216 (page 
 132) shows a method of guarding the 
 saws of an automatic feed tenoner 
 and equalizer used for cutting off both 
 ends of the spoke and cutting the 
 tenon for the mortise in the hub at 
 one operation. In addition to the 
 shield which comes with the machine, 
 there is a broad hinged flap over the 
 teeth, and as much as possible of the 
 outside of the saw, both above and 
 below the mandrel, is covered. Such 
 a flap guard is also shown in Fig. 217 
 (page 133), which illustrates too an 
 excellent method of guarding the belts 
 and pulleys of the machine., and shows 
 the blower hood over the tenoning 
 head. 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig. 214. Double End Tenoner Guarded, 
 Rear View. 
 
132 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of The Wheeler-Osgood Co. 
 
 Fig. 215. Double End Tenoner Guarded. 
 
 Fig. 218 (page 133) shows a spoke tenoning and mitering machine with 
 
 the cutter heads well guarded by castings and blower hoods. The picture 
 
 shows how the operator places the spoke on the feeding chain. 
 
 Tenoners for cut- 
 ting the round tenon 
 to fit in the felloe es- 
 pecially need guard- 
 ing, as the cutter 
 head is brought some 
 distance forward to 
 do the work. Fig. 
 219 (page 134) shows 
 a metal plate guard 
 above the head which 
 slides back and forth 
 with the head. A 
 sheet metal guard 
 could well be placed 
 along each side of 
 the run of the cutter 
 head, hinged so it 
 could be opened 
 
 when necessary. It is advisable also to guard the belt, as the lever works in 
 
 front of it. 
 
 In Fig. 220 (page 134) a tenoner and cut-off saw is shown with a metal 
 
 shield guarding the cutter head at the side where contact would be most likely. 
 
 This picture also shows a screen to prevent ends of spokes, which often are 
 
 thrown with great force, 
 
 from striking persons. The 
 
 holes and dents noticeable 
 
 in the screen have been 
 
 made by flying ends. 
 
 DERRICKS. 
 
 Derricks should always 
 be erected by men ex- 
 perienced in such work. All 
 material used should be 
 strong and of good quality, 
 and should subsequently be 
 watched carefully for de- 
 terioration. All cables, 
 blocks, hooks, guy wire 
 fastenings, etc., should be 
 inspected frequently by a competent man. The cables usually run over small 
 sheaves and are subject to heavy wear, and they also are generally exposed 
 to all sorts of weather. Keeping the cables well lubricated will both protect 
 
 | m 
 
 11 . r ^ 
 
 
 T ■ a 
 
 JL 4 
 
 H^ x wf ,< * s v 
 
 i IflB 
 
 Hk - . 
 
 64 1 
 
 1*^3 
 
 Courtesy of Peter Sclmttler Co. 
 
 Fig. 216. Spoke Tenoner Saw Guarded. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. 
 
 *33 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 217. Spoke Tenoner Guarded 
 
 them from the weather and reduce wear. The posts to which guy wires are fastened 
 
 are apt to rot off at the surface of the ground. Setting -the posts in concrete 
 
 grout or painting or tarring the part set in the ground tends to protect them. 
 
 Means of ap- 
 proach to the bear- 
 ings at the top of the 
 mast pole should be 
 kept in good shape. 
 A ladder made of U- 
 shaped irons bolted 
 to the pole or iron 
 steps such as are 
 used on telephone 
 poles is better than 
 a ladder made of 
 wooden cleats nailed 
 to the pole. When 
 the approach is by 
 means of a saddle, 
 the rope, saddle, 
 
 block, etc., should be kept in good condition, and the hoisting should be done 
 
 very carefully by hand, never by power. Whenever a man goes up the pole 
 
 for oiling, he should be sure to 
 
 examine the guy fastenings at the top. 
 The throttle valve of the derrick 
 
 engine should be kept in the best of 
 
 condition. It needs frequent atten- 
 tion, as the constant wear is likely to 
 
 get it into bad shape. 
 
 When a hand-power derrick is 
 
 used, care should be taken that the 
 
 handles are properly secured, that any 
 
 open cog gearing is covered and that 
 
 there is a ratchet stop to prevent the 
 
 load dropping. 
 
 DRAG SAW. 
 
 The trip for raising and lowering 
 a drag saw should be kept in the best 
 condition, to prevent the saw sud- 
 denly falling on some one under it. 
 The drag saw machine should be en- 
 closed by a fence all around it. The 
 low running drive belt and the crank 
 
 Courtesy of McDo-w ell-Tram me 11 Co. 
 
 Fig. 218. Spoke Tenoner Guarded. 
 
 should be well protected, and so should all gears, set screws, etc., about the 
 machine. An operator should never attempt to make any adjustments without 
 first shutting down the saw. 
 
134 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Peter Schuttler Co. 
 
 Fig. 219. End Tenoner for Spokes Guarded 
 
 Warning signs reading " Look out for the drag saw " should be put up 
 at both sides of the saw run, and also at its outer end. If the limit of the 
 saw's run is close to a passageway, there should be a fence at this point. If 
 
 the saw runs close up to a 
 wall, as is often the case, 
 there should be a fence at 
 each side, to prevent anyone 
 using this point as a passage- 
 way. 
 
 In sawing short ends, as 
 of logs for shingle blocks, the 
 ends should be held in place 
 by long arm levers, or se- 
 curely clogged to the haul- 
 way. It is very dangerous to 
 hold a short end with the 
 hands, or to endeavor to saw 
 it off without first seeing it is properly secured, as the saw is apt to jump 
 around. 
 
 DRY KILNS. 
 
 The pit of a dry kiln should be floored over, to prevent workmen from 
 falling into it and possibly on the steam pipes below. Such a flooring can well 
 be of iron grating or slatted, and it should be well supported and kept in good 
 condition, as should also 
 the tracks. Material 
 put into kilns should be 
 carefully piled, and cars 
 should be handled with 
 care to avoid crushing 
 employees. When 
 blower fans are used, 
 the fan blades should be 
 effectively guarded so 
 that no one can come in 
 contact with them. 
 
 An elevated tram- 
 way or runway to a 
 kiln, such as is used in 
 m a n y shingle mills, 
 should be well planked 
 and substantially hand- 
 railed on both sides. 
 The entrance to a kiln 
 
 Courtesy of Studebaker Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 220. Spoke Tenoner Guarded. 
 
 should be kept in good shape and any elevated platform outside should be railed. 
 
 Cables of counterweighted doors should be examined frequently for 
 
 defects, as they run over small sheaves and are exposed to all sorts of weather. 
 
SANDERS, ETC. '35 
 
 They should get a coat of some good lubricant once in three months. Runs 
 of ail counterweights should be boxed up, to prevent their falling on anyone. 
 When space beneath is used for a runway a timber should be placed across the 
 lower end of guides to support a counterweight in case it should drop. At one 
 side of the kiln door there should be a strip set on end and hinged so that when 
 the door is raised it can be swung around under it, to prevent its falling down. 
 If a door is improperly balanced and sticks above, it should not be pulled down 
 by reaching up with the hands. Long hooked bars, with pulls at the other 
 end, should be used, and the men using them should not stand directly under 
 the door, as sometimes the cable breaks and the door then comes down with a 
 rush. The best plan, however, is to balance the door properly. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation. Transmis- 
 sion, Etc. 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, 
 WAGONS, COOPERAGE. 
 
 Some handle, cooperage and wagon plants get out the rough stock from 
 the logs as well as manufacture the finished products, but the former work is 
 usually done in a separate mill, sometimes called a billet mill, especially when 
 it turns out stock for handles and spokes. 
 
 Short Log Sawmill. This machine, for sawing logs into plank to be 
 ripped into spoke and handle blanks, for cutting cooperage bolts and wagon 
 
 and carriage stock, for getting out box 
 boards, etc., for turning out furniture and 
 chair stock, and for cutting up veneer 
 cores, is difficult to guard completely. Sub- 
 stantial protection, however, can be fur- 
 nished. 
 
 There should always be a strong split- 
 ter back of the saw, to prevent the wood 
 closing if it reaches that far. A guard is 
 needed to prevent anyone falling on the 
 saw, as the frame of the machine is apt to 
 be low. In the case of the machine 
 with a split table, one part passing 
 on either side of the saw, a wire mesh or 
 metal or wooden rail guard can be fastened 
 to the machine frame or built up from the 
 floor. Where part of the table is stationary, 
 an adjustable rectangular iron frame may 
 be supported from the stationary part at 
 the level of the top of the saw, or a hinged 
 adjustable sparred shield may be used in 
 the same wa}^. Another method of guard- 
 ing is by means of a wooden or metal gate suspended from the ceiling, as 
 shown in Fig. 221, illustrating an English device. The gate is balanced by 
 weights, working in grooves in AA. To make it rigid when protecting the 
 saw, the lower part of the guard should rest, if possible, against the edge of 
 the machine frame. If there is a wall conveniently at hand, this may offer a 
 good means of supporting a guard. 
 
 Courtesy of British Factory Dcpt. 
 
 Fig. 221. Guard for Short Log 
 Saw Mill. 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC- 
 
 137 
 
 Hooding the saw is especially difficult, as so much of the saw is 
 
 apt to be used. Where the general run of the work -will permit, an oblong 
 
 frame of wire mesh or wooden slats 
 
 may be suspended rigidly from above, 
 
 operated by balance weights so as 
 
 easily to be adjustable to any height. 
 
 In one large English mill a guard has 
 
 been successfully used consisting of a 
 
 hood-like arrangement actuated by a 
 
 drum put in motion by the traveling- 
 table. As the wood moves up to the 
 
 saw the hood is gradually raised, and 
 
 as the table moves away the hood is 
 
 lowered. 
 
 Hand Feed Machines. When a 
 
 split table worked by hand, instead of 
 
 by rack and pinion or rope feed, is 
 
 used, the operator should be protected 
 
 against flybacks by suspending in 
 
 front of the saw, and as low as pos- Courtesy of Turner> Day & wooiworth Handle Co. 
 
 sible, a heavy plank or such a wire Fig 222> Bk> c k Saw Guarded. 
 
 mesh screen as is suggested for saw 
 
 mill edgers (see index). The feeding 
 table should be watched carefully, so 
 that it will run smoothly and that no 
 damaged roller causes trouble. This 
 machine, or one very like it, is often 
 used to saw spoke and handle blanks 
 from planks turned out by the short 
 log saw mill. For such work closer 
 protection for the saw can be fur- 
 nished, in the form of a suspended 
 hood or otherwise. 
 
 When the logs do not come to the 
 billet mill cut to length, but are there 
 cut by a drag saw or the rough stock 
 is equalized by a bolt equalizer, these 
 machines should be guarded as sug- 
 gested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 HANDLES. 
 
 Block Saw. This machine is used 
 M in a handle factory for cutting the bil- 
 
 Courtesy of Turner, Day & Wooiworth Handle Co. let TOUghly tO nearly the shape of the 
 
 Fig. 223. Block Saw Guarded. handle before it goes to the turning 
 
 machine. To guard against kicking, band metal can be attached to the sides 
 of the slanting table and curved up over the saw, as shown in Fig. 222. 
 
133 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 It is bent over in such shape as to fit close to the top of the saw and thus catch 
 material that may start to climb and prevent it from passing over the crown. 
 To guard against slivers and other finbacks, a board guard is suspended over 
 the saw. 
 
 Fig. 223 (page 137) shows another block saw, with the same suspended 
 board but with a different guard against kicking. In this instance a round 
 iron bent to right angles is fastened to the table at each side of the saw so that 
 its end will just clear the saw. The block saw should also be equipped with a 
 splitter. The saws shown have little splitters behind them. 
 
 A somewhat similar saw, set in a slanting table, is sometimes used in a 
 billet mill in making a second cut of bolts or billets to get the proper width 
 after getting proper thickness on some form of the short log saw mill. 
 
 Header or Smoother Machine. The machine for smoothing the bevel end 
 
 Courtesy of Turner, Day & W oohvorth Handle Co. 
 
 Fig. 224. Handle Smoother Guarded. 
 
 Courtesy of Turner, Day & Woohvorth Handle Co. 
 Fig. 225. Throater, Rest in Place. 
 
 on ax handles should be hooded in a metal casing like a picket header or at 
 least boxed in, as shown in Fig. 224. The blades are set through 
 slots in the rim on the disk and the bolts holding them are on 
 the outside. 
 
 Throating Machine. This machine, with its gang of little saws, for taking 
 the extreme roughness out of the curve near the end of ax handles should be 
 guarded as much as possible by means of the rest for the work, as shown in 
 Fig. 225. 
 
 Other Machines. A number of the other machines used in making 
 handles, such as plow handle shapers, D handle jointing and backing and 
 shaping and finishing machines, ferrule seat shaping and boring machines 
 and the machines for cutting threads, should have their cutters (or saws) 
 guarded as much as possible by shields or hoods. Where the knives are inside, 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 
 
 ! 39 
 
 as in some chucking 
 and tenoning ma- 
 chines, the projecting 
 bolt heads on the 
 outside should be 
 covered. Some of 
 the modern machines 
 come furnished with 
 the needed protec- 
 tion. Where it is 
 lacking or ins u f- 
 ficient, it can be sup- 
 plied by blower 
 hoods or otherwise. 
 Handle tenoners and 
 borers should be 
 
 Courtesy of W. H. Gillette Co. 
 
 Fig. 226. Turning Machine Guarded. 
 
 guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 LATHES, OR TURNING MACHINES. 
 
 The danger points of a lathe or turning machine are its cutters, its holding 
 spur and its belts. The latter can often be eliminated wholly or partially by 
 
 use of motor drive. There are motor 
 head lathes for certain kinds of work 
 which do away with all belting, and in 
 which the motor and controller can 
 both be entirely enclosed. A hand 
 wheel at the end of the motor allows 
 the turning of the spindle to see the 
 work. With this on, an operator is 
 not likely to try to stop the lathe by 
 putting his hand on the work, as he 
 is pretty sure to do after the work is 
 nearly completed and as he sometimes 
 thoughtlessly does when the work is 
 still in the rough state. Whenever 
 possible a spur and cup center should 
 be used for holding the stock. Where 
 a spur runs exposed, it should be cov- 
 ered by a collapsible hood or shield. 
 Lathe operators should not wear 
 loose-fitting jumpers or loose or flow- 
 ing neckties or work with their sleeves 
 down, as loose clothing may catch on 
 revolving material and be wound 
 around it. Operators should take care 
 never to reach through a belt to oil 
 outside bearings or for any other pur- 
 pose. 
 
 Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 
 
 Fig. 227. Turning Machine Guarded. 
 
140 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Defiance Machine Works. 
 
 Fig. 228. 
 
 Guarded Lathe with Swinging 
 Head. 
 
 carrying off the chips, as shown in Fig. 226 
 parts plant, and in Fig. 227 (page 139), 
 a picture taken in a furniture factory. 
 Such a machine as that shown in Fig. 
 22J is sometimes set up against a win- 
 dow and the shield left open at the 
 back, so that the chips may fly out 
 through the window and be collected 
 in a box outside. 
 
 Swinging cutter heads, found in 
 some automatic spoke and handle 
 lathes, should also be shielded as fully 
 as possible. Fig. 228 shows a guarded 
 lathe of this kind, made by the Defiance 
 Machine Works, of Defiance, O., both 
 stationary and swinging heads being 
 protected. 
 
 Whether a turning machine is pro- 
 tected by a hood or not, it is advisable 
 for the operator to stand as much as 
 possible to the side, to avoid flying 
 chips. Where a shield is not curved 
 sufficiently to throw chips downward, a 
 screen can well be used to keep them 
 from flying about the shop. 
 
 Shields for Cutter Heads. Cut- 
 ter heads, whether rotating or not, 
 should be covered as completely as 
 possible by hoods or shields. Where 
 the head or heads are set along the 
 rear of the machine, a long curved 
 shield hinged to the back end of the 
 machine frame can be placed over 
 them as far as possible without inter- 
 fering with the work. This will tend 
 to prevent injury to the operator 
 and to discharge dust and shavings 
 at the rear. With many modern ma- 
 chines such guards are furnished by 
 the makers, but these can often be 
 extended to advantage, without in- 
 terfering with the work. Where 
 there is none, a home-made one can 
 be installed. Either can usually be 
 supplemented advantageously by con- 
 nection with a blower system for 
 (page 139), a picture taken in a buggy 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 229. Blower Hood Guard for Lathe. 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 
 
 141 
 
 sy of American 1 In 
 
 Fig. 230. 
 
 Rounding Machine Guarded. 
 
 Heads and Knives. To avoid danger of the bursting of rotating heads, 
 the utmost care needs to be taken to have the heads in perfect balance and 
 the knives sharp and 
 set true. The same 
 vigilance should be 
 exercised in adjust- 
 ing and fastening 
 these knives as in the 
 case of shaper knives. 
 It takes a very ex- 
 perienced man to 
 care for heads and 
 cutters properly. In 
 some machines the 
 knife holders sit in 
 dove tailed slots, to 
 keep them fro m 
 working loose or fly- 
 ing out when the 
 head is in motion. 
 Some machines are 
 provided with adjust- 
 able back rests which press against the stick while it is being turned, helping 
 to keep the stick from springing or the knives from gouging. 
 
 Blower Hood Protection. Fig. 229 (page 140) shows blower hood pro- 
 tection for a corner 
 block, rosette and plug 
 turning lathe. The cut- 
 ters are bolted to a head 
 which is fastened on the 
 end of a revolving shaft 
 and is completely cov- 
 ered by the hood ex- 
 cept a small opening on 
 the side in front of the 
 cutters. The pieces to be 
 machined are placed on 
 a block with an auto- 
 matic clamp attach- 
 ment and are pressed 
 against the cutters on 
 the head by a lever. Fig. 
 230 shows handle 
 rounding machines well 
 The gfears driving; the feed rolls could also be 
 
 
 
 EfekJ 
 
 L4«S 
 
 
 
 ^s 
 
 
 8P^?g< 
 
 MP*\* 
 
 
 9 B M 
 
 B$ ~- ^ 3- 
 
 
 
 Baity 
 
 O SE IBs '■' > ;< Hflfl 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 Courtesy of Grant Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 231. Guard for Lathe Saw 
 
 protected with blower hoods, 
 covered to advantag;e. 
 
142 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Back Knife Lathe. The back knife gauge lathe, which is largely used in 
 furniture, chair and all sorts of spindle work, is especially apt to have a danger 
 point in the spur in the center holding the material. This is revolving all the 
 time, and has caused many injuries. It can be guarded by a collapsible tube, 
 which will be pushed back by the roughing out tool carriage as it comes across. 
 This tool should be guarded as much as possible, to prevent the operator's 
 accidental contact with it. A blower hood or curved shield can easily be 
 applied. 
 
 The back knife itself should not be dangerous, as it moves slowly, yet 
 many persons have been injured by it. An operator should be careful never to 
 reach under the knife to place a new piece of stock in the centering frame in 
 the rear. He should always wait until the knife is low enough for him to 
 reach over it. 
 
 Automatic Feed 
 Lathes. For t u r 11 i 11 g 
 broom, rake, fork and 
 other handles, curtain 
 and pike poles, and many 
 other straight or taper- 
 ing articles, there are 
 automatic feed lathes, in 
 which a number of pieces 
 of material are placed in 
 a rack on a table from 
 which feed rollers keep 
 taking the bottom piece. 
 On some of these ma- 
 chines there is a mass of 
 gears at the side which 
 should be guarded by an 
 easily removable cover. 
 Copying Lathes. 
 Where the cutter head 
 travels across the path of 
 the material to be turned, as in modern copying lathes, it can easily be hooded 
 except for the cutting point, the hood being attached to the cutter head frame. 
 Machines are made so guarded. In some automatic copying lathes the cutter 
 head is brought forward to the work by a hand lever, remaining locked back 
 out of harm's way when not in use. The cutting is done. on the under side 
 of the material, throwing the chips downward and lessening chance of injury 
 to the operator. 
 
 Guarding Lathe Saws. In some of the lathes for turning handles, spokes, 
 etc., there is a saw at the front across which the material moves endways by 
 means of a traveling screw. This should be guarded, as the operator gets 
 very close to it in removing the turned piece and putting rough stock in place. 
 An effective home-made guard is shown in Fig. 231 (page 141). A strong 
 support (A), securely bolted to the machine frame, extends out horizontally 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 232. Screen for Spoke Driver 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 
 
 J 43 
 
 beneath the saw and several inches beyond it. To this is hinged a vertical 
 board (B) across the upper end of which is fastened a slanting board guard 
 (C) for the top and front of the saw. A horizontal cleat (D), on the side of 
 the vertical board, rests on the support and prevents the guard from swinging 
 against the saw. The top piece of the guard is made slanting to guide the 
 cuttings, which are heavy and sharp and fly with great force, toward the floor. 
 Sometimes there is a belt at the right of the saw running directly under 
 and close to a crank for tightening the rough stock between the centers. There 
 should be a shield for this belt both under the crank and around the pulley 
 in front. 
 
 WAGONS. 
 
 Box Board Edger. The 
 
 machine to which stock is 
 fed on a traveling table 
 should be guarded for both 
 kicking and flyhacks. Heavy 
 pressure rolls are often 
 placed back of the saws and 
 a metal hood over each saw. 
 A wishbone-like pronged de- 
 vice is sometimes used to 
 hold stock down firmly and 
 tends to prevent its kicking 
 before it reaches the pressure 
 rolls. If hoods are not used. 
 a screen can be hung in front 
 of the saws. 
 
 Spoke Drivers. When 
 the hammer swings, such a 
 machine should be railed oft 
 
 at back and sides. Fig. 232 
 
 (page 142) shows such a 
 
 guard, made of reinforced 
 
 wire mesh. Hammer handles 
 
 should be watched carefulh 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 233. Guard for Spoke Driver. 
 
 for defects which might cause them to break, and the heads should be examined 
 frequently to assure their being in good condition and securely fastened. It 
 is well to have an adjustable metal guard, as shown in Fig. 233, to prevent 
 the operator being accidentally struck by the hammer. The guard should 
 come down within 2 inches of the end of the spoke. 
 
 For driving light spokes into carriage and spring wagon hubs there are 
 also pneumatic machines, which are especially safe. The safety valve of the 
 air compressor for such a machine should never be set above safe working 
 pressure. 
 
 Spoke-facing Machines. The disk spoke facing and tapering machine 
 should be encased at the back to cover the bolt heads there, and it is well to 
 
144 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 cover the front as far down as the 
 work will permit. The machine in 
 which the spoke passes between two 
 heads which face both sides at once 
 can have' its knives thoroughly guarded 
 by blower hoods, as shown in Fig. 234. 
 Spoke Throaters. On the machine 
 in which the spoke is fed on a revolving 
 carrier driven by gearing there should 
 be a guard on the side of the cutter 
 head toward the operator, as shown in 
 Fig. 235. It is well also to have blower 
 hoods both above and below the head. 
 Fig. 236 (page 145) shows an auto- 
 matic throater with cast iron guard fur- 
 nished by the makers, with blower hood, 
 and with home-made leather guards at 
 the front to keep chips from being 
 thrown with violence. The cutter heads 
 of the machine to which the spoke is 
 fed on reels should also be shielded or 
 hooded. 
 
 Axle Machines. The automatic 
 machine for gaining axles should have 
 its heads covered as fully as possible 
 
 without interfering with the work. Shields are usually furnished by the maker, 
 
 but sometimes these can well be supplemented, as shown in Fig. 237 (page 
 
 146). A shield should cover the pulley 
 
 driving the head, as well as the head. 
 
 The cutter heads of axle shoulder shaping 
 
 machines, whether single or double, 
 
 should also be shielded except at the 
 
 working point. 
 
 Wheel Rim Planers. The automatic 
 machine for truing up the face and one 
 side should have its cutter heads enclosed, 
 and they usually are, even though the 
 operator is at the other side of the wheel. 
 The hand-feed planer often used for truing 
 up the other side of the rim should have 
 a wooden guard over the cutters, as 
 shown in Fig. 238 (page 147), held up 
 against the face of the rim by a weight 
 or spring, to prevent the operator's 
 fingers resting on the face as the rim 
 
 Courtesy of McDowell-1 rammell Co. 
 
 goes over the cutters. Fig ^ Spoke Throater Guarded. 
 
 Courtesy of McDozvell-Trammell Co. 
 
 Fig. 234. Spoke Facer Guarded. 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 
 
 M5 
 
 Felloe Machines. The heads of the two-side felloe planing machines 
 should be shielded as much as possible, and exposed gearing, especially at the 
 front, should be covered. Fig. 239 (page 147) shows two such machines with 
 blower hoods connected to the cast iron guards furnished by the makers, that 
 at the left planing the straight sides and that at the right planing the curved 
 sides. 
 
 Wheel Boxing Machine. The bit for boring the hub for the box should 
 be protected when in normal position by a hood guard, one-half of which 
 is hinged at the top so it can be turned back for change of bits. 
 
 Rimming Machine. When the saw which cuts the rim to proper length 
 is brought up through the table by a foot lever, the lever should be guarded 
 so that no one in passing can 
 accidentally come in contact 
 with it and bring the saw up 
 against the operator. 
 
 Hub Machines. The hub 
 reamer can be guarded by 
 fastening a shield of sheet 
 metal formed into a semi- 
 circle to the attachment 
 which holds the hub in place, 
 as shown in Fig. 240 (page 
 147) . This attachment 
 moves to the left as the 
 reamer enters the hub, and 
 the shield moves with it and 
 thus covers the reamer dur- 
 ing the entire operation. An- 
 other way of guarding the 
 reaming bit is to have a hood 
 held out over it by a spring, 
 the hood collapsing as it is 
 forced back by the hub. 
 When the hub is reamed after the spokes have been driven into it, prongs can 
 extend out around the bit, so placed as to fit between the spokes when the 
 wheel is pushed on the bit. 
 
 Hub turning machines should have the roughing knife at the back guarded 
 by a curved shield, which will tend to hold the pieces if the hub should break. 
 The big circular cut-off machine for cutting logs to hub block length, to which 
 the log is fed on a carriage traveling on a saw mill track, should have its saw 
 railed off at the back and hooded on top down to the mandrel. 
 
 Panel Sticking. When the edges of panels, as for buggy frames, are 
 worked on a shaper, an efficient guard can be used, as shown in Fig. 241 (page 
 148). Bolted to the guide, which is cut out to fit the head, is a piece of wood 
 shaped so as to cover the opening in the guide left for the cutters. This not 
 only acts as a hold-down for the stock, which is fed under it, but it also keeps 
 the operator's hands from the cutters. 
 
 Courtesy of Studebaker Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 236. Spoke Throater Guarded. 
 
146 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Poles, Shafts and Single-trees. When the old cut-off-rip saw-shaper 
 method of making poles is used, the cut-off saw should be hooded or guarded 
 by a band coming down as low as possible. For the rip saw there should be a 
 splitter, a long table and a board rigidly suspended over the saw a little in 
 front of the crown. The shaper should be guarded in one of the ways 
 suggested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 The shaft and pole heel tapering machine should have its disk heads cov- 
 ered at the back, and in front down to the working point just above the table. 
 The single-tree dressing and pointing machine should have its cutter head 
 guarded by a blower hood which will come up around the outer end of the 
 head. On the automatic feed pole machines which turn out a pole a minute 
 the side and top heads should be hooded, and the belts and pulleys and feed 
 
 chain and sprockets 
 should be fenced off like 
 big planing mill ma- 
 chines. A combination 
 guard and table for a 
 pole sticker are shown in 
 Fig. 242 (page 148). 
 
 Other Machines. 
 The many other ma- 
 chines used in wagon and 
 carriage work, such as 
 jointers, surfacers, shap- 
 ers, sanders, rip saws, 
 cut-off saws, equalizing 
 saws, tenoners, borers,, 
 mortisers, should be 
 guarded as suggested 
 elsewhere (see index). 
 
 Automobiles and 
 Cars. Automobile 
 manufacturing employs 
 practically the same 
 special machinery as wagon making, so far as the woodworking goes. The 
 same is true largely of the manufacture of cars, though the machinery is apt 
 to be of heavier build. 
 
 . Si 
 
 ill 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 -— — so; ^ 
 
 r * — ^ tm -J**-*^ 
 
 -dteJ 
 
 £> ^ '"..^ '^-"» 
 
 
 " 
 
 Courtesy of Studebaker Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 237. Automatic Gainer Guarded. 
 
 COOPERAGE. 
 
 Stave Sawing Machines. The cylinder machine known as the drum saw 
 should have as much as possible of its teeth guarded, to prevent a stave get- 
 ting caught or being dropped on the saw and then thrown, and to guard the 
 off-bearer when one is employed. A metal band can be brought up from the 
 side of the machine frame, extending over the teeth as far as the work will 
 permit. The band should reach out beyond the teeth, and it can have a cleat 
 under its outer edge. This guard can be braced from the front of the frame, 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 
 
 147 
 
 if necessary. Such a 
 band guard for barrel 
 stave saws is often fur- 
 nished by the makers. 
 The bilging cylinder saw 
 for kegs can be protected 
 in the same way. The 
 small drum saw used in 
 pail and tub factories is 
 often guarded by a home- 
 made wooden box hood 
 set into the machine 
 
 Courtesy of McDowell-Trammell Co. 
 
 Fig. 239. Felloe Planers Guarded 
 
 ated like shingle saws, 
 as suggested elsewhere 
 (see index). When a 
 vertical pendulous saw is 
 used, the rear teeth 
 should be protected by a 
 metal band, and it is well 
 to fence the saw off as 
 much as possible at both 
 back and sides. 
 
 Stave and Heading 
 
 Jointers. When the 
 
 knives are set in a disk, 
 
 the disk should be en- 
 tirely encased at the 
 
 back, and it can well be 
 
 in front except for the 
 
 necessary working point. 
 
 Courtesy of Peter Schuttlcr Co. 
 
 Fig. 238. Wheel Rim Planer Guarded. 
 
 frame and covering 
 practically all of the 
 teeth not in use, as 
 shown in Fig. 243 
 (page 149). A drum 
 saw should also have 
 a metal band cover- 
 ing the projecting 
 bolt heads where the 
 saw is bolted to the 
 head, or spider, 
 which is keyed to the 
 shaft. 
 
 Heading Saws. 
 The horizontal head- 
 ing saw should be 
 guarded and oper- 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 240. Guard for Hub Reamer. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Heberer & Co. 
 
 Fig. 241. Panel Sticker Guarded. 
 
 The little hand jointer often used in pail and tub factories can well be equipped 
 
 with a small automatic guard, or with two if the guide is set in the middle. 
 
 Stave and Heading Planers. When the feeding point is not well guarded 
 
 by the makers, a hood should 
 be arranged to cover the rolls 
 or chains, coming down over 
 the front as far as possible 
 without interfering with the 
 entrance of the stock, and if 
 necessary guarding any ex- 
 posed ends of rolls. The 
 head line planer should be 
 protected in the same way, 
 the hood covering the head 
 as well as the feed roll. 
 
 Head Rounder. The 
 barrel head rounding or 
 circling machine should have 
 its saw covered as much as 
 possible by a blower hood, as 
 shown in Fig. 244 (page 149) 
 or otherwise, to keep pieces from flying about the shop and to prevent con- 
 tact with the saw teeth. The hood can well be brought even further over the 
 top of the saw than as shown in the picture. The knives in the head of this 
 machine should be very se- 
 curely fastened to prevent 
 their flying out. In some 
 machines they are dove- 
 tailed, to do away with the 
 chance of screws or other 
 fastenings working loose. 
 
 When the heading is 
 circled on a heading lathe 
 with stationary cutters, as in 
 pail and tub plants, there 
 should be a board fencing 
 around the plane in which 
 the pieces fly. 
 
 Pail Trimming Lathe. 
 In operating this machine 
 care should be taken to work 
 the carriage properly and 
 not to take so heavy a cut as 
 to force a stave out, and pos- 
 sibly cause the pail to collapse and a number of staves to be thrown. The 
 operator should also endeavor to keep in a working position out of range of 
 thrown staves. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 242. Pole Sticker Guarded. 
 
HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 
 
 149' 
 
 Crozers. Machines for chamfering and crozing barrels, casks or kegs 
 while in a horizontal position should have their cutter -heads guarded so that 
 there will be no danger of injury to the operator in the event of an arm getting 
 
 Courtesy of E. Murdoch & Co. Courtesy of Louisville Cooperage Co. 
 
 Fig. 243. Drum Saw Guarded. Fig. 244. Head Rounder Guarded. 
 
 beyond the end of the barrel while placing it in position or removing it. Semi- 
 circular shields around the sides of the heads nearer the operator's working 
 
 position make effective guards. Some 
 machines come equipped with such 
 shields. There are machines in which 
 the cutter heads move entirely out of 
 the barrel before it is released by the 
 chuck rings and do not return to work- 
 ing position until brought there by a 
 lever. 
 
 In the machines in which the bar- 
 rel is placed vertically the cutter head 
 can be guarded by a wire screen, as 
 shown in Fig. 245. 
 
 Edging Saw. The rip saw often 
 used in pail and tub plants for edging 
 heading before it goes to the jointer 
 should have a splitter at the back and 
 a board suspended in front of the 
 crown with a pendant flap. A feed- 
 ing: carriage could well be used for 
 
 Courtesy of Tight Barrel Cooperage Co. 
 
 Fig. 245. Vertical Crozer Guarded. 
 
 such work, especially when very small pieces of stock are sawed. 
 
i 5 o WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Hoop Machines. Hoop planers should be guarded like stave and heading 
 planers. The automatic hoop cutting machine can well have finger guards 
 like those suggested for veneer clippers (see index). The hoop bar chuck 
 pointing machine should have the bolt heads on the outside guarded by a 
 shield. The hoop pointing machine in which the knives are set in disks should 
 have the disks encased at the back. 
 
 Vats. Vats for slack barrel hoops should at least have a fence around 
 them 30 inches high, with a gate at one side counterbalanced so it can easily 
 be raised out of the way when occasion requires. Whenever possible, it is 
 well to build such vats with their sides 30 inches above the floor level. 
 
 Barrel Hoist. This conveyor should be guarded to prevent a barrel tip- 
 ping off the prongs or dogs of the chain and falling on the man below who is 
 placing the barrels on the conveyor. A simple but effective guard consists of 
 boards hanging from the ceiling as close to the outer points of the dogs as 
 possible and extending as far down as can be. 
 
 Other Machines. Windlass ropes should be regularly inspected. The 
 dangerous gears on stave bending machines, power punching and flaring ma- 
 chines and some trussing machines should be guarded, unless guards are 
 furnished by the makers. The punches should be equipped with a ring guard, 
 the bottom edge of which will allow the placing of the stock but will not let 
 the operator's fingers get under the punch and the top edge of which is above 
 the highest movement of the punch. Rip saws, cut-off saws, etc., should be 
 guarded as indicated elsewhere (see index). 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
 Etc. 
 
• 
 
 
 
 ^FM ■ 1 
 
 fiif 
 
 Si 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 — ^^^^^^ ^ w " 
 
 
 —-!,./ 
 
 •-■»■*■■ . _- 
 
 BESS=-^£: 
 
 " 
 
 —— 
 
 "" 
 
 jt*«?'S!SP 
 
 \ 
 
 VENEER, FURNITURE, 
 CHAIRS. 
 
 Vats. One of the 
 most dangerous features 
 of veneer manufacturing 
 is found in the vats in 
 which the logs are soft- 
 ened by boiling. These 
 vats should be well 
 guarded to prevent any- 
 one falling into them, as, 
 whenever the lids are re- 
 moved, a body of boiling 
 hot water is exposed. 
 There is much risk of 
 such accidents, as men 
 
 have to do a lot of WOrk Courtesy of Roberts & Connor Co. 
 
 around the edges of a vat. Fig. 246. Fence around Vat. 
 
 One method of protection is a railing along the edge, or a fence with a 
 walk inside, as shown in Fig. 246. Such a guard should be made strong, as 
 workmen will use the fencing as a brace and it is likely to be hit by logs being 
 swung out of the pit. A better method is to build the sides of the vat up 
 above the ground or floor level, as shown in Fig. 247. Such a guard can be so 
 
 substantial that there 
 will be little chance of 
 its giving way. 
 
 One of the best 
 means of guarding vats 
 has been devised by the 
 Paine Lumber Co., of 
 Oshkosh, Wis., who 
 have applied for a patent 
 on it. A pipe railing- 
 guard surrounds the vat, 
 and there are horizontal 
 bars 12 inches apart over 
 the top, secured to an 
 iron pipe at the back and 
 
 Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. loose at the front ends. 
 
 Fig. 247. Vat with Built-up Sides. In raising logs from the 
 
T 52 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 248. Veneer Vat Guard. Fig. 249. Veneer Vat Guard, Cover Down. 
 
 vat, as many bars as necessary raise with the log. As the log is removed, 
 the bars drop back into place. Each bar raises separately and drops by gravity 
 into its individual socket. Hinged wooden covers are dropped from the back 
 over the vat when there is no need of its being open. These are in sections, 
 so all the vat not in active use may remain covered. Fig. 248 shows a log being 
 lifted out by the traveling crane used for the purpose, and the wooden covers 
 thrown up. Fig. 249 
 shows one of the covers 
 in place over its section 
 of the vat. 
 
 Workmen should be 
 provided with suitable 
 spike poles, etc., for use 
 in floating logs to the 
 edge of a vat, where the 
 hooks can be made fast. 
 Planks should never be 
 placed across vats for the 
 men to work from, as 
 they are decayed by the 
 acids developed by the 
 
 process. This decay is Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. 
 
 often inside, leaving the Fig. 250. Rotary Cutter Guarded. 
 
VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 
 
 iS3 
 
 surface in apparently good condition. 
 Breaking of such planks has caused 
 many fatal accidents. When bar 
 guards are used over the top of a vat, 
 the workmen should not be allowed 
 to get out on them to hook the logs. 
 It is a good plan to have a warning 
 sign at a vat, cautioning the work- 
 men against dangerous practices. • 
 
 Steaming Process. Vats used in 
 the steaming process should be guarded 
 like boiling vats. While a workman 
 does not run much chance of being 
 scalded, as the steam is turned off be- 
 fore the vat is opened, he can get a 
 bad fall, and possibly other injury. 
 Sometimes, too, the drain stops up 
 and condensation causes a few inches 
 of water to accumulate at the bottom 
 of the vat. The drain should be ar- 
 ranged, if possible, so it can be cleaned 
 from the outside. 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 252. Veneer Clipper Guarded. 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Lid. 
 
 Fig. 251. Guard for Veneer Clipper. 
 
 When steaming boxes are used 
 and the doors slide up and down, in- 
 spection should frequently be made of 
 the cables and their connections to the 
 weights and doors, to avoid accident 
 due to the doors falling. In some 
 plants the doors are held in place by 
 bars. To avoid decay, the boxes can 
 well be made of reinforced concrete. 
 Rotary Cutter. There is practi- 
 cal^ no danger from the knife of this 
 machine. In some makes, however, the 
 men off-bearing and removing waste 
 have to work, and in a great rush, close 
 to bevel gears actuating the movement 
 of the knife toward the log. These 
 gears should be covered, as shown in 
 Fig. 250 (page 152), and so should the 
 
J 54 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 chain and sprocket transmission regulating them. Unless protected by the 
 
 drive belts and pulleys, the change gears at the end of the machine which 
 
 actuate this transmission should be 
 guarded by a cover which can easily be 
 opened or removed. The drive belts 
 and pulleys should be well guarded. 
 
 Slicing Machine. The driving 
 parts of the machinery, such as con- 
 necting rods, gears, belts, etc., should 
 be guarded, and so should any pits in 
 which the machinery may be set. The 
 slides along which the stay log has a 
 reciprocating movement on a hori- 
 zontal machine should be protected by 
 a railing. 
 
 Veneer Clipper. This machine, 
 which is of the same class as the paper 
 cutter and is used for cutting veneer to 
 size, is dangerous both to the man 
 operating and the one taking away, on 
 account of the risk of getting a hand 
 under the knife. An effective guard 
 consists in having prongs come down 
 as close as possible to the table both in 
 front and back of the knife, as shown in 
 
 Fig. 251 (page 153) and Fig. 252 (page 153). Fig. 251 shows a machine 
 
 used to cut veneer to length. The 
 
 prongs, which are of wire, are 2 inches 
 
 apart. They are 3 3-4 inches from 
 
 the knife on one side and 5 inches on 
 
 the other. The prongs in Fig. 252, 
 
 which shows a clipper used for cross- 
 cutting and also for cutting to 
 
 width short lengths of veneer stock, 
 
 are made of wood. They are 
 
 1 1-2 inches apart and 3 inches 
 
 from the knife. These prongs are 
 
 made to swing away from the 
 
 knife when the machine is cutting 
 
 widths. Such a prong guard is ad- 
 visable for veneer clippers, whether 
 
 power-feed or hand-feed. With it 
 
 installed, a hand of either operator or 
 
 take-away man will be stopped before 
 
 it can get into danger. 
 
 A guard for the off-bearing side of a clipper used for cutting veneer to 
 
 narrow widths is shown in Fig. 253. It consists of an oblong frame made of 
 
 Fig. 253. Guard for Veneer Clipper. 
 
 Fig. 254. Veneer Clipper Guard. 
 
VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 
 
 J 55 
 
 gas pipe, filled in with wire mesh. The guard is hinged on each side, a little 
 nearer the top than the bottom, so as to keep it in an upright position and yet 
 allow it to swing out under slight pressure and let the cut veneer fall out under 
 it. The table is on an incline so that gravity will carry the strips of veneer 
 down it. The guard is built high to prevent reaching over the knife to pull 
 the rod throwing the clutch in or out. It also comes down a little below the 
 lowest travel of the knife when no veneer is in the machine, thus tending to 
 prevent accidents due to off-bearer boys pulling scraps from under the knife 
 while idly waiting for more veneer. This guard and inclined table obviate the 
 danger to off-bearers involved in removing strips by the armful from a flat 
 table and an unguarded knife. 
 
 Courtesy of Roberts & Connor Co. 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Veneer Works. 
 
 Fig- 2 55- Segment Saw. Fig. 256. Segment Saw. 
 
 Fig. 254 (page 154) shows a stationary wire mesh guard for the off-bearing 
 side of a clipper used for cutting veneer to narrow widths. It is hung by hooks 
 from rods extending from one side of the machine to the other and is easily 
 removable when it is necessary to take out the knife. This screen sets out 
 about 7 inches from the knife and works even with or a little below the lowest 
 travel of the knife. 
 
 Segment Saw. The chief danger connected with the segment saw is found 
 in the segment feature. Great care should be exercised in selecting and tight- 
 ening the flat head countersunk screws by which the segments are fastened to 
 the saw disk. No chance should ever be taken with an old screw which may 
 not remain tight. Not only might the particular segment fly, but if it became 
 loose and dug into the wood it might cause a wreck of the saw, throwing 
 
i56 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 segments with violent force. Off-bearers get considerable protection from the 
 arrangements for taking care of the material sawed, two forms of which are 
 shown in Fig. 255 (page 155) and Fig. 256 (page 155). 
 
 Band Mill. The band saw used to cut veneer logs into Hitches for a seg- 
 ment saw or a sheer should be guarded like a band mill in a saw mill (see 
 index). There is one bad practice indulged in by some sawyers, which should 
 be avoided whenever possible. To cut flitches so as to get the best " gloss," as 
 the grain is called, requires very skilful and careful work. If the setters do not 
 quickly grasp the sawyer's idea as to the dogging of the log on the carriage, 
 he is apt to step around the front of the band saw and show them how to do 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 257. Slasher Guard, Hood in Place. 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 258. Slasher Guard, Hood Raised. 
 
 it or do it himself. This is very dangerous. The saw is often running at 
 very high speed, and the space around it is likely to be both slippery and lit- 
 tered up. This space should be kept clean, at any rate, and the practice re- 
 ferred to should be discouraged. 
 
 Slashers. Fig. 257 and Fig. 258 show a six saw slasher, used for cutting 
 rail and panel veneers to length, guarded so that when in operation the 
 operator's hands cannot touch the saws. The guards also hold the veneer in 
 place while it is being cut and prevent the pieces from being thrown by the 
 saws. Each guard is hinged to its upright support. It is swung up by the 
 slats on the conveyor and drops back over the saw after a slat has passed. 
 
VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 
 
 '57 
 
 In Fig. 257 the guard is shown in normal position and Fig. 258 shows how it 
 is swung up by a conveyor slat. The particular machine illustrated is run 
 by six operators. Each 
 stands between saws and 
 pulls the veneer for the 
 desired cut. 
 
 Splicer. This ma- 
 chine for jointing and 
 glueing sheets of veneer 
 after its operator has 
 matched them needs to 
 be guarded at its feeding 
 point, where the material 
 passes between two solid 
 link chains. Fig. 259 
 shows a guard for this 
 point in the form of flat 
 springs set just ahead of 
 
 the nip in the chains. Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. 
 
 These springs hold the Fi S- 2 59- Veneer Splicer Guarded. 
 
 veneer flat and also prevent the operator's hands from following into the 
 
 chains with the material. Some such device should always be used. 
 
 Glue Machine. There is little danger from the rollers of this machine, 
 
 as they run very slowly and the top 
 roller fits loosely on the lower one. 
 The gears at the end of the machine 
 should be covered, however, as opera- 
 tors often stand very close to them 
 when feeding. 
 
 Dryers. The belts and pulleys 
 along the side of many of these ma- 
 chines should be fenced off to a suf- 
 ficient height, and the gears and 
 sprockets and chains should be cov- 
 ered or fenced. 
 
 Lifting Tackle. All lifting tackle 
 used in moving logs should be regu- 
 larly and frequently inspected for de- 
 fects and should be kept in the best of 
 working condition. Hooks should be 
 kept sharp and chains annealed at 
 intervals. Gearing should be covered. 
 If a log haul is used in a veneer mill, 
 it should be guarded as suggested in 
 the chapter on " Saw Mill." 
 Other Machines. The other machines used in veneer mills of one kind or 
 
 another, such as rip saws, drag saws, cut-off saws, swing saws, equalizing saws, 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig. 260. Miter Saw Guard. 
 
i 5 8 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 jointers, sanders, edgers, matchers, slab slashers, etc., should be guarded as 
 indicated elsewhere in this book (see index). 
 
 FURNITURE, CHAIRS, ETC. 
 
 Many of the machines used in furniture, chair, desk and show case fac- 
 tories are common to practically all woodworking plants doing fine work. A 
 large number of the guards suggested elsewhere (see index) for rip saws, cut- 
 off saws, swing saws, buzz planers or jointers (both hand-feed and automatic), 
 band saws, resaws, shapers, mortisers, tenoners, boring machines, sanders, 
 etc., are applicable. 
 
 So much stock work is done in 
 such factories that machines can often 
 be guarded much more effectively than 
 is possible when they are constantly 
 being put to a variety of uses. A lit- 
 tle ingenuity on the part of foreman 
 or operator will often devise better 
 protection for a specific operation than 
 could be given by a safety device in- 
 tended to adapt itself to a wide range 
 of work. The variety of such home- 
 made guards is endless. 
 
 Miter Saw Guard. A home-made 
 guard for a miter saw, to prevent the 
 triangular blocks cut off the stock 
 from riding up on the back of the saw 
 and being thrown, is shown in Fig. 260 
 (page 157). It consists merely of a 
 bevelled board set upright close be- 
 hind the saw and held in place by a 
 clamp at the rear edge of the table. 
 
 Grooving Saws. Fig. 261 shows 
 a guard for a grooving saw which also 
 acts as a spring to hold the stock down 
 on the table. The wheel under which 
 
 Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 
 
 Fig. 261. Grooving Saw Guarded. 
 
 the stock passes is so arranged that it allows the stock to be moved freely 
 beneath it. In edge grooving for stock a guard often used consists of a wooden 
 block higher than the saw and extending a little beyond both its front and 
 back. This is secured on the table in such a position that there is just enough 
 room between it and the guide for the stock to pass over the saw. 
 
 Dovetailing Machines. The gang dovetailer can be guarded about as 
 much as is necessary by a metal shield in front of the spindles and gearing, as 
 shown in Fig. 262 (page 159), or by a suction hood. There are automatic 
 dovetailers for drawer work in operating which the material is clamped on a 
 feeding carriage which, once started, automatically feeds the work to the cut- 
 ting tools. 
 
VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 
 
 '59 
 
 Tenoners. These should be 
 guarded like tenoners used in other 
 shops (see index). On the chain feed 
 double end tenoner, when small pieces 
 are fed, as in coat hanger work, addi- 
 tional protection is often given the cut- 
 ters by appliances for holding the stock 
 down firmly. Such an appliance some- 
 times takes the form of a block sliced 
 into closely set teeth like a comb. 
 These teeth are flexible and long and 
 give the required tension for holding 
 the stock on the feed. 
 
 Double Saw and Chuck Machine. 
 Automatic machines can be used for 
 sawing off both ends and chucking or 
 sizing one or both ends of chair legs, 
 chair spindles, stretchers, etc. The 
 chucking heads and saws should have 
 protection in the form of shields cover- 
 ing them as much as possible or by suc- 
 tion hoods. 
 
 Rod Machines. The two-side 
 sticker often used for working material 
 into flag sticks, dowels, and rods of 
 
 Courtesy of Michigan Chair Co. 
 
 Fig. 263. Heading Machine Guarded. 
 
 Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 
 
 Fig. 262. Gang Dovetailer Guarded. 
 
 various kinds, as well as chair spindles, 
 should have its cutter heads and feed 
 rolls guarded like those of any other 
 sticker (see index). 
 
 The feed rolls and cutters of the 
 power-feed rod machine used for turn- 
 ing stretchers, curtain poles, flag sticks 
 and other kinds of rods should be 
 guarded. It is well also to have a 
 shield over the pulley and belt in the 
 center of the machine. 
 
 Carvers. The operators of these 
 machines should work with sleeves 
 short or rolled up, to avoid being caught 
 by the cutters. Where there is any 
 length of spindle exposed, it is well to 
 enclose it in a sleeve whenever possible. 
 Set screws in collars on spindles should 
 always be of the headless type. 
 
 Heading Machine. The machine 
 for heading out back posts for chairs, 
 with its one horizontal and two vertical 
 
i6o WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 saws, should have wooden block guards on each side of the saws, as shown in 
 Fig. 263 (page 159). These are so arranged that they leave only enough open 
 space for the material to pass through. 
 
 Veneer Cutter. The machine used for cutting veneer to size can be 
 guarded like any veneer clipper, as already described in this chapter. When 
 not so guarded, it should be worked with great care, especially when one man 
 operates the knife and another handles the material. Even if equipped with a 
 holding bar, fingers are apt to be badly pinched. 
 
 Finishing Room. One of the danger spots in a furniture plant is the room 
 where the filling is rubbed in. The filling mixture used generally contains 
 naphtha, which makes it highly explosive. To guard against fire, discipline and 
 cleanliness are highly important. The men employed there should be in- 
 structed how to handle a fire, by smothering it, and sand in pails or paper bags 
 should be kept within easy reach. Only a small amount of the filling mixture 
 should be kept in a pot. at a time, and the pots should be entirely emptied at 
 the end of the day. The supply of naphtha should be kept in an outside building, 
 and should be in charge of a competent man. It is best to use electric lights 
 in such a room. When gas is used, a pot containing mixture should never 
 be allowed to stand under a gas light. Fire has been known to originate from 
 a burned bug dropping from a lamp into a pot below. To avoid the danger of 
 fire from spontaneous combustion, the rags used in rubbing in the filler should 
 be very carefully handled. Spontaneous combustion sometimes occurs within 
 six hours. Discarded rags should be placed at once in a metal receptacle, 
 which should be taken to the boiler room twice a day and its contents burned. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
 Etc. 
 
PATTERN SHOP, BOX 
 FACTORY, ETC. 
 
 The high rank of the pattern-maker among woodworking mechanics and 
 the widely varying sizes and shapes of material worked make the guarding 
 of machines in pattern shops unusually difficult. Patterns are largely made up 
 of small pieces, however, and guards can be used for most of the work. As for 
 the pattern-maker's intolerance of guards, it can be impressed upon him that 
 they imply no reflection upon his skill. 
 
 Two rules should be rigidly enforced in pattern shops, one that each 
 machine shall be shut down as soon as any work upon it is completed, and 
 the other that guards shall 
 be used whenever possible 
 and shall be replaced im- 
 mediately after completion of 
 any work for which they 
 cannot be used. 
 
 Pattern Shop Saws. The 
 universal saw bench with 
 two arbors is the hardest to 
 guard of all pattern shop 
 machines. Until recently 
 the only practical protection 
 was a hood suspended from 
 above, or from the side of 
 the table if it did not tilt. 
 The Oliver Machinery Co., 
 of Grand Rapids, Mich., how- 
 ever, has worked out a new 
 method of guarding. It con- 
 sists of a splitter for each saw and a light hood supported by an arm attached 
 to a support back of the table. The hood guard is adjustable, to take care 
 of the depth of cut and also the position of the saw either backward or for- 
 ward. The splitters are adjustable so as to be useful whether the cut is deep 
 or not. Fig. 264 shows a saw in its highest position, and Fig. 265 (page 162) 
 shows it in a very low position. 
 
 Where the hood method of guarding is used, the hood must be easily and 
 quickly adjustable and so arranged that it can be thrown out of the way when 
 bulky pieces are to be handled. It must be large enough to cover the entire 
 throat. A guard of the suspended type is shown in Fig. 266 (page 162), which 
 also shows a fence and casing for the belt and a sign requiring replacement of 
 
 Courtesy of Oliver Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 264. Pattern-maker's Saws Guarded. 
 
162 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 the guard. Fig. 267 (page 
 163) shows a hood held over 
 the saw by a strong arm. 
 This arm is fastened to the 
 table by a hinge, and when the 
 guard is thrown back it stands 
 in a vertical position. Raising 
 of the guard is effected by a 
 foot lever. The hood is made 
 of band iron with side pieces 
 of fiber. It has a roller in front 
 and at the rear a small dog to 
 prevent kicking. The saw in 
 which the arbor raises instead 
 of revolving, or the table is 
 raised and lowered, can be 
 guarded by a hood. 
 
 Courtesy of Oliver Machinery Co. Where frequent changes 
 
 Fig. 265. Pattern-maker's Saws Guarded. of saws are made in a table, 
 
 from rip to cut-off and from one size to another, there can well be a false throat 
 for each rip saw, equipped with a splitter and a light hood attachment. When 
 unwieldy pieces are to be worked or other work done for which a guard can- 
 not be used, the original throat plate can be put in. 
 
 Buzz Planer or Jointer. This machine should have a safety cylinder 
 head, and often additional guards can be used, such as the automatic ones 
 referred to in the chapter on " Jointers or Buzz Planers." If a big piece is to 
 be worked wdth such 
 a guard on, the oper- 
 ator can loosen up 
 the spring or land the 
 weight, as may be 
 necessary, and set 
 the guard to cover 
 what he does not 
 need of the knife gap. 
 A guard which has 
 been found practical 
 for a great deal of 
 work is shown in 
 Fig. 268 (page 163). 
 The sliding wooden 
 shield (A) is counter- 
 weighted so the por- 
 tion of the knife not 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 used is covered Tr-ccxjj^jrc 
 
 Fig. 266. Hood Guard for Saws. 
 
PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 
 
 163 
 
 automatically. The handle (C) may be used for adjusting the shield for small 
 work, while the foot-lever (B) is used when the operator has a long or heavy 
 board requiring both hands to handle. A brass shoe (D) on the shield reduces 
 friction. The picture 
 shows a sign forbid- 
 ding the jointing on 
 this machine of any 
 piece containing less 
 than one square foot 
 of lumber. 
 
 No one should 
 be allowed to run a 
 buzz planer without 
 full instructions as to 
 the points of danger, 
 and an operator 
 should carefully note 
 how much of a cut 
 the knives are set for 
 before doing any 
 kind of planing. Short pieces should not be run over the machine 
 
 of Illinois Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 267. Pattern Shop Saw Guard. 
 
 A sign 
 should be put In plain view stating the minimum size of piece which can be 
 run. In many shops 12 inches is the minimum allowed. If a short piece is 
 forced against the knives when they are set to take a large chip, the piece is 
 apt to be forced back from the operator's grip so quickly that his hands drop 
 instantly on the knives if they are over the gap. If there is any projecting 
 knot or' other bulging place on the side being planed, this is practically sure 
 
 to happen. 
 
 Universal Wood- 
 working Machine. 
 This wood milling 
 machine, which does 
 a large variety of 
 work that formerly 
 required a number of 
 machines, eliminates 
 much of the danger 
 attaching to pattern 
 work. It bears the 
 same relation to pat- 
 tern-making that 
 highly specialized 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. . 
 
 T . ^ ~ , machinery does to 
 
 Fig. 268. Pattern Shop Jointer Guard. / 
 
 tool-making. Alter 
 
 the work has been placed on the table the machine can be operated without 
 the workman having to bring his hands near the cutters. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Other Machines. The other machines used in a pattern shop, such as 
 band saws, shapers, surfacers, lathes and grinders, should be guarded as sug- 
 gested elsewhere (see index). Direct motor drive will do away with the dif- 
 ficulty of guarding 
 against the belting dan- 
 gers of lathes. Fig. 269 
 shows a screen to protect 
 workmen against flying 
 pieces from a neighbor- 
 ing lathe. Fig. 270 shows 
 sheet metal guards for 
 the belts and pulleys of 
 a planer. Fig. 271 (page 
 165) shows shields over 
 gears, discs and blades 
 of a dowel pin machine 
 used in a pattern shop. 
 
 BOX FACTORY. 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 269. Screen for Lathe. 
 
 Rip Saws. Building 
 up box shooks by edging 
 them on a rip saw is dan- 
 gerous work, especially when short stock is used. Boys should never be al- 
 lowed to run such saws. In making rough boxes the saw should have a hood, 
 in addition to a splitter, coming well down to the stock, as there are many 
 knots in the stock. The front of the hood can be of mesh on top, so the opera- 
 tor can see the cut. An iron strip can hang from the front of the hood, curved 
 up to allow easy passage of 
 material. Where a light and 
 narrow hood is attached to 
 the splitter, a board can be 
 suspended over saw and 
 hood, to protect the opera- 
 tor's eyes, cut out in the 
 center so as to come well 
 down toward the table on 
 each side of the saw. This 
 board can be arranged to 
 swing back as material is 
 pushed through. 
 
 Home-made guarding of 
 a rip saw with splitter and 
 metal hood is shown in Fig. 
 
 Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 270. Planer Belts and Pulleys Guarded. 
 
 272 (page 165). In Fig. 273 (page 166) is shown a guard devised to meet the 
 requirement of a clear table on all sides of a saw in the center. The reinforced 
 mesh guard, pivoted on the splitter and positioned by an extra pin, allows 
 
PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 
 
 165 
 
 every part of the saw line to be visible. Fig. 274 (page 166) shows an over- 
 hung saw equipped with a splitter and with reinforced-mesh guards for both 
 upper and lower part of the saw. Clearance is given for a stroke of 3 feet by 
 the sliding feed table. The 
 rear support of the upper 
 guard is of hard wood rein- 
 forced with sheet metal. 
 
 Whenever possible, for 
 short stock anyway, a feeding 
 apparatus, such as that shown 
 in Fig. 275 (page 166) should 
 be used. The stock is held on 
 the carriage by a hand clamp 
 or lever with a band spring at 
 the back. The under side of 
 the lever is fitted with spikes 
 or a small tooth plate to hold 
 the stock firmly. The saw 
 shown has also a splitter, 
 which should always be used, 
 and a board guard against fly- 
 backs with a pendant flap. A 
 German feeding arrangement 
 
 Courtesy of Tennessee Coal & Iron Co. 
 
 Fig. 271. Dowel Pin Machine Guarded. 
 
 used in making small boxes is shown in Fig. a 7 6 (page 167). The boards are 
 h d firmly by a lever. When box shooks are built up by runnmg them 
 th Igh a'seH-feed edger, the edger rolls should be protected hke those of 
 any self-feed saw (see index). In many box faetor.es with saw null con- 
 nection box boards are cut on regular shingle or heading machmes. These 
 nec # . should be guarded and operated as 
 
 suggested elsewhere (see index). 
 
 Cut-off Saws. Cut-off saws 
 should be hooded, and equipped with 
 splitters to guard the off-bearer. 
 When a carriage-fed overhung cut- 
 off is used, the spout carrying waste 
 to the conveyor should be brought 
 up close to the saw or there should 
 be a partition covering the side of 
 the saw to below the bottom, to pro- 
 tect the operator when he reaches 
 into the spout to push anything 
 down. The operator should not bring 
 up stock to the carriage as he pulls 
 the carriage back for another cut. 
 
 Courtesy of J. N. Roberts Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 272. Guard for Rip Saw. 
 
 When saws are set close together in gangs and fed by a hand carnage 
 there should be means of clamping the pieces together for steady feeing. If 
 h y have to be held by hands as they go through, there ,s much nsk of the 
 
1 66 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of Remington Type- 
 writer Works. 
 
 Fig. 273. Mesh Guard 
 for Saw. 
 
 Courtesy of Remington Typewriter 
 Works. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 274. Overhung Saw 
 Guarded. 
 
 hands being cut. It is a good idea to cover these gangs with an inverted " V " 
 trough. Self-feed gang saws, in which the stock is carried through by a chain 
 with brackets, are much safer than the hand-feed ones. It is well to use these 
 
 always for heavy work. 
 
 Fig. 277 (page 167 
 shows guarding of a com- 
 bination trimmer and 
 edger having three saws 
 on one shaft. The over- 
 hung saws, a rip and a cut- 
 off, are stationary at 
 either end, but the cut-off 
 saw in the middle has to traverse the shaft freely for a distance of 18 inches. 
 Each saw is guarded both above and below by reinforced wire mesh, the rip 
 saw has a splitter behind it, and the pierced fingers projecting in front of the 
 upper guards prevent the operators' hands holding the stock on the feeding 
 carriages from getting into the saws. 
 
 It is a good idea, when conditions permit, to fence off cut-off saws placed 
 in a row. Off-bearer boys are apt to fool with each other, increasing the 
 chance of their being injured. Using a carrier belt to take away sawn-off 
 pieces is safer than employing off-bearers. 
 
 Other Machines. The feed rolls of the self-feed box board matcher should 
 be guarded, to prevent hands being caught, by the split pan arrangement, each 
 half of the guard adjusting itself with its roll. The cutters of the sizing ma- 
 chine used in making small boxes should be covered as much as possible, the 
 guard for the movable 
 spindle and cutter head 
 being attached so it will 
 move with them. 
 
 A special combina- 
 tion of jointer and edger 
 can be used to joint one 
 side and two edges of 
 stock for lock corner 
 boxes, which is apt to be- 
 come badly twisted and 
 warped before it is re- 
 sawn. The pieces are 
 ifed by a chain with dogs 
 on it, and sectional pres- 
 sure feet, with spring 
 hold-downs, keep the 
 stock true on the rear 
 table, in which the saw is 
 : set. Nailing machines should have all gears covered, and any belts and 
 -pulleys used. 
 
 Courtesy of Heyzvood Bros. & Wakefield Co. 
 
 Fig. 275. Feeding Apparatus. 
 
PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 
 
 167 
 
 Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. 
 
 Fig. 276. Feeding Apparatus. 
 
 The safest box board printing presses are those in which the boards are 
 taken by the machine from the bottom of a hopper. When a cylinder press 
 is used to which boards are fed one at a time, it is best to have a chain trans- 
 fer with brackets and 
 a long- table. The 
 gears actuating the 
 cylinders should be 
 encased, and the big 
 pulley and belt at the 
 side guarded. A 
 platen press should 
 have a safety device 
 to prevent a hand 
 getting caught be- 
 tween platen and bed. 
 Other machines used 
 in a box factory, such 
 as swing saws, band 
 resaws, sanders, mor- 
 tisers, gang dove- 
 tailers, etc., should be 
 guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). Fig. 278 (page 168) shows a 
 horizontal resaw, used in a box factory, with wheel boxings which act also as 
 guards for the wheel pits, and with a blower hood (swung back in the picture) 
 which serves as a protection for the saw. . 
 
 General. Waste holes should be double railed to a height of 3 1-2 feet, 
 or hoppered with an open space at the bottom into which rubbish may be 
 swept. A good blower system is especially desirable. When a saw is not 
 guarded underneath by the suction pipes of such a system, and no other pro- 
 tection is furnished, the spout leading down to the conveyor should be 
 arranged to protect all of the saw running under the table. Great care should 
 
 be used in piling boxes to a height 
 above the head. 
 
 The yard requires protection similar 
 to that suggested for a saw mill yard (see 
 index). Swinging bridges, or lift plat- 
 forms, leading from one building to an- 
 other should be railed on both sides and 
 each entrance to a bridge should be 
 guarded. This can be automatically 
 done by means of a bar raised as the 
 bridge is lifted up. 
 
 The open side of a permanent out- 
 side platform along which stock is taken 
 on a conveyor from stock room to factory should be fenced. Openings left at 
 places where piling of stock taken from the conveyor is done should be guarded 
 when not in actual use by bars hinged at one end and fitting into sockets at 
 the other. 
 
 Courtesy of Remington Typewriter Works. 
 
 Fig. 277. Trimmer and Edger Guarded. 
 
i68 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of American Thread Co. 
 
 Fig. 278. Band Resaw Guarded. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 Woodenware. The 
 manufacture of wooden 
 chopping bowls, ladles, 
 other kitchen utensils, 
 etc., involves the use of 
 a number of machines 
 common to many wood- 
 working plants, such as 
 drag saws, bolter saws, 
 rip saws, cut-off saws, 
 band saws, buzz plan- 
 ers, sanders, variety 
 and back knife lathes 
 and rounding or dowel 
 machines (see index). 
 
 The bowl lathe 
 
 used for cutting wooden bowls from a split or half bolt, which has a stationary 
 knife, is more dangerous to others in the room than to the operator, whose 
 working position is alongside the machine practically out of the range of fly- 
 ing pieces. To prevent anyone being injured if the spinning bolt should fly 
 off the spindle or should break into pieces, as well as by flying chips, there 
 should be a substantial guard on each 
 side of such a lathe. The operator 
 should take care that the bolt is se- 
 curely fastened on the threaded 
 spindle and that the machine is not 
 speeded too high. Fig. 279 shows the 
 type of screen guard often used to 
 protect employees against chips flying 
 from a variety lathe. 
 
 The chief dangers of the round- 
 ing or dowel machine, through which 
 many of the smaller articles are put 
 before going to the variety lathe, are 
 found in the gearing, pulleys and 
 transmission, which should be well 
 guarded. Fig. 280 (page 169) shows 
 sheet metal guarding of the gears. In 
 operating this machine a workman 
 should be careful not to feed a small 
 piece when the machine is set for a 
 larger one, as the piece is then apt to 
 be thrown out. 
 
 Fig. 281 (page 169) shows a la- 
 dling machine, used for dishing out the 
 
 Courtesy of Chapman-Sargent Co. 
 
 Fig. 279. Screen for Variety Lathe. 
 
PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 
 
 169 
 
 inside of the ladle, with a guard protecting the rear side and top of the knife. 
 The same protection should be ap- 
 plied to the ladling machine which 
 makes the back of the ladle. 
 
 A similar curving shield should 
 be employed to guard the cutters 
 of the automatic machine for cut- 
 ting such oval wood dishes as are 
 used for holding butter, lard, berries, 
 etc., and some machines come fur- 
 nished with it. 
 
 The machine used for finishing, 
 or making a square bottom on 
 wooden trays, in which the knives 
 are set in a disk, should be guarded 
 at the back, to prevent contact with 
 the bolt heads there, and, whenever 
 possible, protection should be given 
 as much of the front as need not be 
 left exposed for doing the work. The 
 dauber, which finishes the inside of 
 the tray, should be fenced in except 
 at the point where the work is held 
 
 Courtesy of Chapman-Sargent Co. 
 
 Fig. 280. Rounding Machine Guarded. 
 
 against the revolving wheel in which the knives are set. 
 
 Baskets. Many of the machines used in the manufacture of baskets, such 
 
 as drag saws, rotary veneer cutters, veneer clippers and circular and band 
 
 saws, should be guarded as suggested 
 elsewhere (see index). Some of the 
 machines used for stapling involve 
 the danger of the operator getting a 
 finger pierced by a staple or crushed 
 by the staple drive. When such 
 danger exists, the operator having to 
 place finger or thumb quite close to 
 the stapling point, it is difficult to 
 provide protection, as it is necessary 
 for the operator to see the stapling 
 point in doing the work. For some 
 of such work the metallic thimble 
 used in connection with corner stay- 
 ing machines in paper box making 
 might advantageously be employed. 
 For making one-piece baskets there 
 are automatic machines to which the 
 veneer is fed from a roll and in which 
 stapling and all is done by the ma- 
 
 Courtesy of Chapman-Sargent Co. 
 
 Fig. 281. Ladling Machine Guarded. 
 
 chine. There are also automatic basket strip cutting machines. 
 
170 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 The bottom machine, for making the rounded end for the bottom of a 
 peach basket, should have its revolving disk in which the knives are set cov- 
 ered at back, on top, and in front well down toward the stand or rest on which 
 the material is placed, leaving just room enough for the cutting to be done. 
 
 Brushes. The saws, planers, shapers, turning lathes, borers and other 
 common machines found in a brush factory should be guarded as suggested 
 elsewhere (see index). In drilling brush handle holes it is well to use some 
 mechanical arrangement instead of pressing the wood with bare hands against 
 the boring tool. Such arrangements are used largely in Germany, and they 
 have reduced the number of accidents in this work very materially. 
 
 Spools and Bobbins. The circular saws, lathes and rounding machines 
 used in making spools and bobbins should be guarded generally as suggested 
 elsewhere (see index). When a blower system is used, the knives of the 
 
 rounding machine can be 
 completely covered by a 
 hood. Automatic turning 
 machines for spools can be 
 used, to which the rounded 
 pieces are fed through a hop- 
 per. 
 
 Some of the double 
 spindle bobbin boring and 
 reaming machines should 
 have a shield alongside of 
 the spindles back of the 
 hand wheel for moving the 
 work from one bit to the 
 other. The bobbin grooving 
 machine, for cutting grooves 
 in the ends of bobbins, should 
 have a band guard over the 
 
 Courtesv of Dodge Mfg. Co. * 
 
 top and back of the saw at 
 Fig. 282. Rimming-out Machine Guarded. ,, -, r ,, , • 
 
 the end of the machine. 
 
 Spool and bobbin disc dividing saws should be protected by a hood coming 
 
 down as low as possible. 
 
 Cross Arms. The rounding planer, for chamfering or rounding tops of! 
 cross-arms, should have its cutter head guarded by a hood, or at least by ai 
 curving shield, and the front feed roll should be protected. When the cutting 
 heads of a rounder travel, each can be protected, and is by some makers, by 
 a shield attached to its framework. 
 
 Wood Pulleys. One of the potentially dangerous machines used in mak-; 
 ing wood pulleys is the rimming-out machine for facing or rimming out the 
 inside of the pulley. The fast-moving traveling arms of this machine have. 1 
 caused many very serious injuries to employees passing by. The plane of 
 rotation of these arms should be well guarded whenever there is any danger 
 of contact with them. Fig. 282 shows such a machine guarded by a wooden 
 
PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 171 
 
 boxing and by a table which prevents anyone walking into the machine while 
 in motion. 
 
 Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
 other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
 Etc. 
 
POWER GENERATION, 
 TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 BOILERS. 
 
 Only experienced men should be in charge of boilers, and no one not 
 employed in a boiler room should be allowed there. In every boiler room an 
 easily readable placard containing rules for boiler tenders should be hung up 
 in a conspicuous place. A boiler room should be well lighted, especially in the 
 vicinity of the gauge glass and the steam gauge. The room should be kept 
 well cleaned up, all material being kept far enough away so as not to prevent 
 
 ready access, especially to the 
 
 safety apparatus. During working 
 
 hours the exits should be kept free 
 
 and unlocked. 
 
 Care. The most important 
 
 thing in taking care of a boiler 
 
 with a view to its safety is to have 
 
 it examined frequently by an ex- 
 pert boiler inspector and to follow 
 
 his directions implicitly. 
 
 The water column should be 
 
 blown out and the gauge cocks 
 
 tried the first thing each morning, 
 
 to determine the height of the 
 
 water in the boiler. Fires should 
 
 never be started or unbanked until 
 
 this is done. The steam gauge 
 
 should be tested by opening and 
 
 closing the stop cock to see if the 
 
 hand moves freely, the safety valve 
 
 lifted to see if it is working 
 
 properly, and the feed tried to see 
 
 if water will go in. All valves 
 should be opened very gradually. To make sure that the water column is 
 kept clear, it should be blown out by opening bleeder valve, for a few seconds, 
 several times daily. In addition to this the gauge cocks should be frequently 
 used. 
 
 In case of low water the fire should immediately be covered with wet 
 ashes. The feed should not be turned on under any circumstances, nor the 
 safety valve tampered with or opened. The steam outlets should remain as 
 they are. After pressure is reduced the fire should be drawn and the boiler 
 
 
 
 
 H — 
 
 w* 
 
 
 ll 
 
 \ I; 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 v. 
 
 - 
 
 
 ; Ik 
 
 
 m - "*— ^*Bi^ 
 
 W '■§ 
 
 
 
 li , f '-"Hft 
 
 V 
 
 Hf"'"i 
 
 
 viS 
 
 Courtesy of National 
 Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 283. Gauge 
 Glass Cover. 
 
 Courtesy of National 
 Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 284. Gauge 
 
 Glass Cover, Front 
 
 Half Removed. 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 173 
 
 cooled off, after which the boiler should be opened up and examined by an 
 expert. 
 
 If the boiler is " dead " and has to be fired up, this should be done grad- 
 ually without forcing 
 the fire, to prevent 
 unusual expansion of 
 the boiler. 
 
 The steam gauge 
 should be compared 
 with the safety valve 
 when the latter 
 blows off, and if they 
 do not agree the 
 trouble should be lo- 
 cated at once. 
 
 All gauges, 
 cocks, etc., should al- 
 ways be kept clean 
 and in good order 
 
 Courtesy of Link-Belt Co. 
 
 Fig. 285. Engine Flywheel and Crank Guarded. 
 
 Automatic valves should be examined sufficiently often to assure their acting 
 properly in such emergencies as the bursting of tubes. 
 
 Generally boilers should be blown down two gauges once or twice a day. 
 
 and entirely emptied and cleaned and 
 examined once a week. Internal sur- 
 faces should be kept free from scale 
 or deposit. 
 
 Every boiler should be provided 
 with a fusible plug, the inner end of 
 which should be kept free from scale, 
 and it is advisable to have a high and 
 low water alarm. These should be 
 watched carefully and the latter 
 tested every day. 
 
 When leaks are discovered, they 
 should be repaired as soon as possible. 
 If leaks occur at longitudinal seams, 
 the boiler should be shut down im- 
 mediately and investigated. No leak 
 should be calked when a boiler is 
 under pressure. 
 
 Cold water should never be 
 
 pumped into a hot boiler. No water 
 
 should be allowed to come in contact 
 
 with the exterior of a boiler. 
 
 If there are two gauge glasses, both should be used continuously. ^ The 
 
 steam gauge should be tested from time to time to see whether the indicator 
 
 goes back to zero when the steam is shut off. 
 
 Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 286. Manhole Guard 
 
i74 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 When the steam pressure exceeds the amount allowed, on account of 
 shutting down of the engine, etc., water should be run into the boiler and the 
 draft diminished. If this is not sufficient, the fire should be partly covered. 
 Care should be taken that the steam pressure does not exceed the highest 
 pressure allowed. 
 
 When cutting a boiler into header, the pressure should be equalized as 
 nearly as possible. Then the by-pass should be opened first, and afterward 
 the main valve. If there is no by-pass, the header valve should only be cracked 
 open until the pressures are perfectly balanced, then opened wide. 
 
 Safety Valve. The safety valve should be of sufficient size to handle all 
 the steam a boiler can make. There should be no valve between the safety 
 valve and the boiler. No extra weight should be hung on a lever valve, and 
 
 the tension springs in pop valves should 
 be set by a boiler expert. Safety valves 
 should be arranged so that the escap- 
 ing steam does not fill the boiler room. 
 Feed. There should be two inde- 
 pendent means of feeding a boiler. All 
 water column connections to a boiler 
 should be of ample size and kept free 
 from scale and corrosion. The feed line 
 to each separate boiler should be pro- 
 vided with a check valve, between two 
 stop valves so that the check valve 
 can be taken apart and examined. 
 
 Blow-off. Every boiler should 
 have a bottom blow-off pipe, and a sur- 
 face blow-off when the nature of the 
 water requires it. Blow-off pipes 
 should be of extra heavy material, 
 should if possible be equipped with 
 swing or expansion joints, and the dis- 
 charge should be so located as not to 
 involve danger to passers-by. Blow-off 
 pipes should be inspected regularly for corrosion inside and outside. Blow-off 
 valves should be kept tight. When boilers are blown off into an overflow 
 tank or any enclosed tank with vent and overflow, such tank should be built 
 to stand boiler pressure. 
 
 Gauge Glass. Gauge glasses should be made of the best Scotch glass 
 and the glands should be kept in line. The gauge glass should fit as loosely 
 as possible in the glands to allow for expansion, and the water column valves 
 should be perfectly true so that the glass in expanding will not bind on one 
 side. No gland should be tightened on the gauge glass without the watei 
 column first being shut off. In turning on, steam should be turned on first, 
 and water next. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 Fig. 287. Guard for Governor Balls 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 175 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 288. Metal Hood for Line Shaft 
 Clutch. 
 
 The gauge glass should be of such height that when water appears 
 in it there is an inch of water over the front end of tubes. 
 
 Gauge glasses should be guarded 
 by slit tubing or Mississippi wire 
 glass, or otherwise, in such a way as 
 not to prevent ready observation of 
 the state of the water. When insert- 
 ing or testing a water gauge, a work- 
 man should wear wire gauze goggles 
 to protect his eyes. 
 
 Runways, Valves, Etc. Run- 
 ways, properly railed and lighted, 
 should be placed on boilers, and 
 should lead from boiler to boiler. 
 These runways should provide access 
 to all valves, etc., which need to be 
 regularly used and inspected. Prop- 
 erly guarded stairs or ladders should 
 give access to these runways. If pos- 
 sible, main stop valves should be 
 workable, in case of need, by hanging 
 chains or from an adjoining room. 
 
 Sewers or hot-wells for steam or 
 hot water should be covered with metal, brick or cement, never with plank- 
 ing alone. Pipe lines should not be 
 laid on the top of a floor, as they may 
 cause men to trip over them. Steam 
 and hot water pipes within reach of 
 passageways, etc., should be properly 
 covered to avoid burns. 
 
 Boilers and steam lines should be 
 equipped with non-return valves. Two 
 valves should always be provided be- 
 tween each boiler and the main 
 header, so that one valve may be 
 taken apart for repairs and kept 
 perfectly tight without taking steam 
 off the main. It is well to drill a hole 
 in the steam gauge case, to let pos- 
 sible leakage out and prevent ex- 
 plosion. 
 
 Cleaning. A workman should 
 never go into a boiler before closing 
 main stop, blow-off and feed valves 
 and attaching to each of them a sign warning everyone not to move it, as 
 there is a man in the boiler. No workman should open a valve or slide to 
 
 Courtesy of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 289. Screen Guard for Overhead 
 Clutch. 
 
176 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 which such a sign is attached, until he has seen that no one is in the boiler. 
 In plants of the National Tube Co. a split and hinged metal case painted red 
 is slipped over the header valve wheel and locked, the man who is going into 
 
 the boiler taking the key with him. It 
 is advisable that a workman should 
 never go into a boiler unless there is 
 someone outside on the watch. Two 
 men should " spell off " in cleaning a 
 boiler, one man being on the outside 
 to assist the man cleaning in case of 
 need. 
 When boilers are taken off for cleaning, the main stop 
 valves in the steam connection should be shut. Dependence 
 should not be placed on automatic quick closing valves alone. 
 In entering a boiler no lighting material should be used which 
 is easily inflammable at higher temperatures. 
 
 Dutch Ovens. When Dutch ovens are used, the holes in 
 the top should be kept covered, preferably with a hinged cover 
 counterweighted, at all times when not actually in use. They 
 should have pipe railings on three sides whenever the method 
 of feeding will permit. 
 
 
 WATER WHEELS AND TURBINES. 
 
 Protection should be provided at head gates and passageways over dams, 
 raking platforms and forebay. 
 
 Where flash boards are used on a dam and have to be removed at high 
 water, on account of there being no overflow gate, a bridge should be built 
 over the dam and a railing provided on both sides. The flash boards should be 
 taken up through the platform of the bridge and covers should be provided 
 for the openings in the platform through which the flash boards are passed. 
 The dam construction in all cases should be so that flash boards from six to 
 eight feet long can be used. Where 
 flash boards have to be replaced oc- 
 casionally, especially at high water, 
 they should never be over eight feet 
 long. If longer, a control or overflow 
 gate should be provided so that 
 workmen will not have to handle 
 flash boards under high water. A 
 railing, preferably of iron, should be 
 provided around the headgate, and 
 also on any passageways along the 
 forebay. 
 
 On the raking platforms where racks are raked or cleaned a railing should 
 be provided the entire length. The uprights or supports for this railing should 
 extend outward from the face of platform at an angle of about sixty degrees, 
 
 ^ mmm ~^ttK : 
 
 
 
 
 
 tt^ JP 
 
 ~^B2 
 
 If 
 
 I. 
 
 m 
 
 B 
 
 Courtesy of Murchie Iron Collar Co. 
 
 Fig. 291. Safety Clamp Collar. 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC, 
 
 177 
 
 and should be three feet high, and placed some eight or ten feet apart. They 
 should be fastened very rigidly and a substantial railing -placed on them, allow- 
 ing a good margin for safety should anyone fall over on the railing or take 
 hold of it for protection. If the railing is placed in this position, it will not 
 interfere with the rackman raking the racks. He can place his rake under the 
 rail and it will allow him to pull the rake up in a vertical position, so as to 
 remove the waste. If the uprights are placed some eight or ten feet apart, it 
 allows space enough to remove logs under all ordinary conditions. 
 
 Water Wheels. A water wheel should be wholly fenced in, whether 
 the wheel is in a house or out in the open. An iron railing or a strong picket 
 fence, at least 3 1-2 feet high, is the best protection. If a railing is used, there 
 should be double rails. A pas- 
 sage leading to an outside bearing 
 should be double hand-railed, 
 well clear of the rim, spokes and 
 hub of the wheel. All wooden 
 walks and runways out over a 
 dam and around a wheel should 
 be cleated, to prevent slipping on 
 them when wet by spray. Walks 
 and runways should be double 
 hand-railed. Clutch connections, 
 shafts and gearing should be 
 covered. All connections to oil 
 bearings should be equipped 
 with an extended pipe, so the 
 oiler can work in safety. 
 
 Turbines. The bevel gears 
 above and the top of the shaft 
 should be well guarded. A hous- 
 ing of slatted wood or heavy 
 wire mesh, with facilities for 
 opening at oiling points, is pref- 
 erable to even the heaviest railings. Platforms or runways over pits or pen- 
 stocks should be protected on both sides, as they are nearly always wet. When 
 an electric generator is direct driven by a turbine, the flywheel should be 
 fenced around. 
 
 ENGINES. 
 
 No one but a competent engineer should be allowed to run an engine. 
 Persons not employed in the engine room should not be allowed in it. Engine 
 rooms should be well lighted and kept clean. Parts of the floor most used 
 should be covered with rubber mats or other arrangements for assuring a 
 firm footing. 
 
 An engine should be equipped with an efficient governor, with an approved 
 automatic speed limit stop which should be kept in the best of condition, 
 and with buttons in the engine room and throughout the mill by which the 
 
 Courtesy of B. F. Goodrich Co. 
 
 Fig. 292. Guard for Floor Countershafts, Etc. 
 
i 7 8 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 engine can be shut down from different points in case of need. This button 
 system should be tested at least once a week. In some plants the engine is 
 shut down daily by means of the button system. So far as possible, engines 
 
 should be provided 
 with automatic lubri- 
 cating devices. 
 
 Care. A factory 
 engine should never 
 be started or stopped 
 without first blowing 
 a warning whistle 
 audible all over the 
 mill. Safety devices 
 on the engine should 
 be examined daily to 
 see that they work 
 properly. All belts, 
 pins, and cams should 
 be examined daily 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. r i r , /-~>i 
 
 for defects. Cleaning 
 
 Fig. 203. Screen for Belts and Pulleys. r • *. r 
 
 s yo - r of moving parts of an 
 
 engine should be done only when it is standing still. 
 
 •When men work on line shafts 
 or anything directly connected with 
 the engine, the man in charge should 
 first hang a sign on the throttle-valve 
 wheel, and the engine should not be 
 started until this man has himself re- 
 moved the sign. When men are so 
 working at times when the engine is 
 shut down, the engine should not be 
 started up until notice has been re- 
 ceived from these men, and then only 
 after blowing the warning whistle. 
 
 Fencings. The flywheel should 
 be guarded with a plate or mesh 
 screen or an iron picket fence coming 
 down to the floor, or with a double 
 pipe railing with a toe board at the 
 floor level extending up at least 6 
 inches. If possible, this fencing 
 should be at least 15 inches from the 
 wheel or belt, when it need 'not necessarily be higher than 3 1-2 feet. If it 
 has to be set close for lack of space, it should be at least 6 feet high, and if 
 of piping should be filled in with wire mesh. 
 
 Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co. Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 294. Slat Belt and Pulley Guards. 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 i 79 
 
 The connecting rod, cross-head, crank-pit and crank shaft in many cases 
 require similar fencing to a height of at least 3 1-2 feet. When the drive belt 
 or ropes are within 7 feet of the floor, they should be guarded. If such a belt 
 runs partially under the floor, its entire run should be covered with sound 
 flooring. Flywheels of air pumps, air compressors, lighting engines and 
 auxiliary engines should be fenced. 
 
 All railings or other fencings should if possible be far enough away from 
 moving parts to prevent accidental contact, but not so far away as to give 
 room for a passageway inside them. No tools, clothing, or other articles 
 should be kept within fencings. Every floor opening should be railed off, 
 with a toe board at the floor, or have some suitable trap door, such as is 
 shown in Fig. 286 (page 173). All entrances to floor depressions should be 
 on an incline, and the other sides of the depressions railed. 
 
 Governor. The governor should be kept clean and examined daily to see 
 that its mechanism is in 
 proper working order. 
 If the governor is belt- 
 driven, the belt should 
 always be an endless one, 
 never made up of several 
 pieces. The belt should 
 run on well-flanged pul- 
 leys, or have a belt guide. 
 It should be strong, se- 
 curely fastened, and kept 
 in good shape, so it will 
 not slip. An oil-soaked 
 belt should never be al- 
 lowed to run a governor. 
 B e 1 t-driven governors 
 should always be 
 equipped with broken 
 belt stops. 
 
 The keys and screws securing the gears of a gear-driven governor should 
 be examined frequently to avoid any chance of slipping. To assure governor 
 pulleys or gears being tight on the shaft they should be fastened with a set 
 screw as well as a key. Governor gears should be guarded at the meshing 
 point, if not wholly covered. 
 
 On fly-ball governors the stop pin should always release automatically 
 from the governor as soon as the engine has come up to speed. An automatic 
 device can easily be installed to assure the removal of this pin. One way is 
 to hinge the stop pin at the bottom to the governor frame so it will drop by 
 gravity as soon as the pressure of the governor shaft on it is removed. The 
 safety cams should never be removed or set back or the governor blocked. 
 
 If the governor balls are located near a passageway or so that close 
 approach to them is necessary, they should run inside of a hemispherical metal 
 or wire mesh cup, or be encircled by a metal strip or rod, as shown in Fig. 
 287 (page 174). 
 
 9/ 
 
 **« 
 
 —j - __ _f . . 
 
 ^ A* 
 
 imm 
 
 ■ - 1 t - 
 
 H 
 II 
 
 
 II 
 
 W/ A>+ "<' 
 
 
 — -J._ . . ..- ■ ; 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 295. Line Shaft Motor Drive Guards. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Flywheels. A flywheel should be inspected daily to see that its bolts and 
 keys are tight. It should also be examined frequently for cracks, and many 
 consider a hammer test advisable at regular intervals. Flywheels should be 
 kept clean. A flywheel should be kept running true, as running out of true will 
 tend to crystallize the shaft, which then may break at any time. The shaft for 
 a flywheel should always be of ample diameter and strength. Otherwise 
 the wheel will twist the shaft and run out of true. 
 
 To prevent a flywheel breaking from overspeeding it, it should be 
 examined periodically by a flywheel expert, who should after each examination 
 furnish a written statement of the speed within which the engine can be run 
 to allow sufficient factor of safety for the flywheel. This statement should 
 
 be posted up in the engine room where 
 the engineer will be sure to see it in 
 the course of his daily work. 
 
 Runways, Stairways, Etc. Run- 
 ways or stairs or ladders should be 
 provided by which to reach valves. 
 Stairs or ladders giving access to 
 emergency valves should always be 
 stationary. Preferably emergency 
 valves should be arranged so that they 
 can be worked from below by means of 
 a chain hanging down. Where an oiler 
 goes on top of the engine or bearings, 
 iron stairs should be provided, with 
 suitable railings. 
 
 All elevated platforms and walks 
 should be provided with double hand- 
 rails and toe boards, both on the out- 
 side and on the side toward moving 
 parts. Railed stairways or stationary 
 iron ladders should lead to them. 
 Fig. 296. Guard for Belt Coming Stairs should not be built at a sharper 
 
 Through Floor. angle than 50 degrees, beyond which 
 
 only ladders should be used. Ladders should always be made of iron, and 
 stationary. 
 
 Gears, Keys, Shafts, Etc. Any gears about the engine, or elsewhere in the 
 engine room, should be wholly covered if possible. Keys should not be 
 allowed to project from hubs of small flywheels where no outboard bearing 
 is used, as on some lighting and auxiliary engines. All shafts to which close 
 approach is necessary should be tubed, railed or otherwise guarded. A pro- 
 jecting tail rod should be wholly enclosed in a stationary casing. 
 
 Steam pipes and cylinders subject to outside contact should be covered 
 with non-conducting material or otherwise properly guarded. Sewers or catch 
 basins for steam or hot water should be covered with metal, brick or cement, 
 never only with planking. Exhaust pipes should always discharge into exhaust 
 pits with metal covers, or well over the roof, unless carried to points where the 
 exhaust steam is put to use. 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 181 
 
 Other Safety Devices. Suitable means should be provided for turning 
 the engine off center, when necessary, without danger to employees. Con- 
 densing engine safety devices for shutting off steam in case the engine begins 
 to " race " should be such that they will also break the vacuum at the same 
 
 time. 
 
 There should be a steam gauge in the engine room showing the pressure 
 on the boilers in use. There should be a steam separator on engine supply 
 pipes, placed as close as possible to the throttle. Separators, steam-reservoirs, 
 and drop-legs should be provided with gauge glasses. A drain pipe should 
 lead from all low places in steam line, separators, water-legs, etc., to a trap. 
 
 SHAFTING. 
 
 The ideal system of transmitting 
 power is motor drive, preferably by an 
 individual motor for each machine in a 
 plant. When line shafting is used, one 
 line should drive machines on two floors 
 wherever possible. Power should be 
 transmitted independently to each line 
 of shafting on different floors, and 
 clutches should be provided so one shaft 
 may be cut out without interfering with 
 others. Means of ready communication 
 with the prime mover room should be 
 provided in each room of a factory, and 
 it is advisable also to have there means 
 of immediately shutting down the prime 
 mover. Plenty of bearing surface should 
 be provided for a shaft to run in. Hang- 
 ers should be numerous and strong, and 
 should be examined often to see they are 
 secure A realignment of shafting and Courtesy of Huttveiker & Briggs Co. 
 bearings should be made at least once a Fig. 297 . Gu | r 4^ r ew ^ y otor Belt near 
 year. Shafting should be kept clean. 
 
 Guarding. High overhead shafting should be protected, for a sufficient 
 distance on either side of points which may have to be approached, by means 
 of metal tubes, U- or V-shaped metal or wood shields supported from ceiling 
 or wall, or other effective device, or a service platform should be provided, 
 railed and toe-boarded on both sides. Elevated shafting within reach from the 
 floor should have a U- or V-shaped trough of metal or wood beneath it, or 
 other efficient protection. Shafting near the floor should be entirely encased 
 or guarded by fencings, with doors or flaps for access at necessary points. 
 When such shafting cannot be entirely enclosed, railings should prevent people 
 approaching it except at points where safe passageways are provided. Vertical 
 shafts should be surrounded by metal, wire mesh or wood casings to a height 
 of 6 or 7 feet. Drive shafts of live rolls or roller tables should be guarded by 
 hinged metal covers over the top and by hinged aprons of metal or wire 
 screen extending down from the top covers over the shafts. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Couplings, Gears, Clutches, Etc. All couplings should be of safety type 
 or be covered. Spur, bevel, or other gears should be covered. Safety collars 
 or headless set screws should be used, or projecting set screws guarded. Keys 
 should be covered or cut off, key-ways covered, and projecting shaft ends cut 
 off or encased in a stationary cover. Friction clutches should be guarded. A 
 metal hood for a clutch is shown in Fig. 288 (page 175), and a screen guard 
 in Fig. 289 (page 175). 
 
 Oiling, Etc. An automatic system should be used, wherever possible, for 
 oiling overhead bearings, or the oiling should be done from the floor above by 
 means of small pipes, or the oiling should be done when the shafting is not in 
 motion. Where oiling is not done thus, and there is no service platform, oilers 
 should use safety ladders. Even with a service platform, the oiling can well 
 
 be done through metal pipes extend- 
 ing out from the bearings. One ex- 
 perienced man specially charged with 
 the duty should do all oiling, and he 
 should wear tight-fitting clothing and 
 should use oil cans with long enough 
 stems to keep his hands out of danger. 
 There are safety cans through which 
 the oil is forced by pressing a button, 
 and which can be provided with as 
 long a spout as necessary, so a man 
 can stand on the floor and oil overhead 
 bearings which are not too high up. 
 
 Work on Shafting. It is best not 
 to place a ladder against shafting in 
 motion on which oiling or other work 
 has to be clone, but when this cannot be 
 avoided the ladder can well have hooks 
 at its upper end to hold it on the shaft. 
 It should also have sharp steel points, 
 or other means of preventing slipping, 
 at the bottom, and should be built 
 wider at bottom than at top. It is 
 dangerous to place a ladder against 
 a wall close to line shafting in motion, as a man working in a cramped position 
 between shafting and wall is especially exposed to danger. 
 
 When a man is going to do work on line shafting which is shut down, 
 he should always hang a danger sign on the throttle of the engine or the con- 
 troller of the motor or the lever of the friction clutch or pulley. On motor 
 driven shafting it is well to have a safety switch at the top of the means of 
 approach to the shafting, which can be opened by anyone working on the shaft. 
 
 COUPLINGS, COLLARS, SET SCREWS. 
 
 Couplings. Safety couplings requiring no bolts or keys should be used, 
 or couplings should be so made or guarded that no projecting bolt heads and 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 298. Guard for Overhead Hori- 
 zontal Belt. 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 iS- 
 
 niits or key-ways are left exposed. Good styles of couplings are made either 
 with a thickened flange in which the bolts are countersunk or with a rim 
 flange beyond which the fastenings need not project. With each of these 
 care should be taken to keep the bolt heads below the flanges. It is well also 
 to enclose the sides with metal disks. When couplings are near the floor or a 
 wall, it is a good idea to have them entirely enclosed or protected with shields. 
 Collars. The projecting set screw should be eliminated from all collars, 
 wherever situated. One of the best methods is to countersink the 
 screws, or use a collar with safety flanges high enough to keep 
 the head of a screw from protruding beyond them. A protrud- 
 ing head can be guarded by a rubber protector fitting over it, by a wooden 
 collar with a hole in it for the head, by a metal plate shaped to fit over the 
 screw and sprung around the shaft, or by leather or rubber belting wound 
 around the collar, the screw extending through a hole in the belting at each 
 turn until belting and screw are flush. Headless set screws are now made 
 which thorough tests have 
 proved to be practical, and 
 flat-headed screws, slotted 
 for a screw-driver, are some- 
 times used for certain kinds 
 of work. There are also 
 safety collars which clamp a 
 shaft without the aid of set 
 screws. 
 
 In saw mills set screws 
 
 in collars are often protected 
 
 by nailing a 2 x 4 strip of 
 
 wood to a timber below or 
 
 at the side of the collar and 
 
 fastening to it a metal band 
 
 about four inches wide 
 
 curved over the screw. When 
 
 it is necessary to get at the 
 
 screw the strip can be quickly pulled loose and slid along the shaft out of the 
 
 way. A couple of taps with a hammer will put the guard back in place. 
 
 Set Screws. The revolving set screw is dangerous elsewhere as well as 
 
 on a shaft, and all set screws on revolving parts of machines should be of 
 
 safetv type, countersunk, or guarded. Machine spindles and chucks can easily 
 
 be "made to hold tools without set screws, and often the headless or slotted 
 
 head screw can be used on them. When a protruding screw is used, it should 
 
 be guarded as suggested above. 
 
 Key-ways. Open key-ways should always be covered. 
 
 BELTS AND PULLEYS. 
 
 As woodworking machinery is necessarily driven at a very high rate of 
 speed, belts and pulleys require special attention in the matter of efficient 
 guarding as well as those of equipment and care. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 299. Planer Belt Guards. 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 \ 
 
 Guarding. All pulleys and belts of woodworking machines need good 
 guarding, because of their great speed, the tendency of floors about them to be 
 slippery, and the frequent crowded conditions due to machines setting close 
 together or material filling up space that otherwise would be open. 
 
 Floor countershafts and the belts running from them to machines should 
 be fenced off. Belts coming down from overhead shafting should be encased 
 up to a height of 7 feet from the floor. Belts running in a slanting direction 
 can be guarded by a channel or trough, in which the lower part of the belt 
 runs. The upper part of such a belt can be protected to a sufficient height, 
 when necessary, by an inverted channel. Belts running through a floor 
 
 should be encased above the floor to a 
 height of at least 7 feet. If the belt is 
 not otherwise protected below the floor, 
 it is a good plan to have a curved board 
 or metal guard, somewhat wider than 
 the pulley, encircle the pulley and ex- 
 tend on the outer sides of the belt to 
 fastenings on the ceiling. All belt holes 
 in floors should be guarded, to prevent 
 workmen stepping through them or 
 tools and material falling through and 
 being caught and thrown. Belts should 
 not lead to machines on an angle when 
 this can be avoided, whether coming up 
 from below or down from above. Such 
 belts are especially dangerous when un- 
 guarded, and guarding them takes up 
 much space. 
 
 Belts running wholly or partially 
 lower than 7 feet above the floor should 
 be boxed in or railed off, preferably by 
 wire screening. All very low running 
 belts should be boxed in or fenced off, 
 and at necessary points passageways 
 over them should be provided, equipped 
 with double hand-rails and toe boards. 
 When a low-lying belt has board guards placed vertically along each side, as 
 is sometimes done, the boards should be wide enough to allow for sagging. 
 When a belt runs horizontally at a height greater than 7 feet above the floor, 
 the under part should run in a channel, preferably of wire mesh, supported 
 from the ceiling and extended at each end up to above the pulley, or a screen 
 or flat board should be placed beneath it. 
 
 All low running pulleys should be completely housed and other pulleys 
 near points which ever require to be approached should be fenced. If not 
 housed or fenced, and of the spoke variety, the spokes should be covered with 
 a metal or wooden disk. This disk should be easily detachable to facilitate 
 frequent examination of the pulley for broken spokes or cracks. All friction 
 clutch pulleys should be guarded. They can well be enclosed in metal or 
 mesh casings. 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Cc. 
 
 Fig. 300. Guard on Boring Machine 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 x85 
 
 Owing to the fire hazard, guards of wire mesh, expanded metal or 
 wooden slats are preferable to solid housings, as they tend to prevent the 
 accumulation of dust and dirt and other inflammable material. For the same 
 reason it is usually desirable that guards around floor countershafting, etc., 
 do not extend quite down to the floor, so that stuff accumulating at the bot- 
 tom can easily be swept out. Where the belt or countershaft . mechanism 
 is so situated, however, that a stray piece of waste stock or other material 
 might get into it, the guard can well extend close to the floor, having a 
 hinged section for clearing out accumulated rubbish and for access for lubri- 
 cation, etc. 
 
 Belt Shifters, Etc., Every machine not direct driven by an individual 
 motor should have a loose 
 pulley and a belt shifter, or 
 a clutch. A machine direct 
 driven by motor should have 
 its switch within easy reach 
 of its operator. 
 
 A belt shifter should be 
 permanent and within easy 
 reach of the operator, and 
 whenever possible it should 
 be so designed that it can- 
 not rest at any intermediate 
 place between having the belt 
 entirely on the loose pulley 
 or absolutely to the extreme 
 limit away from it. The 
 shifter sometimes may well 
 be equipped with an efficient 
 device for locking the belt on 
 the loose pulley only. A 
 home-made shifter is often in 
 such a position that anyone 
 coming near it can easily 
 move it one way or the other. 
 
 Where no lock or balance weight is used, a man shifting a belt from 
 tight pulley to loose should be careful to see that the belt is well home on the 
 loose pulley, so that it will not slip back and start the machine. Creeping of 
 a belt from loose pulley back to tight is sometimes prevented by having the 
 loose pulley run on a sleeve not revolving with the shaft or spindle, collars 
 on the sleeve preventing end motion of the loose pulley toward the tight one. 
 Sometimes a tight pulley is made a little larger than the loose one, with a slight 
 bevel edge on it. All loose pulleys should be well lubricated. 
 
 When a belt persists in slipping from one pulley to another, it is best to 
 go to the root of the trouble, lining up the overhead rigging, leveling the ma- 
 chine and squaring up the pulleys, and seeing that the belt is not strained to 
 
 Courtesy of Tennessee Coal & Iron Co. 
 
 Fig. 301. Planer Gears and Belts Guarded. 
 
i86 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 death nor pulled out of shape. If the belt is flexible, will stay straight on the 
 floor when laid out free from a load, and is square at the butt and properly 
 spliced, it can be depended upon. 
 
 A belt shifter should be used with cone pulleys, as well as the ordinary 
 kind. There are cone pulley shifters which are practicable for most kinds 
 of work. 
 
 Care of Belts. The equipment and care of belts in woodworking plants 
 are very important as they get severe usage, being run at very high, speed 
 and often at great tension over small pulleys. Belts should always be of suf- 
 ficient size to transmit the power, as 
 otherwise the life of the belt will be 
 shortened and it will be a continual 
 source of trouble. It will also become 
 dangerous, as when it works under con- 
 ditions more straining than those for 
 which it was intended it is liable to part 
 and fly. Belts should have as few lac- 
 ings or other fastenings as possible, and 
 frequent examination should be made 
 to see that the fastenings are secure 
 and that no parts of them project be- 
 yond the belt. Endless belts are the 
 best to use and the whole belt should 
 be of the same width and thickness. 
 
 Belt fastenings should not be of a 
 character to catch clothing, they should 
 be kept as smooth as possible, and they 
 should not be too close to the edges 
 of the belt. Laces should set close to 
 the belt and have no projecting ends. 
 The ends of the belt should butt close. 
 A gap caused by the lacing slackening 
 and the ends drawing apart is danger- 
 ous, both to operator and machine. 
 Metal fastenings should be turned over 
 with a hammer on the points or teeth, 
 so that there will be a minimum chance 
 of catching on anything. The cemented joint or splice is excellent in its way 
 and with the help of a tightener pulley is kept in tension with ease. Such a 
 joint needs to be very carefully cemented, and the extreme ends of the over- 
 lapping belt must be intimately united where the thin section meets the thick 
 one. This is the point where they may pull away when in use, causing an end 
 to project dangerously. 
 
 Belts on Overhead Pulleys. Belt placers should be used, when possible, 
 for replacing belts on overhead pulleys. These appliances should be kept 
 in a conspicuous place where they may easily be found. A simple appliance 
 consists of a pole with a coned or straight and smooth spindle secured to the 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 302. Band Saw Guards 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 187 
 
 end. A belt placer frequently used consists of a pole with a bolt through 
 one end fastened with a nut on either side of the pole to hold it rigid, the head 
 of the bolt being cut off to make it a straight smooth pin. The pole of a belt 
 placer should be about 1 foot shorter than the distance from the pulley to the 
 floor, so that the man using it will have to hold it at his side. A belt should 
 not be placed on or taken off an overhead pulley by hand when avoidable. 
 
 A belt should always be placed on the side of the pulley running away 
 from the man placing it. In unshipping a belt it should always be thrown off 
 the driving pulley, not the driven. If a ladder is used for replacing a belt on 
 an overhead pulley, the ladder should be set 
 on the side of the pulley opposite the belt. 
 Another man should be stationed at the bot- 
 tom of the ladder to prevent its swinging to 
 one side. It is best to have one experienced 
 man to take care of belts and to put them on 
 overhead pulleys and remove them. 
 
 When a belt is removed from the driving 
 pulley on shafting, it should never be allowed 
 to hang loosely on the shaft, as the two sides 
 of the belt may come in contact and the re- 
 sulting friction wrap both around the shaft 
 and then wind the belt around it. There 
 should always be a perch on which to hang 
 the belt, made of strong material and prefer- 
 ably of a shape conforming to the arc of the 
 pulley. 
 
 General. When two pulleys are close to- 
 gether, or one is near a hanger, there should be 
 a hook to catch the belt if it should slip off 
 and prevent its wedging or falling on the 
 shaft. If two pulleys are very close together 
 and no such belt rest can be provided, the 
 space between them can be filled up with a 
 wooden pulley of the size of the regular pul- 
 leys or of the smaller one of the two. Un- 
 guarded belts should be approached with 
 
 great care. The}^ not only catch clothing easily, but the electricity a belt 
 accumulates may throw anyone touching it off his balance and possibly 
 into danger. 
 
 Cast iron pulleys should be tested often with a hammer, and it should be 
 borne in mind that the sound is usually much different if the belt is or is not 
 on the pulley. A common and objectionable practice with pulleys held by 
 compression on a shaft is not to have a close contact at rim. Care should be 
 taken that no dangerous gap is left at this joint. Pulleys with small pieces 
 broken out of the rim are dangerous, both on account of possible contact of 
 clothing with them and through the possibility of wear upon the belt. 
 
 Direct individual motor drive will do away with most belting and is 
 advisable wherever possible. 
 
 
 
 
 Hf 
 
 IES 
 
 < 1 'I 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 B\ "j 
 
 
 
 
 
 «J 
 
 ■ n 
 
 
 I ^**^^"*'^H H Jj 
 
 ' . " 
 
 n^Mk. • I 1 
 
 Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 303. Guard for Electric 
 Switches and Controllers. 
 
i88 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 GEARS, FRICTIONS, SPROCKETS AND CHAINS. 
 
 Gears. All gears should be guarded, no matter what their location. 
 Wherever possible they should be entirely boxed in, by removable or hinged 
 covers if necessary. When very frequent oiling must be done, small hinged 
 openings can be arranged in a cover at requisite points. Gear covers are best 
 made of sheet metal, but wire mesh or wood may sometimes be used. 
 
 Where only band metal guards are practicable, the bands should extend 
 far enough around the wheels to prevent anyone getting caught between wheel 
 and guard or any stationary framework. From each edge of the band a metal 
 shield should extend beyond the meshing point. Care should be taken to 
 avoid danger from any projecting set screw, key end or shaft spline, as well 
 
 as from teeth. The sides of armed 
 gear wheels not wholly encased 
 can well be filled in with disks of 
 metal. Reversible gears should 
 be guarded both top and bottom, 
 if not entirely enclosed. Bevel 
 gears should always be wholly en- 
 cased. 
 
 A nest of small gears, as on 
 sa'nders, can well be enclosed in 
 one casing, which is removable or 
 can be opened when necessary. 
 When spur gears run partly be- 
 neath a floor, and are not boxed, 
 a solid enclosure around the floor 
 opening should extend as high as 
 the rims of the wheels. When a 
 dangerous pinion cannot well be 
 protected by a guard attached to 
 the machine frame or supported 
 from the floor, the meshing point 
 is sometimes guarded by mount- 
 ing in front of it, and on the same 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 304. Guard Around Motor Switch. 
 
 spindle, a disk of sheet metal larger than the pinion. 
 
 Frictions. All frictions should be guarded, whether near a ceiling or 
 situated low. Friction transmission is as dangerous as gears, as even when 
 not in friction the pinion is running all the time and is very close to the larger 
 pulley. Elevated frictions should be covered on the bottom as well as the 
 sides and ends, and low frictions should be similarly covered on top. x<\ll 
 coverings except top ones can well be made of screening or slats, so conditions 
 can be seen at all times. Top covering should be of plate metal or planking, to 
 prevent water from dripping through, or bolts, knots, etc., falling in. Covers 
 should never be removed when frictions are in motion. Arrangements should 
 be made so bearings can be oiled without removing covers. Frictions not 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 covered should have all projecting bolts protected, by sinking them in a 
 wooden disk fastened to the back or in some other efficient way. 
 
 Sprocket Wheels and Chains. All sprocket wheels should be boxed, and 
 wherever possible the entire run of the chain should be boxed or railed off. 
 These wheels and chains are even more dangerous than belts and pulleys. 
 Covers can be hinged, so access to wheel and chain will be easy, and can be 
 made of any material suitable for gear covering. When a sprocket wheel can- 
 not be covered on top, it can at least be entirely boxed elsewhere and the cover- 
 ings can extend up to the top of the chain. No keys or bolts on sprocket 
 wheels should extend outside of a cov- 
 ering. 
 
 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS. 
 
 Grounding and Guarding. Frames 
 and bed plates of generating machines, 
 transformer boxes, ladders, and other 
 metallic parts should be jointly and ef- 
 ficiently grounded. It is advisable also 
 to surround such machines with an in- 
 sulated platform for use by workmen, 
 and they should be fenced off with 
 wood, or some other non-conducting 
 material. All instrument cases, switch 
 mechanism, and oil switch cans should 
 be grounded. 
 
 All dangerous parts, such as ter- 
 minals and connectors, should be lo- 
 cated, as far as possible, so a person 
 cannot touch them with his body, his 
 clothing, or a conducting tool. Where 
 this cannot be done, they should be 
 fenced off or efficiently covered, wher- 
 ever practicable, with non-conducting 
 material. All motors should be 
 thoroughly grounded, and any project- 
 ing armature shaft should be covered 
 with a stationary cap. 
 
 Switchboards and Switches. Switchboards should be properly insulated 
 and provided with enclosed fuses, and there should be insulated platforms or 
 rubber mats in front of them. It is well to have switches enclosed with swing 
 doors, as shown in Fig. 303 (page 187). Such guards should be grounded. 
 Fig. 304 (page 188) shows a Avire mesh guard around a motor switch. Safe 
 disconnecting means should be provided for rendering switchboards and 
 switches " dead " for necessary work. In series arc circuits each individual 
 lamp should have its own absolute cut-out, for rendering the lamp " dead " 
 in case of necessary repairs. It is well also for the workman to wear rubber 
 gloves. 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 305. Open Switch Padlocked. 
 
190 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 To protect a man working on a line or about a machine, a danger sign 
 should be placed on the controlling switch, preferably by the man doing the 
 work, and removed only by the man placing it. It is a good idea to use a 
 sign which can be locked in place or a safety switch which can be locked. 
 
 Fig. 305 (page 189) shows a two pole safety lock knife switch used as a 
 cut-out switch to protect men when working on electric machines. When a 
 man starts to work he places a lock bearing his name in the open switch. 
 Another man starting afterward will also place his lock. This switch cannot 
 be closed until the men have removed the locks, thereby preventing the 
 
 danger of an unauthorized person closing 
 the switch. The locks are stamped with 
 workmen's names as a means of locating the 
 responsibility of putting the switch in work- 
 ing order when through work. 
 
 General. Only persons experienced and 
 competent to handle the apparatus should 
 be allowed in any room where dangerous 
 apparatus or wires are installed. Danger 
 signs should be prominently displayed, in as 
 many languages as may be necessary, in 
 connection with all dangerous apparatus or 
 parts, and with poles carrying high voltage. 
 Emergency outfits for use in case of shock 
 should be kept in places the location of 
 which is known to all employees. Directions 
 for artificial respiration should be posted 
 where they will be frequently seen. 
 
 PLATFORMS, STAIRWAYS, LAD- 
 DERS, FLOORS, DOORS, ETC. 
 
 Platforms and Runways. Platforms 
 should be surrounded with ' substantial 
 double railings at least 3 1-2 feet high, and 
 with a toe board at the base sufficiently 
 high to prevent tools and material from slip- 
 
 ping off. Runways should be double railed 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 306. Triangular Ladder 
 
 with Steel Points at Bottom. , , . , , - , , . 
 
 on both sides and equipped with toe boards. 
 
 Railings can well be made of angle iron or pipe. Stairways or stationary 
 
 ladders should lead to all platforms. 
 
 Stairways and Ladders. Stairways should have hand rails on each side, 
 
 should be kept free from protruding nail heads and splinters, and the treads 
 
 should be kept in good condition. Rubber strips, renewed when necessary, 
 
 make good treads. Stationary ladders can well be made of iron. Portable 
 
 ladders should be of safety type, wider at the bottom to prevent swinging, 
 
 and should have sharp metal points or wooden or rubber shoes at the bottom. 
 
 Recessed rubber makes a srood shoe for a ladder set on a wet surface in which 
 
POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 
 
 191 
 
 a spike cannot get a grip. A lead-coated base is sometimes used. Ladders 
 should be placed in a slanting position when possible, as a perpendicular lad- 
 der is dangerous, and portable ladders should reach two or three feet above the 
 highest point of the place to be reached. 
 
 Floors, Doors, Etc. Floors, their aisles, 
 and passageways should be kept free from 
 protruding nails, splinters and broken 
 boards. Holes should be filled up flush with 
 the floor and all projections removed, es- 
 pecially about dangerous machines. Holes 
 left when machines are moved should be 
 carefully plugged. Care should be taken 
 not to load a floor beyond its safe capacity, 
 and aisles and passageways should not be 
 blocked by heaping up material there. Floor 
 openings should be provided with protection 
 trap d.oors, as shown in Fig. 286 (page 173). 
 
 Swinging doors should be provided with 
 windows so large that anyone coming from 
 the other side can easily be seen. These win- 
 dows should be kept clean, and there should 
 be ample light on each side of the door. 
 When a machine operator has to stand near 
 a swinging door, there should be a stop to 
 prevent its hitting him. Counterweights 
 used on doors should be boxed up. An open 
 
 pit Should be pipe-railed. Truck and wheel- Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 barrow handles should have hand shields. Fig. 307. Safety Oiler's Ladder. 
 
GRINDING WHEELS, 
 ELEVATORS. 
 
 Grinding machines should be of heavy, rigid design, set on firm founda- 
 tions. Grinding wheels should be bought only of responsible makers and of 
 suitable kinds for the work to be done. 
 
 Mounting. Wheels should be mounted with safety flanges, covering one- 
 half of the wheel's diameter. If a nut is screwed against the wheel, it is apt to 
 
 creep and break the wheel. Safety flanges are 
 loaned by many makers of emeries. Flanges 
 should bear against the sides of the wheel near 
 their edges only, leaving plenty of clearance, and 
 should be tightened only enough to hold the 
 wheel firmly. It is advisable to have wheels of 
 over 8 inches in diameter made with a safety taper 
 of 3-8 inch to the foot and mounted with cor- 
 respondingly concaved flanges. The inside flange 
 should be keyed or pressed on the shaft, never 
 loose. Pulp or rubber washers, a little larger than 
 the flanges, should be placed between the wheel 
 and the flanges, or flanges should be used which 
 have facings of soft metal. Wheels should be 
 mounted on spindles of ample size, and very care- 
 fully, so as to run true and steady. A wheel 
 should never be forced on an arbor. It should 
 fit easily, the nuts being screwed against the collar 
 just tight enough to prevent slipping. 
 
 Guarding. A wheel should be equipped with 
 a hood connected with an exhaust fan or a water 
 ' A "'•■■' system. This hood should protect all the wheel 
 
 Fig ' lfGri?dtag C Wh I etr ting exce P t what must be left exposed for the grinding, 
 
 and should be strong enough to help retain flying 
 pieces if the wheel should burst. To protect the operator's eyes, a leather or 
 rubber spark brush can hang from the hood down to the wheel or a piece of 
 plate glass can be attached to the front of the hood or be supported from the 
 table. As further protection, the operator can wear large glasses, or goggle 
 glasses, and try to avoid standing in the plane of the wheel's rotation. 
 
 Such glasses, as well as a steel hood with a leather spark brush hanging 
 from it, are shown in Fig. 309 (page 143). Hoods and plate glass eye shields 
 are shown in Fig. 310 (page 193) and Fig. 311 (page 194). Other hoods are 
 shown in Fig. 312 (page 194) and Fig. 313 (page 195). 
 
GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 
 
 r 93 
 
 Courtesy of Tut 
 Fig. 309.. 
 
 Co. 
 
 Grinding Wheel Guarded and Glasses for 
 Grinder. 
 
 Drive belts and pul- 
 leys should be well 
 guarded, and a cap 
 should be placed over the 
 end of an arbor and the 
 nut. Good guarding of 
 belts is shown in both 
 Fig. 310 and Fig. 311 
 (page 194), and the latter 
 shows the end of the 
 arbor protected. Every 
 grinding wheel should 
 be equipped with an ef- 
 ficient belt shifter, within 
 easy reach of the opera- 
 tor in his working posi- 
 tion. 
 
 Operation and Care. 
 On each machine should 
 be indicated the revolu- 
 tions of spindle and the 
 size of the wheel to be run on it. Wheels should never be run above the proper 
 speed indicated by the maker's specifications, and they should be trued fre- 
 quently. Rests should be kept adjusted close to wheels, to prevent accidents 
 due to work being caught between rest and wheel, or a releasing rest should 
 
 be used. It is a good plan to have 
 one competent man to mount wheels, 
 true them, adjust the rest and regulate 
 the speed. Belts should be run as 
 slack as possible for the speed desired, 
 so that, if material being ground digs 
 into the wheel, the wheel will be apt 
 to stop instead of breaking. 
 
 Every wheel should be examined 
 each morning to see if the bearings 
 are tight and w T ell oiled and the wheel 
 in good condition. Boxes should be 
 kept well babbitted up, so the arbor 
 will not get loose in them, and well 
 oiled to prevent the arbor getting 
 heated and expanding, breaking the 
 wheel. Careful watch should be kept 
 for vibration, and if such occurs the 
 journal should be trued up and the 
 
 boxes rebabbitted, or the wheel trued, 
 Fig. 310. Grinding Wheel Hoods, Eye „_ u ni -u 
 Shields and Belt Guard. ° r Dotl1 - 
 
i 9 4 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. 
 
 Fig. 311. Grinding Wheel Hoods, Eye 
 Shields, Belt Guard and Arbor Cap. 
 
 Wheels should be carefully ex- 
 amined and tested before given out 
 to workmen. ' It is well to have a 
 regular testing pulley. Wheels are 
 sometimes cracked in shipping. The 
 workman also should examine the 
 wheel before using it. Wheels 
 should be kept dry, and should not 
 be stored resting on the ground. 
 Those used in wet grinding should 
 not be left standing in. water over 
 night. 
 
 Grindstones. Generally speak- 
 ing, the same safety precautions 
 should be used as in the case of 
 emery and other grinding wheels. 
 Stones should be mounted with 
 metal plates, not wedges, and there 
 should be elastic washers between 
 plates and stone. It is well to have 
 the stone a little, thicker at the 
 center, so as to fit into the concave 
 plate. The axle hole should be 
 round. No stone should be mounted 
 Mounting, racing, and truing up should 
 
 without first being carefully raced, 
 be done with great care. 
 
 Stones should not be used which have been quarried by explosives or 
 which are plainly not of homogeneous formation or have cross veins. Stones 
 should not be stored in wet places or standing on the ground. Stones should 
 be tested frequently by tapping, especially new ones. 
 
 Grindstone belts and pulleys should be 
 thoroughly guarded. When a stone is driven by 
 geared motor, the gears should be encased. There 
 should be a fixed rule as regards speed of stones, and 
 no workman should be allowed to exceed this speed. 
 Use of a releasing rest will prevent many injuries 
 due to a workman's hand being caught between a 
 tool he is sharpening and the stone. 
 
 ELEVATORS. 
 General Equipment. Good construction should 
 be used for a factory elevator. Short turns of cable 
 should be avoided. Large drums and sheaves should 
 be used, and as few sheaves as possible. When a 
 drum is keyed on a shaft, the key should not be 
 depended on to hold the drum tight. Set bolts also 
 should be used, and there should be a set bolt in the 
 key to keep it from coming out. 
 
 Courtesy of Norton Co. 
 
 Fig. 312. Hood for 
 Grinding Wheel. 
 
GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 
 
 i95 
 
 Courtesy of William Stone. 
 Fig. 313 
 
 Hood for Grinding 
 Wheel. 
 
 There should be a substantial grating 
 below overhead timbers for protection 
 against material falling down the shaft. 
 Safe access to overhead sheaves, speed gov- 
 ernor, etc., should be provided by stairs or 
 ladder. There should be at least 3 feet 
 clearance at both top and bottom of a hoist- 
 way. There should be stop buttons on an 
 operating cable to stop the car at its highest 
 and lowest points of travel. This should 
 be in addition to an automatic limit stop. 
 
 Ample light should be provided for all 
 cars and at all landings. The sides of hoist- 
 ways can well be painted white. Elevators 
 and all apparatus should be thoroughly 
 inspected at least once a week. 
 
 Safety Devices. Every elevator should 
 be equipped with an automatic safety device 
 and a speed governor for actuating it. Gen- 
 erally the safety device is best placed under the elevator platform. The speed 
 governor can well be placed on the overhead timbers or supports, and it should 
 be kept properly set. Machines of the winding drum type should be pro- 
 vided with a slack cable device, properly adjusted, which automatically cuts 
 off the power in case the elevator or weights are obstructed in their descent. 
 Safety appliances should be carefully adjusted, kept clean and in good order, 
 
 and tested often to see if 
 they are working properly. 
 
 Hoistway. A hoistway 
 should be enclosed from 
 floor to ceiling on every 
 floor and also in the base- 
 ment. At any rate there 
 should be an enclosure to 
 a height of 7 feet above each 
 floor. Hoistways not en- 
 closed in a shaft should have 
 automatic hatch covers at 
 each floor which will open 
 and close as the elevator 
 passes, as shown in Fig. 315 
 (page 196). Railings or 
 other suitable guards should 
 be placed around such covers 
 to prevent persons walking 
 across them. 
 
 Projections in a hoist- 
 
 Courtesy of National Tube Co. x *^j^^ ^ 
 
 Fig. 314. Tool Grinder Guarded. way should be removed or 
 
196 
 
 WOODWORKING SAFFGUARDS 
 
 Fig. 315. Automatic Hatch Cover Guard. 
 
 protected with a bevelled board or piece of sheet metal running down from 
 
 the projection to the side of the hoistway, so as to push away any part of the 
 
 body or material coming in contact with it. Open parts of a car or hoistway 
 
 near which counter- 
 weights run should 
 be protected. The 
 bottom of a hoist- 
 way should never 
 be used as a pas- 
 sageway. Stock 
 should not be piled 
 up high near a 
 hoistway. No one 
 should be allowed 
 to work in a 
 hoistway while the 
 car is running. 
 
 Car. A car 
 should be guarded 
 
 on the sides, and if possible at the back, to a height sufficient to prevent any- 
 one leaning over and getting hurt. 
 
 This requirement is imperative 
 
 when the car runs in a hoistway 
 
 wholly or partially open. A car 
 
 should be roofed over with a screen 
 
 or other covering, which can be 
 
 hinged if necessary so that half can 
 
 be swung up when long material is 
 
 carried. When more than one side 
 
 of an elevator is used for loading 
 
 or unloading, the part not in use 
 
 should always be guarded by a 
 
 wide bar hinged at one end and 
 
 fitting into a socket at the other. 
 Gates. Safety gates should be 
 
 used at all entrances to an elevator, 
 
 not excepting the basement. A 
 
 door that swings open or a bar or a 
 
 chain is not a safe type of guard. 
 
 The gate should be of rising and 
 
 falling, rather than horizontally 
 
 sliding type. It should be so high 
 
 that no one can lean over it, and the 
 
 bottom should come down to the 
 
 floor. If slats are used, they should be so close together that no one can put 
 
 his head through the gate, and the bottom should be fenced up with screening 
 
 to a height of one foot, as shown in Fig. 317 (page 197). If clearance is not 
 
 Courtesy of Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 316. Elevator Screened on Sides and 
 Top. 
 
GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 
 
 197 
 
 Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
 
 Fig. 317- Elevator Gate Screened at Bottom. 
 
 sufficient for a high gate, a 
 
 telescopic or collapsible gate 
 
 can be used. When a gate 
 
 cannot be made of sufficient 
 
 height to prevent anyone 
 
 leaning over it, it should be 
 
 set back 8 to 12 inches from 
 
 the edge of the floor, to give 
 
 room for a car to pass with- 
 out acting as a shear for any 
 
 part of a man leaning over 
 
 the gate. Gates that can be 
 
 seen through, such as wire 
 
 mesh ones, are preferable to 
 
 solid ones. The semi-auto- 
 matic gate is safer than the 
 
 full automatic, as it is not 
 
 disturbed by the passage of 
 
 the car. When fire doors 
 
 only are used at entrances 
 
 into hoistways, they should 
 
 be made self-closing. This 
 can be arranged by having the upper half of the door a little heavier than the 
 bottom half. An attachment can be provided on the car to hold the door open 
 
 when the car is at the landing. 
 
 Cables. There should be at 
 least two cables for the car and two 
 for each set of counterweights. 
 Hoisting cables should have at least 
 two turns around the drum when the 
 car is at the bottom of the hoistway, 
 and back drum counterweight cables 
 should have two turns around the 
 drum when the car is at the top of 
 the hoistway. 
 
 Cables should be watched care- 
 fully and kept in the best of condi- 
 tion. They should be thoroughly 
 lubricated, but not so thickly coated 
 as to interfere with easy examina- 
 tion. A wire cable should not be 
 used when the wires (not the 
 strands) commence to crack. No 
 wire hoisting cable should ever be 
 spliced. In replacing worn cables 
 great care should be given to the 
 
 ;r pw 
 
 ^..Lfiutsi ^^tolL ^B 
 
 1 1 
 
 ■ B 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 HI 
 
 
 ill! 
 
 
 
 ■ >;-ir'' 
 
 ^^s^^H j& 
 
 W IB 
 
 1 
 
 ' ©M 
 
 ^H ^H 
 
 S ' 
 
 
 m%. 
 
 _J .... 
 
 
 Courtesy of Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 318. Wire Screen Elevator Gate. 
 
 fastenings. Drum counterweight 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 Courtesy of L. Christiansen. 
 
 Fig. 319. Elevator Safety Lock. 
 
 The drum 
 Counter- 
 
 cables running through, or passing by, car counterweights should have a 
 suitable covering to prevent chafing and wear. 
 
 Counterweights. Counterweights should be hung in guides and the 
 
 guideways should extend far enough up 
 at the top to prevent the weights coming 
 out when the elevator is at the bottom 
 of the hoistway. Guideways should be 
 guarded so that the weights cannot 
 strike anyone. For at least- 15 feet down 
 from the overhead timbers they should 
 be guarded with sheet metal, so the 
 weights can't pull out, and it is best to 
 carry this protection all the way down. 
 Counterweights running outside of a 
 hoistway should be boxed their full run, 
 with a hinged door at each floor to permit examination of cables. Counter- 
 weights for gates should be outside of the hoistway and boxed up. 
 counterweights should not be placed above the car counterweights, 
 weights should be properly strapped and bolted together. 
 
 Locking. An efficient locking arrangement for the operating device 
 should be provided and the operator should be required to lock the hand rope 
 or lever on leaving the car. The hand rope or lever should also be securely 
 locked while repair work is being done or while the elevator is being used at a 
 landing. A simple locking device for a hand rope is a hook into which the 
 part of the cable between the button stops can be swung. This hook can be 
 fastened to the car itself, if enclosed, or to the hatch covers. 
 
 Warnings. A gong should be sounded while a car is moving. Tell- 
 tales, in the form of pendant chains a few inches apart, should hang down at 
 least five feet below the entrance edge of a car. A sign showing the lifting 
 capacity should be placed conspicuously in each car and at each entrance to the 
 hoistway. A sign reading " Don't lean over gate " should be placed at each 
 hoistway entrance. 
 
 Operating. Operation of a freight elevator should be confined to certain 
 specified and competent men, if pos- 
 sible to one operator. Boys should 
 not be allowed to operate cars. No 
 one should be allowed to ride on a 
 car except operators and workmen 
 with loads. Jumping on or off a car 
 when in motion should be prohibited. 
 A car should be started and 
 stopped carefully. Before starting 
 his car, an operator should see that 
 the entrance is closed and that his 
 load and any persons on board are in safe positions. An elevator should never 
 be loaded beyond its maximum carrying capacity. Trucks and material 
 should not be allowed to remain on a car. An operating lever can well be 
 
 Courtesy of L. Christiansen. 
 
 Fig. 320. Elevator Gong. 
 
GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 199 
 
 surrounded by a sheet metal guard. When an elevator is operated from the 
 floor, and not by an operator, fixed signals should be provided. 
 
 Carriage Hoists. Special care should be taken of cables of a back guidt 
 carriage hoist, as if one cable should break the platform would tip. A hand 
 power elevator should never have the rope operated by an electric motor or 
 other mechanical power, as there are no automatic stops at the top and bot- 
 tom landings and no safety device on the car. 
 
 Outside Hoists. These hoists can well be completely enclosed, as is some- 
 times done with corrugated iron. Two sides of the platform should certainly 
 be enclosed. Unless a permanent operator is provided, and he does not assist 
 in loading or unloading, there should be a locking device which will compel 
 persons to go to the elevator when wishing to use it. 
 
Liability 
 
 Insurance 
 
 What it covers 
 Why you need it 
 Who furnishes the best 
 
 Where to get it 
 
 WHAT IT 
 DOES 
 
 WHY YOU 
 NEED IT 
 
 DURATION OF 
 PROTECTION 
 
 STABILITY 
 
 JEtna Liability Insurance affords to its holders protec- 
 tion against financial loss, and relief from annoyance and 
 anxiety, on account of injuries accidentally sustained by any 
 person for which they are alleged to be liable. 
 
 All employers of labor, owners or lessees of property, or 
 owners of horses and vehicles may be held liable for such 
 injuries. They and, in fact, all business men will find it 
 for their interest to read carefully these pages in which the 
 advantages of the liability insurance furnished by the ^tna 
 are briefly outlined. 
 
 THE FIRST CONSIDERATION 
 
 In placing liability insurance the first consideration is to 
 be assured that you are obtaining the protection for which 
 you pay. Claims for damages on account of personal injuries 
 may, and frequently do, arise years after the occurrence of 
 an accident. 
 
 In buying a liability policy, therefore, you should, in the 
 first place, be satisfied beyond a question of doubt that the 
 company issuing the policy will be able, if called upon, to 
 pay losses thereunder many years hence. 
 
 The great financial strength of the /Etna Life Insur- 
 ance Company is an absolute guarantee for the payment 
 of claims under its contracts whenever they mature. 
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE 
 
 20I 
 
 SCOPE OF THE INSURANCE 
 
 No less important than this matter of security is that of iETNA 
 the quality and quantity of the protection furnished. The POLICIES 
 ^Etna Liability Policies are the most comprehensive ever PROTECT 
 issued. Where other companies agree to indemnify only 
 against loss from, or by reason of, the liability imposed by 
 law, the ^Etna insures against loss and expense arising or 
 resulting from claims, regardless of whether liability exists 
 or not. That is to say, the ^Etna policies afford complete 
 protection against any and all claims brought by persons 
 injured, or by or in behalf of their beneficiaries, while the CLAIMS 
 policies of many other companies cover only such claims as COVERED 
 upon trial are found to have a legal basis. The latter do 
 not, if the companies so elect, cover the multitude of claims, 
 with their attendant expenses, which have no merit in law. 
 It is unnecessary to comment further upon this point, or to 
 mention other features of the tEtna policies, in order to 
 show their superior value to the Assured. It is enough 
 to say that the policies, their interpretation, and the Com- 
 pany's service generally, are on the same broad scale of 
 liberality and fair treatment. 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS 
 
 An .Etna Liability Policy provides that the Assured shall 
 report every accident to the Company. Where indemnity is 
 or may be applied for, the Company, by competent inspec- 
 tors, thoroughly investigates the circumstances relating to 
 the case. If these indicate liability on the part of the As- 
 sured, immediate steps are taken with a view to settlement 
 without litigation. Should, however, legal proceedings be 
 taken, the Company undertakes, by able counsel, the defense 
 of the suit on the Assurcd's behalf, relieves him from all 
 trouble and responsibility, defrays expenses of litigation and, 
 up to the limit named in the policy under which the accident 
 is reported, pays damages which may be awarded. 
 
 The usual limits of liability undertaken are : 
 
 In event of an accident causing the death or injury of 
 one person, $10,000. 
 
 In event of an accident causing the death or injury of 
 several persons, $20,000. 
 
 Payment of an additional premium will increase these 
 limits, if desired. 
 
 The policies do not lapse upon these limits being reached, 
 but continue their warranty to pay within such limits every 
 accident that may take place during the policy year, whether 
 few or many. 
 
 REPORTING 
 ACCIDENTS 
 
 COMPANY 
 DEFENDS 
 
 USUAL 
 LIMITS 
 
WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 
 
 SAVE BOTH 
 MONEY 
 AND WORRY 
 
 The Liability Policies of the TEtna Life Insurance 
 Company protect the Assured not only from monetary dam- 
 age, but also from loss of time and the annoyance and 
 anxiety involved in claims and suits. They fix and reduce 
 to a minimum liabilities and expenses in the conduct of 
 business which, if not properly provided for, frequently 
 result in financial disaster. 
 
 INSPECTION 
 SERVICE 
 
 CASUALTY 
 LINES 
 
 INSPECTIONS 
 
 One of the most valuable features of the service which 
 the .Etna Life gives its liability policyholders is found in 
 its inspections. These are made by trained experts, who 
 bring to their work the varied knowledge gained by a wide 
 range of experience. The ^Etna inspectors not only point 
 out dangerous conditions, but recommend safeguards for 
 them or suggest safer methods of doing work for which no 
 safeguards are practicable. tEtna inspections not only 
 prevent many accidents, but they tend to increase the gen- 
 eral industrial efficiency of a plant. 
 
 KINDS OF POLICIES 
 
 The ^Etna Life Insurance Company issues liability 
 policies covering: 
 
 Employers' Liability 
 
 Public Liability (Direct) 
 
 Public Liability (Contingent) 
 
 Elevator Liability 
 
 General, or Landlords' Liability 
 
 Teams Liability 
 
 Automobile Liability 
 
 Workmen's Compensation 
 
 The JEtna Accident and Liability Company writes . 
 
 Vehicle Property Damage 
 
 Automobile Collision 
 
 Burglary 
 
 Plate Glass 
 
 Flywheel 
 
 Sprinkler Leakage 
 
 Fidelity Bonds 
 
 Surety Bonds 
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE 203 
 
 workmen's compensation 
 
 In States where Workmen's Compensation, whether COMPENSA- 
 optional or otherwise, is provided by statute, the TEtna Life TION 
 Insurance Company issues policies covering such liability. 
 As in the case of its liability policies proper, this insurance 
 relieves its holder of all worry and trouble connected with 
 accidents to his employees, and it indemnifies him for any 
 compensation which he may be called upon to pay to them. 
 
INDEX 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Accidents, investigation of, 
 
 7 
 
 ^Etna Liability Insurance, 
 
 . 200 
 
 Air Compressor: 
 
 
 flywheel, 
 
 • 179 
 
 for spoke driver, . 
 
 • 143 
 
 Air Jet, 
 
 II 
 
 Air Pump : 
 
 
 flywheel, ..... 
 
 • 179 
 
 Artificial Respiration, 
 
 . 190 
 
 Ashes, disposal of, 
 
 • 13 
 
 Automobiles, 
 
 . I46 
 
 Axes : 
 
 
 in felling, 
 
 . 16 
 
 in shingle mill, .... 
 
 ■ 57 
 
 Axle Machines, . 
 
 • 144 
 
 Babbitting, careful doing of, 
 
 10 
 
 Bandage Materials, . 
 
 • 13 
 
 Band Mill: 
 
 
 care in operation, . . 
 
 . 28 
 
 guide, adjustment of, 
 
 . 28 
 
 housing of, .... 
 
 • 27 
 
 housing lower part, . 
 
 . 46 
 
 rock saw. guarding, . 
 
 . 28 
 
 saws, use of, .... 
 
 . 29 
 
 shield for sawyer and lever, . 
 
 • 27 
 
 short side mill, .... 
 
 • 29 
 
 veneer mill, .... 
 
 . 156 
 
 whistle when starting up or sh 
 
 ut- 
 
 ting down, .... 
 
 . 28 
 
 Baskets : 
 
 
 automatic one-piece machine, . 
 
 . 169 
 
 bottom machine, 
 
 . 170 
 
 stapling, 
 
 . 169 
 
 strip cutting machine, 
 
 . 169 
 
 transmission, .... 
 
 . 171 
 
 Belts : 
 
 
 care of, . . . 
 
 . 186 
 
 of drag saw, .... 
 
 • 133 
 
 elimination by motor drive, . 
 
 12 
 
 of engines, .... 
 
 , 178 
 
 of engine governor, . 
 
 • 179 
 
 fastenings, .... 
 
 . 186 
 
 of log haul machine, 
 
 • 23 
 
 of mortisers, .... 
 
 . 129 
 
 perches for, .... 
 
 . 187 
 
 placing on overhead pulley, . 
 
 186, 187 
 
 in saw mill, screening of, 
 
 21 
 
 slipping of, ... 
 
 . 185 
 
 of swing saws, . . 
 
 . 88 
 
 of swing trims, .... 
 
 • 36 
 
 wedging, 
 
 . 187 
 
 Belts and Pulleys, 
 
 . 183 
 
 of band saw feed works, . 
 
 . 100 
 
 of borer spindle, 
 
 127, 128 
 
 Belts and Pulleys : 
 
 
 of dowel machine, . 
 
 . 168 
 
 of drop saw trimmers, 
 
 • 33 
 
 of edgers, 
 
 • 32 
 
 of equalizers, .... 
 
 • 85 
 
 of grinding wheels, . 
 
 193 
 
 of grindstones, . . 
 
 • 194 
 
 of knee bolter, .... 
 
 57 
 
 of lath bolter, .... 
 
 54 
 
 of lathes, 
 
 143 
 
 mesh or slats guards preferable, 
 
 185 
 
 of panel raisers, 
 
 66 
 
 of pole machines, 
 
 146 
 
 of rod machines, 
 
 159 
 
 of sanders, . . . .12 
 
 1, 123 
 
 in saw mill filing room, . 
 
 47 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor, 
 
 44, 45 
 
 of shapers, 
 
 120 
 
 in shingle mill, .... 
 
 57 
 
 of sizers, moulders, etc., 
 
 62 
 
 of surfacers, . . . .12 
 
 5, 164 
 
 of veneer dryers, 
 
 157 
 
 of veneer rotary cutters, . 
 
 154 
 
 Belt Placers, .... 
 
 186 
 
 Belt Shifters, i 
 
 3, 185 
 
 for grinding wheels, 
 
 193 
 
 for planing mill machines, 
 
 63 
 
 for shapers, .... 
 
 120 
 
 for surfacers, .... 
 
 126 
 
 for swing saws, 
 
 89 
 
 for swing trims, 
 
 37 
 
 Big Timber Planer, . 
 
 63 
 
 Billet Mill, 13 
 
 % 138 
 
 Blacksmith Shop, in saw mill, 
 
 47 
 
 Blind Slat Machines, 
 
 67 
 
 Blower Hoods : 
 
 
 for band saws, .... 
 
 100 
 
 for big timber planer, 
 
 63 
 
 for circular resaw, . 
 
 66 
 
 for lathes, .... 140, 14 
 
 [, 142 
 
 for panel sanders, . 
 
 66 
 
 for rip saws, 
 
 75 
 
 for rounding machines, . 
 
 170 
 
 for sash dovetailers, 
 
 67 
 
 for self-feed saws, . . . . 
 
 79 
 
 for sizers, moulders, etc., 
 
 62 
 
 for spoke facers, . . . . 
 
 144 
 
 for spoke throaters, 
 
 144 
 
 for stickers, . . . . 
 
 63 
 
 for tenoners, . . . 130, 13 
 
 f, 132 
 
 Blower System : 
 
 
 for cleanliness, 
 
 12 
 
 for guarding, . . 
 
 12 
 
 as preventative of fire, . • •. 
 
 12 
 
 Bobbins : 
 
 * 
 
 boring and reaming machine, . 
 
 170 
 
 disc dividing saw, . 
 
 170 
 
INDEX 
 
 205 
 
 Bobbins : 
 
 grooving machine, . . . .170 
 
 transmission, 171 
 
 Boilers : 
 
 blow-off pipes and valves, . . 174 
 
 care of, 172 
 
 chains for main stop valves, . .175 
 
 cleaning, 175 
 
 cutting into header, .... 174 
 
 expert inspection, .... 172 
 
 feed, 174 
 
 firing up, 173 
 
 fusible plug, 173 
 
 gauge glasses, .... 172, 174 
 goggles, use of, . . . .175 
 
 high and low water alarm, . . 173 
 
 keeping room clean, .... 172 
 
 lighting room, 172 
 
 locking header valve wheel, . .176 
 
 low water, 172 
 
 non-return valves, . . . . 175 
 
 overflow tank, 174 
 
 pipe lines and pipes, . . . . 175 
 rules for tenders, . . . .172 
 
 runways, 175 
 
 safety valve, . . . 172, 173, 174 
 
 of saw mill, 43 
 
 sewers or hot-wells 175 
 
 steam gauge, . . . 172, 173, 175 
 of yarding engines, ... 16, 17 
 
 Bolter Saws, see Saws (Bolter). 
 
 Borers : 
 
 counterweights and springs, . .128 
 
 guard for hands, . . . . 128 
 
 holding work, 128 
 
 multiple borers, .... 127 
 
 set screw in chuck, . . .127. 128 
 
 spindle collar set screws, . . . 128 
 
 spindle gears or belt, . . . 127 
 
 transmission, ..... 135 
 
 Bottom Machines, for baskets, . . 170 
 
 Box Factory : 
 
 box board matcher, .... 166 
 
 cut-off saws, 165 
 
 disk sanders 123 
 
 equalizing saws, .... 85 
 
 feeding apparatus 165 
 
 horizontal band resaw, . . . 167 
 
 jointer and edger 166 
 
 nailing machines, .... 166 
 
 off-bearers, 166 
 
 piling, 167 
 
 printing presses. .... 167 
 
 rip saws, 164 
 
 rough stock, 136 
 
 self-feed edger 165 
 
 sizing machine, 166 
 
 surfacers, . . . . . . 125 
 
 transmission, 171 
 
 waste holes, 167 
 
 yard, 167 
 
 Boys : 
 
 in lath mill 55 
 
 running dangerous machines, . 8 
 
 Bridge Building, surfacers, . . . 125 
 
 Bridges : 
 
 aver live rolls, . ._ . . .42 
 over slab slasher chains, . -39 
 
 Broken Belt Stop, for engine gov- 
 ernor, 179 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Brushes, 170 
 
 transmission, 171 
 
 Buckers, 16 
 
 Bull Chain : 
 
 care of brackets, .... 22 
 
 covering return part, ... 22 
 
 Bumpers, for saw mill carriage, . 24 
 
 Burner, 51 
 
 Buzz Planer, see Jointer. 
 
 Cabinet Shop : 
 
 surfacers, 125 
 
 tenoners, 129 
 
 Cables : 
 
 of cranes in saw mill yard, . . 50 
 
 of derricks, 132 
 
 of dry kiln doors, ..... 134 
 
 of elevators, 197 
 
 in logging, 16, 17 
 
 of log hauls 22 
 
 across railroad tracks, . . .51 
 of veneer steaming box doors. . 153 
 
 Cableway Yarder, .... 19 
 
 Calks, for fallers' shoes, . . .16 
 
 Camps, logging. . . . . 14, 15 
 
 Canter: 
 
 care of, 24 
 
 guarding of 24 
 
 Caxt-hooks 24 
 
 Carefulness, necessary to prevent 
 
 many accidents 7 
 
 Car Making, 146 
 
 surfacers, 125 
 
 tenoners 129 
 
 Carpenter Shop, surfacers, . . . 125 
 
 Carriage (Feeding) : 
 
 of bolter saws, . . ' . . .83 
 of equalizing saws, .... 85 
 of hand-feed split table saw. . . 137 
 of handle blank saw, . . . 137 
 of horizontal shingle saw. '. . 58 
 
 of knee bolter 57 
 
 of shingle mill cut-off saw, . . 57 
 
 of tenoners, 13° 
 
 of upright shingle saw, ... 59 
 
 Carriage (Saw Mill) : 
 
 dangers of, 24, 25, 26 
 
 deck 
 
 feed, lost motion. 
 
 gears, couplings, frictions, . . 26 
 
 head blocks. ... 
 
 hook and link for locking, 
 
 lock for feed lever, . 
 
 nigger, operation of. 
 
 operation of, . 
 
 run, 
 
 sheaves 
 
 spring bumpers or air cushion 
 throttle connection for shutting off 
 
 steam, .... 
 valve arrangements. . 
 
 Carriers, of equalizers, . 
 
 Cars : 
 
 in dry kilns. 
 
 of logging railroad, . 
 
 in lowering, loading and unloading 
 
 in saw mill yard, loading, 
 railroad, care of, 
 
 26 
 26 
 
 17, 
 
 24 
 84 
 
 134 
 15 
 
 19 
 49 
 
 52 
 
206 
 
 INDEX 
 
 r, 
 
 Cars (Elevator), enclosing and roof 
 
 ing, .... 
 Carvers, . . ... 
 Caution : 
 
 habits of, . 
 
 in saw mill work, . 
 
 of sawyer in saw mill, 
 
 signs urging, 
 Central Authority, for 
 
 and care, 
 Chains : 
 
 in logging, ... 
 
 of log haul, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 veneer, 
 Chairs, .... 
 
 back knife lathe, 
 
 carvers, 
 
 double saw and chuck machine 
 
 endless bed feed sander, 
 
 finishing room, . 
 
 heading machine, 
 
 rod machines, . 
 
 surfacers, . 
 
 tenoners, 
 
 transmission, 
 Chutes, in saw mill, 
 Circular Mill: 
 
 guide, adjustment of, 
 
 housing lower part, . 
 
 inserted teeth, . 
 
 lever, locking, . 
 
 saw, guarding, . 
 
 shielding sawyer and leve 
 
 wedge wheel or splitter 
 Cleaning : 
 
 of boilers, . 
 
 of machines, 
 Cleanliness, . 
 Clipper, veneer, 
 Clothing, 
 Clutch : 
 
 for slasher and trimmer chains 
 
 on shafting, 
 
 Collars, 
 
 Committees, safety inspection, 
 Conveyors : 
 
 in planing mill, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 in shingle mill, . 
 Cooperage : 
 
 barrel hoist, 
 
 bolter saws, 
 
 bung borer, 
 
 crozers, 
 
 edging saws, 
 
 equalizing saws, 
 
 heading jointers, 
 
 heading planers, 
 
 heading rounders, 
 
 heading saws, . 
 
 hoop machines, 
 
 pail trimming lathe 
 
 punches, 
 
 punching and flaring machines 
 
 rough stock, 
 
 stave bending machines, 
 
 stave jointers, . 
 
 stave planers, . 
 
 stave sawing machine, 
 
 14 
 
 196 
 159 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 21, 24, 26, 28 
 
 10 
 
 inspection 
 
 14, 15, 16, 18 
 22 
 47 
 157 
 158 
 142 
 159 
 159 
 123 
 160 
 159 
 159 
 125 
 129 
 160 
 
 27 
 46 
 27 
 27 
 26 
 26 
 26 
 
 175 
 0, 11 
 
 9 
 
 154 
 11 
 
 39 
 182 
 
 183 
 
 68 
 46, 51 
 56 
 
 15" 
 82 
 128 
 149 
 149 
 84 
 147 
 148 
 148 
 147 
 150 
 148 
 150 
 150 
 136 
 150 
 147 
 148 
 146 
 
 Cooperage : 
 
 transmission, 
 
 trussing machines 
 
 vats, . 
 
 windlass, 
 Co-operation : 
 
 of foremen and workmen, 
 
 of workmen, 
 Countershafts, 
 
 of shapers, 
 
 of sizers, moulders, etc., . 
 Counterweights : 
 
 of borers, .... 
 
 of doors, 
 
 of elevators, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 of swing saws, . 
 
 of swing trims, 
 
 of veneer steaming box doors 
 Couplings, .... 
 
 of live roll shafts, . 
 
 on saw mill carriage,. 
 
 in saw mill filing room, . 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor, 
 Crane : 
 
 for loading logs, 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 Cross Arms : 
 
 rounding planer, 
 
 transmission, 
 Crossings, of saw mill yard 
 Crozers, 
 Curtain Poles : 
 
 lathes, 
 
 rod machines, 
 Cutters : 
 
 care of, 
 
 of jointers, 
 
 of lathes, . 
 
 of planing mill machines 
 
 setting of, . 
 
 of shapers, 
 
 of shingle mill jointer, 
 
 supply of, . 
 
 of surfacers, 
 
 of tenoners, 
 
 150 
 150 
 150 
 
 150 
 
 7, 8 
 
 8 
 
 184 
 
 120 
 
 62 
 
 188 
 
 191 
 
 198 
 
 21, 46 
 
 86 
 
 36 
 
 153 
 
 182 
 
 4i 
 26 
 
 47 
 44, 45 
 
 . 18 
 • 50 
 
 railroad, 
 
 170 
 
 171 
 
 5i 
 
 149 
 
 142 
 159 
 
 10 
 
 . 109 
 
 140, 141 
 
 ■ 64 
 
 11 
 
 120 
 
 118, 
 
 10 
 
 . 127 
 
 129, 130, 131, 132 
 
 Dadoing, 
 
 Dams, 176, 177 
 
 Dead Rolls, of saw mill slide, . . 48 
 Deaf Persons, employment of, . . 8 
 Deck : 
 
 care of, 23 
 
 canter, . . . . . .24 
 
 cant4iooks, 2^ 
 
 caution on part of sawyer or scaler, 24 
 dangers of work, .... 23 
 selection of workmen, . . .24 
 skids of railroad iron, . . ■ 2 3 
 Derricks : 
 
 blocks, 132 
 
 cables, 132 
 
 erection 132 
 
 guy wires, . . . ' . 132, 133 
 
 hand-power, 133 
 
 hoisting to top of mast pole, . 133 
 hooks, . . . . . .132 
 
 ladder for mast pole, . . . 133 
 
 material of, 132 
 
 posts, ....... 133 
 
INDEX 
 
 207 
 
 Derricks : 
 
 ratchet stop for, 
 
 throttle valve, . 
 Desk Factory, 
 Discipline, 
 Doggers, dangers of, 
 Dogs : 
 
 for lath bolter, . 
 
 on rip' saw guards, 
 Doors, . 
 
 over band mill, . 
 
 of dry kilns, 
 
 opening and fastening, 
 
 of veneer steaming boxes 
 Dovetailers, . 
 
 gang machine, . 
 Dowel Machines, 
 Drag Saw : 
 
 adjusting, . 
 
 belts, gears and set screws, 
 
 in billet mill, . 
 
 fencing machine, 
 
 fencing run, 
 
 short ends, 
 
 signs, 
 
 transmission, 
 
 trip, .... 
 Drill Presses : 
 
 in logging machine shop 
 
 in saw mill machine shop 
 Drip Pans, for oil, 
 Driving, in logging, 
 Drop Saw Trimmers, see 1 
 Dryers, for veneer, 
 Dry Kilns: 
 
 doors, balancing, 
 
 doors, cables, 
 
 doors, counterweights, 
 
 fans, .... 
 
 flooring pit, 
 
 moving cars in, 
 
 piling material, . 
 
 runways and tramways, railing. 
 Dust Brush, at machines, 
 Dust, inhaling of, . 
 Dutch Ovens, 
 
 Edgers : 
 
 box board, for wagons, 
 
 for box shooks, . 
 
 care in operation, . 
 
 dangers of, 
 
 dog guard, 
 
 driving apparatus, 
 
 filing saws with hook, 
 
 finger guards, . 
 
 flyback guards, . 
 
 plank front guard, . 
 
 pressure rolls, . 
 
 short lever edger, . 
 
 swinging roll guards, 
 Electrical Apparatus : 
 
 artificial respiration, . 
 
 grounding and guarding, 
 
 signs 
 
 switchboards and switches, 
 Elevators : 
 
 access to overhead sheaves, 
 
 cables, .... 
 
 carriage hoist. . 
 
 72, 
 
 ■ 133 
 
 • 133 
 . 158 
 
 7 
 24, 26 
 
 • 54 
 73, 76 
 
 191 
 47 
 
 135 
 12 
 
 153 
 67 
 
 158 
 68, 164, 168 
 
 133 
 133 
 137 
 133 
 134 
 134 
 134 
 135 
 133 
 
 15 
 47 
 13 
 20 
 
 157 
 
 135 
 134 
 134 
 134 
 134 
 134 
 134 
 134 
 11 
 12 
 176 
 
 143 
 165 
 30, 3* 
 29 
 30 
 32 
 3i 
 29 
 30 
 30 
 29 
 31 
 30 
 
 190 
 189 
 190 
 189 
 
 195 
 197 
 199 
 
 PAGE 
 
 I96 
 194 
 198 
 198 
 I96 
 195 
 
 195 
 195 
 195 
 195 
 198 
 198 
 199 
 
 195 
 198 
 
 195 
 195 
 195 
 198 
 I98 
 13 
 
 Elevators : 
 
 cars, enclosing and roofing, 
 
 construction, 
 
 counterweights, 
 
 enclosing lever, . 
 
 gates, .... 
 
 grating below overhead timbers, 
 
 hoistway, clearance at top an 
 bottom, . 
 
 hoistway, enclosing, . 
 
 inspection of, 
 
 light for, 
 
 locking operating device 
 
 operating, . 
 
 outside hoists, . 
 
 safety device, 
 
 signs, .... 
 
 slack cable device, . 
 
 speed governor, 
 
 stop buttons, 
 
 warning chains, 
 
 warning gong, . 
 Emergency Room, . 
 Emery Wheels, see Grinding Wheel 
 Engines : 
 
 automatic lubrication, 
 
 automatic speed limit stop ; 
 
 belts, . 
 
 care of, 
 
 cleaning moving parts, 
 
 crank pit, . 
 
 crank shaft, 
 
 connecting rod, 
 
 cross-head, 
 
 drive belt, . 
 
 exhaust pipes, 
 
 floor openings, 
 
 flywheels, . 
 
 gears, shafts, keys, . 
 
 governor, . 
 
 lighting and cleanliness, 
 
 in logging, donkey, . 
 
 in logging, road, 
 
 in logging, yarder, . 
 
 pipes and cylinders, . 
 
 runways, stairways and ladders, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 separators, steam reservoirs 
 drop-legs, 
 
 sewers or catch-basins, . 
 
 signal when starting, 
 
 steam gauge, 
 
 stop buttons, . 
 
 trap doors. 
 
 turning off center, 
 
 warning signs, . 
 Epileptics, employment of, . 
 Eoualizing Saws, see Saws (Equalizing). 
 Excelsior Factory, equalizing saws, . 83 
 
 Exits I2 
 
 Explosives : 
 
 in logging T 4 
 
 storage and use x 3 
 
 178, 179 
 
 and 
 
 178 
 T77 
 178 
 178 
 178 
 179 
 179 
 
 179 
 179 
 179 
 180 
 179 
 180 
 180 
 
 179 
 
 177 
 t6 
 
 T7 
 
 16 
 180 
 
 180 
 
 43- 47 
 
 177 
 
 181 
 180 
 178 
 181 
 177 
 179 
 181 
 178 
 8 
 
 Fallers, . 
 
 Feed Rolls : 
 
 of box shook edger, 
 of lath machine, 
 of outside moulders, 
 of panel raisers, 
 
 16 
 
 165 
 54 
 63 
 66 
 
208 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Feed Rolls : 
 
 
 
 Gang Saws : 
 
 
 of resaws, 
 
 65 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 • 32 
 
 of rod machines, . . 
 
 159 
 
 locking machinery, . 
 
 ■ 33 
 
 of rounding machines. 
 
 141 
 
 Gates : 
 
 
 of sanders, .... 121, 
 
 124 
 
 for elevators, 
 
 . 196 
 
 sectional for sizers, moulders, etc., 
 
 62 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 . 52 
 
 sectional for surfacers, . 
 
 126 
 
 Gauge Glasses, 
 
 • 174, 175 
 
 of surfacers, . . . . . 
 
 126 
 
 light about, 
 
 . 172 
 
 Feeding Apparatus : 
 
 
 Gears, .... 
 
 . 188 
 
 for box factory rip saws, 
 
 165 
 
 of borer spindle, 
 
 . 127 
 
 for equalizing saws, 
 
 85 
 
 of cranes, . 
 
 • 50 
 
 Feeding Tables, ..... 
 
 10 
 
 of drag saw. 
 
 • 133 
 
 Felling, ....... 
 
 16 
 
 of dowel machines, . 
 
 . 168 
 
 Felloes : 
 
 
 of edgers, . 
 
 • 32 
 
 borers, 
 
 129 
 
 of gang saws, . 
 
 ■ 32 
 
 planing machines, .... 
 
 145 
 
 of grindstones, . 
 
 .194 
 
 sanding drums, ..... 
 
 124 
 
 in engine room, 
 
 . 180 
 
 Fenders, for saw mill yard locomotives, 
 Filing Room, in saw mill, . 
 
 Finishing Room, 
 
 Fire : 
 
 52 
 
 47 
 160 
 
 of lath bolter, . 
 of lath machine, 
 of live rolls, 
 of log haul machine, 
 of sanders, 
 
 • 54 
 
 • 54 
 . 41 
 . 23 
 
 
 
 . 123 
 
 escapes, . . . . 
 hazard reduced by cleanliness, 
 
 12 
 9 
 
 of saw mill carriage, 
 in saw mill filing room, 
 
 . 26 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 precautions against, . 
 First Aid, 
 
 12 
 13 
 
 in saw mill machine shop 
 of saw mill transmission 
 
 • 47 
 > • 44. 45 
 
 Flag Sticks, rod machine, . 
 
 159 
 
 of shafting, 
 
 . 182 
 
 Flash Boards, 
 
 176 
 
 of sizers, moulders, etc., 
 
 . 62 
 
 Floors, 
 
 191 
 
 of surfacers, 
 
 . 126 
 
 cleaning of, 
 
 9 
 
 of turbines, 
 
 • 177 
 
 f©r dry kiln pit, . . ' . 
 
 134 
 
 of veneer dryers, 
 
 • 157 
 
 about knee bolter, .... 
 
 57 
 
 of veneer glue machine, 
 
 • 157 
 
 in lath mill, 
 
 55 
 
 of veneer rotary cutter, 
 
 • 153 
 
 in saw mill 2] 
 
 , 47 
 
 of water wheels, 
 
 ■ 177 
 
 for saw mill carriage. 
 
 25 
 
 Gin Pole : 
 
 
 Floor Sweepers, 
 
 9 
 
 at roll-way, 
 
 . 18 
 
 Flywheel : 
 
 
 in saw mill yard, . 
 
 • 50 
 
 of air compressor 
 
 179 
 
 of skidders, 
 
 . 18 
 
 of air pump, 
 
 179 
 
 Glasses, for grinders, . 
 
 . 192 
 
 of engine, . . . 
 
 178 
 
 Gloves : 
 
 
 of turbine generator, 
 
 177 
 
 avoiding use of, 
 
 11 
 
 Forebay, 
 
 176 
 
 in edger work, . 
 
 • 31 
 
 Foremen : 
 
 
 in jointer work. 
 
 . 108 
 
 duties of, . ... . . 
 
 7 
 
 in rip saw work, 
 
 . " . ' 92 
 
 inspection for fire 
 
 12 
 
 in shaper work, 
 
 . 119 
 
 selection of, 
 
 7 
 
 in shingle mill jointer wo 
 
 rk, . . 60 
 
 Frictions, . . . • . 
 
 188 
 
 Glue Machine, in veneer w 
 
 ork, . . 157 
 
 of log haul machines, . . 
 
 23 
 
 Goggle Glasses, for grinder 
 
 s, . . 192 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 45 
 
 Goggles, for boiler tenders, 
 
 • 175 
 
 of saw mill carriage, 
 
 26 
 
 Gong, for elevators, 
 
 . 198 
 
 Frogs, blocking, . , . . . 
 
 5i 
 
 Governor : 
 
 
 Furniture : 
 
 
 for engines, 
 
 • 177, 179 
 
 back knife lathe, .... 
 
 142 
 
 for elevators, 
 
 • 195 
 
 carvers, 
 
 159 
 
 Grinding Wheels : 
 
 
 disk sanders, 
 
 123 
 
 belts and pulleys, 
 
 • 193 
 
 dovetailing machines, . . . 
 
 158 
 
 belt shifter, 
 
 • 193 
 
 endless bed feed sander, 
 
 123 
 
 capping arbor, . 
 
 • 193 
 
 finishing room, ..... 
 
 160 
 
 eye shields, 
 
 . 192 
 
 grooving saws, 
 
 
 158 
 
 guarding of. 
 
 . 192 
 
 miter saw, . 
 
 
 158 
 
 in logging machine shop 
 
 , . •' • 15 
 
 moulding sander, 
 
 
 125 
 
 mounting, . 
 
 . 192 
 
 pony planer, 
 
 
 126 
 
 operation and care, . 
 
 . 193 
 
 surfacers, . 
 
 
 125 
 
 in saw mill filing room, 
 
 . 47 
 
 tenoners. 
 
 . 129, 130 
 
 159 
 
 storage, . . 
 
 . 194 
 
 transmission, 
 
 
 160 
 
 testing, 
 
 . 194 
 
 turning machine, 
 
 
 140 
 
 Grindstones : 
 
 
 veneer cutter, . 
 
 
 160 
 
 driving apparatus, 
 
 . 194 
 
 Fusible Plug, for boilers, 
 
 173 
 
 mounting, racing and trui 
 
 ng up, . 194 
 
 Gang Ripping Machin 
 
 E, . . . 
 
 65 
 
 selection of, 
 
 • 194 
 
INDEX 
 
 209 
 
 Grindstones : 
 
 storage, 
 Grooving : 
 
 with circular saws, . 
 
 on shapers, 
 Guard Rails, blocking, 
 Guide : 
 
 of band mill, 
 
 of circular mill, 
 
 of jointers, 
 
 of lath bolter, . 
 
 of rip saws, 
 
 of shapers, . 
 Guy Wires : 
 
 of derricks, 
 
 of logging gin pole, 
 
 of skidders, 
 
 PAGE 
 
 194 
 
 77 
 112 
 
 5i 
 
 28 
 
 27 
 
 109 
 
 54 
 
 90 
 
 112 
 
 132, 133 
 18 
 18 
 
 Hammers, in felling, . 
 
 Hammers (Drop), in saw mill, 
 
 Hammers (Steam), in saw mill 
 
 Handles : 
 
 automatic lathes, 
 
 blank saw, .... 
 
 block saw, 137 
 
 chucking and tenoning machines, 
 D handle jointing and backing ma 
 
 chines, ..... 
 D handle shaping and finishing ma 
 
 chines, ..... 
 equalizing saws, 
 ferrule seat shaping and boring ma 
 
 chines, ..... 
 header or smoother machine, 
 plow handle shapers, 
 
 rough stock 
 
 rounding machines, . 
 swinging head lathes, 
 
 tenoners, 
 
 thread cutting machines, . 
 throating machine, . 
 transmission 
 
 Hatch Covers, automatic, for ele- 
 vators, 195 
 
 Hauling, in saw mill yard, ... 49 
 
 Head Blocks, extensions for, . . 25 
 
 Header or Smoother Machine, . . 138 
 
 Heading : 
 
 jointers, 147 
 
 horizontal saws, .... 147 
 
 rounders, 148 
 
 vertical saws, 147 
 
 Heading Machine, for chair back 
 
 posts, 159 
 
 Hoists : 
 
 barrel, 150 
 
 carriage, 199 
 
 outside, 199 
 
 Hoistway (Elevator) : 
 
 clearance at top and bottom, . . 195 
 
 enclosing, 195 
 
 hatch covers 195 
 
 painting sides white, . . . 195 
 projections, 195 
 
 Hooks : 
 
 of derricks, 132 
 
 in logging work, . . 16, 17, 19 
 
 for log haul, 22 
 
 safety hooks, in logging, ... 19 
 
 16 
 
 48 
 4 S 
 
 142 
 137 
 138 
 T39 
 
 138 
 
 138 
 
 85 
 
 138 
 138 
 138 
 136 
 141 
 140 
 129 
 138 
 138 
 
 Hooks : 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 in veneer work, 
 Hoops : 
 
 automatic cutting machines, 
 
 bar chuck pointing machine, 
 
 planers, 
 
 pointing machines, . 
 
 vats, .... 
 Horizontal Band Resaw : 
 
 in box factory, . 
 
 dangers of, 
 
 hood and apron guards, 
 
 housing, 
 Horses, in saw mill yard, 
 Hubs : 
 
 cut-off machine, 
 
 equalizers, 
 
 reamers, 
 
 turning machines, 
 
 Icf Road, in logging. 
 Inflammable Substa nces 
 
 Liquids, storage and use, 
 Injured: 
 
 care of 
 
 first aid for, 
 1 nserted Teeth : 
 
 of circular mill, 
 
 of knee bolter, . 
 Inspection : 
 
 ^Etna Liability, . 
 
 of boilers, .... 
 
 for fire, .... 
 
 of machinery and structures, 
 
 of safeguards, . 
 Instruction, of workmen, . 
 Intoxicated Persons, . 
 Isolation, of dangerous machine 
 
 Jams, in logging, . 
 Jointer : 
 
 aluminum guard, 
 
 automatic face planing machin 
 
 automatic feed machines, 
 
 automatic guards, . . 102, 
 
 care in operation, 
 
 circular safety cylinder, 
 
 dangers of, 
 
 double automatic guard, 
 
 finger guard, 
 
 gloves, use of, . 
 
 guide, fastening of, . 
 
 irregular work, . 
 
 knives, setting and care. 
 
 light at, . 
 
 operators, . 
 
 pail and tub, 
 
 in pattern shops, 
 
 pressure apparatus, . 
 
 push-block, 
 
 rear part of knives, guarding 
 
 sectional swing paddle guard 
 
 secure footing, . 
 
 self-feed attachment. 
 
 in shingle mill, . . • . 
 
 short pieces, 
 
 sliding and rising guards, 
 
 steel lips for tables, . 
 
 103 
 106 
 106 
 
 103, 104 
 10S 
 101 
 
 107, 163 
 
 105 
 
 10 
 
 106 
 
 60 
 
 107, 163 
 
 102 
 
 no 
 
INDEX 
 
 Jointer : 
 
 swing paddle guards, 
 
 taking out the wind, 
 
 transmission, .... 
 
 weight for tension, . 
 Jointer and Edger, in box factory, 
 
 Keys, of engines, . 
 Key- ways, 
 
 of live roll shafts, . 
 
 of saw mill transmission 
 
 on shafting, 
 Kicker : 
 
 dangers of, 
 
 operation of, 
 Knee Bolter : 
 
 carriage and track, . 
 
 floor about, 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 inserted teeth, . 
 Knives, see Cutters. 
 
 Ladders : 
 
 for boiler runways, . 
 in engine room, . 
 portable, 
 stationary, . 
 Ladling Machine, 
 Lath Bolter: 
 dangers of, 
 guarding of, 
 Lathes : 
 
 automatic feed, . 
 back knife, . 
 belts and pulleys, 
 blower hood protection, . 140 
 bowl, .... 
 clothing of operators, 
 copying, 
 
 corner block machine, 
 dangers of, 
 heads and knives, . 
 motor drive, 
 operation of, 
 saws, guarding of, . 
 screen for, . 
 
 shields for cutter heads, 
 swinging head machine, 
 transmission, 
 variety, 
 Lathes (Metal Working) 
 in logging machine shop, 
 in saw mill machine shop 
 Lath Machine, 
 Lath Mill: 
 bolter, 
 
 boys, employment of, 
 floors, 
 gears, 
 
 lath machine, . 
 sprockets and chains, 
 transfer tables, . 
 trimmers, . 
 waste holes, 
 Lath Trimmer, 
 Lever : 
 
 of carriage, locking, 
 of carriage shielding, 
 cross style for circular mill, 
 of edger pressure rolls, . 
 
 
 Lever : 
 
 
 . 104 
 
 elevator, enclosing, . 
 
 . 198 
 
 . 105 
 
 of tenoner, guard for hand on, 
 
 • 130 
 
 . no 
 
 Liability Insurance, . 
 
 . 200 
 
 . 103 
 
 Light, 
 
 9 
 
 . 166 
 
 in -boiler room, 
 
 . 172 
 
 
 in engine room, 
 
 • 177 
 
 . 180 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor, 
 
 43 
 
 . 183 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 • 5i 
 
 • 41 
 
 for stairways, . 
 
 12 
 
 44, 45 
 
 Live Rolls : 
 
 
 . 182 
 
 bridges over, . . . . 
 
 . 42 
 
 
 care in operation, . 
 
 . 42 
 
 • 23 
 
 dangers of, . . . . 
 
 21, 41 
 
 . 24 
 
 driving apparatus, . 
 
 • 41- 
 
 
 in planing mill, . . . . 
 
 . 68 
 
 • 57 
 
 planking guards, 
 
 . 42 
 
 • 57 
 
 size of, 
 
 • 4i 
 
 • 57 
 
 table and apron guard, . 
 
 • 4i 
 
 • 57 
 
 Loaders, for logs, . . . . 
 
 • 17 
 
 
 Loading, in saw mill yard, . 
 
 • 49 
 
 
 Lock : 
 
 
 
 for elevator operating device, . 
 
 . 198 
 
 ■ 175 
 
 for saw mill carriage lever, 
 
 25, 27, 28 
 
 . 180 
 
 Locomotives : 
 
 
 . 190 
 
 of logging railroad, . 
 
 • 15 
 
 . IQO 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 • 52 
 
 . 168 
 
 Logging : 
 
 
 
 boiler, . . . . . 
 
 16, 17 
 
 • 53 
 
 buckers and swampers, . 
 
 . 16 
 
 53, 54 
 
 cables, 
 
 . 16 
 
 
 cableway yarder, 
 
 • 19 
 
 142 
 
 camps, .... 
 
 14, 15 
 
 . 142 
 
 chains, 
 
 . 16 
 
 • 143 
 
 driving, 
 
 20 
 
 141, 142 
 . 168 
 
 explosives, . . 
 
 • 14 
 
 felling, .... 
 
 . 16 
 
 ■ 139 
 
 hooks, .... 
 
 . 16 
 
 . 142 
 
 ice roads, .... 
 
 20 
 
 • 141 
 
 jams 
 
 20 
 
 • 139 
 
 loading cars, 
 
 • 17 
 
 . 141 
 139, 164 
 
 machine shop, . 
 
 - 15 
 
 pull boats, .... 
 
 . 18 
 
 139, 140 
 
 railroad, . . . . 
 
 • 15 
 
 . 142 
 
 riding on trains, 
 
 15 
 
 164, 168 
 
 road engine, 
 
 • 17 
 
 . 140 
 
 roll-way, .... 
 
 . 18 
 
 140 
 
 safety devices, use limited, 
 
 • 14 
 
 . 150 
 . 168 
 
 safety hooks, 
 
 19 
 
 signal system, . . 
 
 T-'t 
 
 
 skidders, .... 
 
 . 18 
 
 15 
 
 skidways, .... 
 
 . 19 
 
 47 
 
 snatch blocks, . 
 
 • 17 
 
 • 54 
 
 standard outfits, 
 
 • 14 
 
 • 53 
 
 supervision, 
 
 14, 17 
 
 travoying, .... 
 
 . 19 
 
 55 
 
 unloading cars, 
 
 • 19 
 
 • 55 
 
 • 54 
 ■ 54 
 
 yarder engine, . 
 
 . 16 
 
 Log Haul : 
 
 
 54, 55 
 
 cables and chains, . 
 
 22 
 
 55 
 
 construction, 
 
 22 
 
 • 55 
 
 gears, belts and frictions, 
 
 23 
 
 • 55 
 
 hooks and fastenings, 
 
 22 
 
 • 55 
 
 pike poles, .... 
 
 • 23 
 
 
 protection of, . 
 
 22, 23 
 
 >5, 27, 28 
 
 reinforcement of, 
 
 22 
 
 26, 27 
 
 riding on logs or log hauls, 
 
 ■ 23 
 
 ■ 27 
 
 spikes and bunks, . 
 
 22 
 
 • 3i 
 
 tram car, . . . . 
 
 22 
 
INDEX 
 
 Log Haul: 
 
 walks and stairways, 
 
 wooden hauls, . 
 Log Loader, danger of, . 
 Log Turner, see Canter. 
 
 Machine Shop: 
 
 logging, 
 
 saw mill, . 
 Machines : 
 
 adjustment of, . 
 
 cleaning of, 
 
 oiling of, 
 
 repairing of, 
 
 stopping before leaving, 
 
 use of, 
 Matcher : 
 
 for box boards, . 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 operation of, 
 Metal Grating, for secure footin 
 Mill Pond, fencing in, 
 Minors, employment of 
 Mortisers : 
 
 chain mortiser, 
 
 driving belt, 
 
 transmission, 
 Motor Drive, . 
 for lathes, . 
 Motors, grounding, 
 Moulders : 
 guarding of, 
 operation of. 
 
 Nailing Machine, 
 Nigger : 
 
 operation of, 
 
 valves, stuffing box and cylinder, . 
 
 Off-bearers : 
 
 in box factory, 
 
 clothing of, . • • • x 
 
 at live rolls, 
 
 for rip saws, . • • • 
 
 Office Fixture Factory, borer guard, 
 Oiling: 
 
 of drop saw trimmers, 
 
 of machines, 
 
 of shafting, 
 
 of slab slasher chains, 
 Organization, 
 Oval Wood Dish Machine, 
 Overhead Trimmers, see Trimmers. 
 
 Pail and Tub Factory : 
 
 bolter saws, 
 
 edging saws, 
 
 hand jointer, . 
 
 pail trimming lathe. 
 Panel Raisers, 
 Passageways : 
 
 about machines, 
 
 keeping clean, . 
 Pattern Shop: 
 
 dowel machine, . 
 
 jointer, 
 
 rules necessary, 
 
 saws, . 
 
 surfacer, _ . 
 
 transmission, 
 
 universal woodworking machine, 
 
 22 
 22 
 23 
 
 14 
 47 
 
 11 
 
 10, 11 
 
 10, 11 
 
 10, n 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 166 
 62 
 
 65 
 10 
 
 5i 
 8 
 
 129 
 129 
 135 
 
 ISI, 187 
 
 139, 164 
 . 189 
 
 63, 64 
 . 65 
 
 . 166 
 
 . 26 
 46 
 
 166 
 
 , 92 
 
 42 
 
 91 
 
 128 
 
 34 
 10 
 
 182 
 
 39 
 
 7 
 
 169 
 
 83 
 149 
 148 
 148 
 
 66 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 164 
 162 
 161 
 162 
 164 
 171 
 163 
 
 161, 
 
 Penstocks, 
 
 Piano Making,, tenoners, 
 Picket Header, 
 Picture Frame Factory: 
 miter saw, . 
 moulding sander, 
 Pike Poles: 
 
 for pond men, . 
 lathes for, . 
 Piling, . 
 
 in box factory, . 
 in dry kilns, 
 in lath mill, 
 in saw mill yard, . 
 in shingle mill, . 
 Pinch Bar, . . 
 Pistons, shrinking on, . 
 Pit, railing, 
 Planer, see Surfacer. 
 Planer (Diagonal), . 
 Planer and Matcher: 
 guarding of, 
 operation of, 
 Planing Mill: 
 
 big timber planer, . 
 blind slat machines, . 
 butting saws, . 
 conveyors, . 
 dadoing, 
 diagonal planer, 
 dovetailers, 
 dowel machines, 
 gang ripping machine, 
 matcher, 
 miter saw, . 
 moulders, . 
 panel raisers, 
 panel sanders, 
 picket header, . 
 planer and matcher, 
 relishers and wedge cutters 
 resaws, 
 
 sash, door and blind machu 
 sizers, 
 
 surfacers, . 
 transmission, 
 wood trimmers, 
 Platforms : 
 guarding of, 
 over penstocks, . 
 in saw mill yard, 
 Poles : 
 
 automatic feed machine 
 heel tapering machine, 
 old method, 
 sticker, 
 Pressure Rolls: 
 of edgers, . 
 of gang saws, 
 Printing Press, in box factory 
 Pull Boats, . 
 Pulleys : 
 
 broken rims, 
 compression, 
 testing, 
 
 web type for saw mill transmi 
 Punches, 
 Push-block, . 
 Push-stick, . 
 
 62, 
 
 62, 
 
 211 
 
 PAGE 
 177 
 129 
 
 68 
 
 82 
 124 
 
 23 
 142 
 
 11 
 167 
 134 
 
 55 
 
 50 
 
 59 
 
 53 
 48 
 191 
 
 68 
 
 62 
 65 
 
 63 
 67 
 68 
 68 
 68 
 68 
 67 
 68 
 65 
 
 62, 65 
 67 
 
 63, 65 
 66 
 66 
 68 
 65 
 67 
 65 
 67 
 
 62, 65 
 
 65, 125 
 
 • 69 
 
 . 67 
 
 . 190 
 . 177 
 48, 49 
 
 146 
 146 
 146 
 146 
 
 29 
 
 32 
 
 167 
 
 18 
 
 187 
 187 
 187 
 
 45 
 150 
 107 
 
 91 
 
 62, 
 
 ssion 
 
INDEX 
 
 Rabbeting, on rip saw, .... 
 Railroad : 
 
 blocking frogs and ends of guard 
 rails, 
 
 cables across track, 
 
 cars, . 
 
 coupling cars, . 
 
 crossings, . 
 
 gates at approaches to, 
 
 locomotives, 
 
 in logging, . 
 
 operation of, 
 
 repair work, 
 
 safety car shifter, 
 
 signalling, . 
 
 signs, 
 
 switches, 
 
 tracks, 
 
 trestles, 
 
 trolley poles along track, 
 Railroad Ties, equalizer, 
 Raking Platform, 
 Red Paint, for safeguards and moving 
 
 parts of machinery, 
 Releasing Rest : 
 
 for grinding wheels, 
 
 for grindstones, 
 Relisher and Wedge Cutter, 
 Repairing, of machines, 
 Resaws (Band), . 
 Resaws (Circular), 
 Resaws (Horizontal Band), see 
 Horizontal Band Resaws. 
 
 Road Engine, 
 
 Rocker, see Kicker. 
 Rock Saw, 
 Rod Machine, 
 Roll- way : 
 
 building of, 
 
 loading from, 
 Rosin, for secure footing, 
 Rounding Machine : 
 
 for handles, 
 
 for woodenware, 
 Rubber Gloves, for electrical workmen 
 Rubber Mats, for secure footin 
 Rubbish, disposal of, . 
 Rules : 
 
 for boiler tenders, 
 
 enforcement of, 
 
 in pattern shop, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 Runways : 
 
 for boilers, 
 
 over dams, . 
 
 to dry kilns, 
 
 in engine room, 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 9i 
 
 5i 
 Si 
 52 
 52 
 5i 
 52 
 52 
 15 
 52 
 53 
 53 
 52 
 52 
 5i, 52 
 5i 
 5i 
 5i 
 86 
 176 
 
 193 
 194 
 
 67 
 
 10 
 
 65, 66 
 
 65 
 
 28 
 159 
 
 18 
 18 
 10 
 
 141 
 
 168 
 
 189 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 172 
 
 7 
 
 161 
 
 21 
 
 Safeguards : 
 
 care of, . . 
 
 inspection of, . 
 
 in logging, use limited, . 
 
 painting red, . . . . 
 
 slats or wire mesh advisable, 
 
 value and use of, . 
 Safety Device, for elevators, 
 Safety Devices, see Safeguards. 
 
 175 
 177 
 
 134 
 180 
 
 190 
 
 2T, ^4 
 
 48, 49 
 
 10 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 195 
 
 rules 
 
 Safety Valve, of boilers, . 
 Sanders : 
 
 belts and pulleys, 
 
 belt sander, 
 
 board cover for top, . 
 
 disk -machines, . 
 
 endless bed feed machine, 
 
 feed rolls, .... 
 
 gears, .... 
 
 moulding sanders, . 
 
 panel sander, 
 
 sanding wheels and drums, 
 
 sash sander, 
 
 sprockets and chains, 
 
 take-away end, . 
 
 transmission, 
 Sash, Door and Blind Machines, 
 
 door panel sander, . 
 
 relishers and wedge cutters, 
 
 sanding wheel, . 
 
 self-feed saw, . 
 
 tenoners, .... 
 Saw Mill : 
 
 band mill, .... 
 
 blacksmith and machine shops 
 
 carefulness in doing work, 
 
 carriage, .... 
 
 caution on part of sawyer, 21, 
 
 circular mill, 
 
 cleanliness, 
 
 counterweights, 
 
 deck, . 
 
 edgers, 
 
 enforcement of 
 
 filing room, 
 
 floors, 
 
 gang saws, . 
 
 general precautions, 
 
 gin pole in yard, 
 
 hammers, steam and drop, 
 
 horizontal band resaw, 
 
 lath mill, . 
 
 live rolls, . 
 
 log haul, 
 
 motor drive, 
 
 railroad in yard, 
 
 runways, 
 
 signs, .... 
 
 slab slashers, 
 
 space around machines, 
 
 stairways, . 
 
 steam feeds and machiner 
 
 supervision, 
 
 surfacers, . 
 
 transmission, 
 
 transmission floor, 
 
 trimmers, . 
 
 wood saws, 
 
 yard, . 
 Saws : 
 
 light at, 
 
 operators, . 
 
 secure footing, . 
 
 Saws (Band) : 
 
 block to catch flying end, 
 brazing, .... 
 care in operation, 
 cracked or dull blades, . 
 dangers of, ... 
 
 y, 
 
 121, 
 123, 
 
 24: 
 
 PAGE 
 172, 174 
 
 121, 123 
 . 124 
 . 123 
 . 123 
 
 • 123 
 124 
 188 
 124 
 
 66 
 124 
 
 67 
 123 
 121 
 135 
 
 67 
 124 
 
 67 
 
 124 
 78 
 129, 130 
 
 27 
 47 
 21 
 
 24 
 26, 28 
 26 
 21 
 21, 46 
 23 
 29 
 21 
 
 47 
 21 
 32 
 21 
 50 
 48 
 39 
 53 
 4i 
 22 
 12 
 
 5i 
 21, 44 
 21 
 38 
 21 
 21 
 46 
 21 
 125 
 43, 61 
 21, 43 
 
 • 33 
 
 • 4i 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 10 
 
 100 
 99 
 
 99 
 
 95, 97, 
 
INDEX 
 
 213 
 
 Saws (Band) : 
 
 gloves; use of, 
 
 lower wheel, guarding, . 95, 99, 
 return part of blade, guarding, 
 
 97, 99, 
 
 safety device for fingers, 
 
 self-feed saws, . 
 
 sharpening, 
 
 transmission, 
 
 upper wheel, bar in front of, 
 
 upper wheel, enclosing, . 97, 99, 
 
 upper wheel, spanning bow for, 
 
 97, 99, 
 web wheel for, ...... 
 
 working part of blade, guarding, 
 
 98, 99, 
 Saws (Block), .... 137, 
 Saws (Bolter), 
 
 transmission, 
 Saws (Butting), . 
 Saws (Cut-off) : 
 
 adjusting and cleaning, . 
 
 bearings, care of, 
 
 in box factory, . 
 
 care of, ... . 
 
 carriage-fed, 
 
 covering when left running, 
 
 cracked saws, . 
 
 curved strip guard, . 
 
 dangers of, ... 
 
 double cut-off, . 
 
 feeding material, 
 
 framework guard, 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 guards, material of, . 
 
 guards, use and adjustment, 
 
 hood guards, 
 
 for hub blocks, 
 
 of lathes, 
 
 miter saw, . 
 
 in shingle mill, 
 
 speed of, fixing, 
 
 transmission, 
 
 traveling cut-off, 
 
 under part of saw, guarding, 
 Saws (Equalizing), 
 
 cooperage, .... 
 
 drum equalizer, . 
 
 feeding apparatus, 
 
 handles, .... 
 
 railroad ties, 
 
 spokes, .... 
 
 transmission, 
 
 under part of saw, guarding 
 
 veneer, .... 
 
 wagons, .... 
 Saws (Grooving), . 
 Saws (Horizontal Shingle) : 
 
 carriage, .... 
 
 guard over back, 
 
 safety spalting curve, 
 Saws (Knot), 
 Saws (Miter), 
 Saws (Pattern-makers'), . 
 Saws (Rip) : 
 
 adjusting or cleaning, 
 
 bearings, care of, 
 
 in box factory, . 
 
 care in operation, 
 
 care of, ... 
 
 99 
 
 100 
 
 100 
 100 
 100 
 
 99 
 100 
 
 97 
 100 
 
 100 
 95 
 
 100 
 138 
 
 82 
 
 94 
 
 68 
 
 90 
 
 93 
 
 165 
 
 93 
 
 81 
 
 94 
 91 
 79 
 70, 79 
 80 
 81 
 80 
 79 
 93 
 92 
 
 79 
 145 
 I4i 
 82 
 56 
 93 
 94 
 80 
 89 
 83 
 84 
 85 
 85 
 85 
 86 
 85 
 94 
 89 
 85 
 85 
 158 
 
 77, 
 
 • 58 
 ■ 58 
 
 • 58 
 
 • 59 
 67, 82, 158 
 
 161, 162 
 
 90 
 
 93 
 
 164 
 
 90 
 
 93 
 
 Saws (Rip) : 
 
 
 
 in cooperage, edging, 
 
 149 
 
 covering when left running, 
 
 
 94 
 
 cracked saws, . 
 
 
 9i 
 
 dangers of, ... 
 
 
 70, 73 
 
 feeding apparatus, 
 
 
 165 
 
 feeling run of, . 
 
 
 90 
 
 linger guard, 
 
 
 76 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 
 70 
 
 guards, material of, . 
 
 
 93 
 
 guards, use and adjustment, 
 
 
 92 
 
 guide, .... 
 
 
 90 
 
 home-made guards, . 
 
 
 74 
 
 hood guards, . . 73, 74, 
 
 75- 
 
 76, 77 
 
 off-bearers, 
 
 
 9 1 
 
 off-bearers, clothing of, . 
 
 
 92 
 
 push-stick 
 
 
 9i 
 
 rabbeting, .... 
 
 
 9i 
 
 sawyers' clothing, 
 
 
 92 
 
 self-feed saws, . 
 
 
 78 
 
 speed of, fixing, 
 
 
 93 
 
 splitter, .... 
 
 
 70 
 
 splitter guards, . . 72, 74, 
 
 75, 
 
 76, 77 
 
 transmission, 
 
 
 94 
 
 under part of saw, guarding, 
 
 
 89 
 
 Saws (Segment), . 
 
 
 155 
 
 Saws (Split Table, Hand-Feed 
 
 ), 
 
 137 
 
 Saws (Springboard Clip), . 
 
 
 60 
 
 Saws (Swing) : 
 
 
 
 belt, 
 
 
 88 
 
 belt shifter, 
 
 
 89 
 
 care in operation, 
 
 
 89 
 
 counterweighting, 
 
 
 86 
 
 handle, .... 
 
 
 88 
 
 limiting the swing, . 
 
 
 88 
 
 saw, guarding, . 
 
 
 87 
 
 saw, hanging, . 
 
 
 89 
 
 Saws (Upright Shingle) : 
 
 
 
 carriage, 
 
 
 59 
 
 floor about, 
 
 
 59 
 
 operation, .... 
 
 
 59 
 
 run, railing, 
 
 
 59 
 
 shaft guarding, . 
 
 
 59 
 
 Sawyer: 
 
 
 in saw mill, good judgment re- 
 
 
 quisite, 
 
 22 
 
 in saw mill, need of caution, 
 
 
 21, 24, 
 
 26, 28 
 
 Scaler, caution in operating kicker, 
 
 24 
 
 Secure Footing, at dangerous ma- 
 
 
 chines, 
 
 10 
 
 Series Arc Circuits, 
 
 
 189 
 
 Set Screws, .... 
 
 
 183 
 
 in borers' chucks, 
 
 
 127 
 
 in borers' spindle collars, 
 
 
 128 
 
 in collars on shafting, 
 
 
 183 
 
 on drag saw, 
 
 
 133 
 
 on gears, .... 
 
 
 188 
 
 guarding 
 
 
 183 
 
 headless, .... 
 
 
 183 
 
 in logging machine shop, . 
 
 
 15 
 
 on machines, 
 
 
 183 
 
 in saw mill machine shop, 
 
 
 47 
 
 of saw mill transmission, 
 
 
 14, 45 
 
 Setters, dangers of, 
 
 
 24, 26 
 
 Shaft Ends, .... 
 
 
 182 
 
 on saw mill carriage, 
 
 
 26 
 
 of saw mill transmission, 
 
 
 H- 45 
 
 of sizers, moulders, etc., 
 
 
 62 
 
214 
 
 INDEX 
 
 home-made guards, . 112, 114, 116, 11 
 
 knives, setting and care, 
 
 leather fan device, . 
 
 light at, . 
 
 lock nuts for spindles, 
 
 notched board guard, 
 
 operators, employment of, 
 
 panel sticking, . 
 
 patented guards, 
 
 pressure apparatus 
 
 rear of spindle, . 
 
 ring, plate and cap guards 
 
 secure footing, . 
 
 straight work, . 
 
 suction pipes, 
 
 table front, fencing- 
 transmission, 
 
 variety work, . 
 
 wooden spring guard, 
 Sheaves : 
 
 elevator, 
 
 of rope feed set works, 
 
 of saw mill carriage feed, 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor 
 Sheds, in saw mill yard, 
 Shingle Mill: 
 
 axes, wedges and sledges, 
 
 conveyors, . 
 
 cracked saws, 
 
 cut-off saws, 
 
 horizontal shing 
 
 jointer, 
 
 knee bolter, 
 
 knot saw, . 
 
 packing, 
 
 piling blocks, 
 
 springboard clip saw, 
 
 low 
 
 Shafting : 
 
 arrangement and care, 
 
 couplings, gears, clutches, etc., 
 
 elimination by motor drive, 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 oiling, .... 
 
 in saw mill filing room, . 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor 
 and elevated, . 
 
 work on, 
 Shafts : 
 
 of drop saw trimmers, 
 
 in engine room, . 
 
 of equalizer, 
 
 of heel tapering machine, 
 
 of live rolls, 
 
 of sorting tables, 
 
 of upright shingle saw, 
 
 of water wheels, 
 S haper : 
 
 belts and pulleys, 
 
 belt shifter, 
 
 blade spring for horizontal pressure 
 
 care in operation, 
 
 construction and setting of machine, 
 
 countershaft, fencing, 
 
 dangers of, 
 
 feeding apparatus, . 
 
 gloves, use of, . 
 
 grooved knives, . 
 
 grooving work, . 
 
 home-made feeding device, 
 
 PAGE 
 
 181 
 
 182 
 
 12 
 
 181 
 
 182 
 
 47 
 
 44, 45 
 . 182 
 
 33 
 180 
 
 85 
 146 
 
 4i 
 
 48 
 
 59 
 
 177 
 
 120 
 120 
 112 
 119 
 119 
 120 
 in 
 
 113 
 119 
 119 
 112 
 118 
 
 15, 120 
 
 • 117 
 
 9 
 
 . 120 
 
 . 112 
 
 . 120 
 
 • 145 
 . 114 
 
 • 113 
 . Il8 
 . Il6 
 
 10, 120 
 
 . 112 
 
 . 117 
 
 . 120 
 
 . 120 
 
 . 114 
 
 . 112 
 
 194, 195 
 26 
 
 25 
 46 
 
 51 
 
 57 
 56 
 57 
 56 
 58 
 60 
 
 57 
 59 
 61 
 
 59 
 60 
 
 stop 
 
 safe- 
 
 Shingle Mill: 
 
 transmission, 
 
 upright shingle saw, 
 Short Log Saw Mill, . 
 Show Case Factory, . 
 
 rip saw guarded, 
 Signalling : 
 
 for band mill, when starting up or 
 shutting down, . . . . 
 
 for engine, when starting up or 
 shutting down, 
 
 in logging, . . . _ . 
 
 in saw mill, when starting or 
 ping engine, . 
 
 at saw mill slides, . 
 
 for saw mill yard railroad, 
 Signs : 
 
 character of, . 
 
 at drag saw, 
 
 for electricity, . 
 
 for elevators, 
 
 on engine throttle valve wheel 
 
 first aid instructions, . 
 
 at machine equipped with 
 guards 
 
 placing of, . 
 
 for railroad in saw mill yard 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor 
 
 use of, .... 
 Single-trees : 
 
 dressing and pointing machines, 
 
 equalizers, 
 
 Sizers : 
 
 guarding of 
 
 operation of, 
 Sizing Machine, in box factory, 
 Skidders, . . .'..-. 
 
 Skids, of railroad iron, . 
 
 Skidways, 
 
 Slab Slashers : 
 
 bridge across chains, 
 
 clutch for chains, 
 
 dangers of, .... 
 
 guarding of, ... . 
 
 oiling of saws, .... 
 
 throwing chains out, 
 
 transfer chains, 
 Slashers, veneer, .... 
 Slack Cable Device, for elevators, 
 Slats, advisable for safeguards, . 
 Sledges, in shingle mill, 
 Slicing Machine, for veneer, 
 
 Smoking, 
 
 Snatch Blocks, .... 
 Space : 
 
 around machines, 
 
 around saw mill machines, 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor, 
 Spark Brush, for grinding wheels, 
 Splicer, for veneer, 
 Split Table Saw, hand-feed, 
 Splitter : 
 
 adjustment, .... 
 
 attachment, .... 
 
 for block saws, .... 
 
 for box factory saws, 
 
 43, 61 
 
 • 59 
 . 136 
 
 • 158 
 
 • 75 
 
 28 
 
 7i 
 
 71, 72 
 
 138 
 
 164 
 
INDEX 
 
 215 
 
 Splitter : 
 
 for circular mill, 
 
 for circular resav 
 
 curved, 
 
 extended type, . 
 
 for lath bolter, . 
 
 material of, 
 
 for pattern-makers' saws 
 
 rip saws, necessary for, 
 
 for short log saw mill, 
 
 straight, 
 Spokes : 
 
 drivers, 
 
 equalizing saws, 
 
 facers, 
 
 rough stock, 
 
 swinging head lathe, 
 
 tenoners, 
 
 throaters, . 
 
 Spools, .... 
 
 disc dividing saws, . 
 
 transmission, 
 Spreader, see Splitter. 
 Springboards, in felling. 
 Sprocket Wheels and Chai 
 
 of band saw feed works 
 
 of drop saw trimmers, 
 
 of edgers, . 
 
 of gang saws, . 
 
 of lath bolter, . 
 
 of live rolls, 
 
 of pole machine, 
 
 of sanders, 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor 
 
 of veneer dryers, 
 Spur, of lathes, 
 Stairways, 
 
 for boiler runways 
 
 building regular, 
 
 in engine room, . 
 
 familiarity with, 
 
 lighting of, 
 
 for log haul, 
 
 in saw mill, 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor 
 
 to platforms and runways in 
 mill yard, . , 
 Stapling, of baskets, . 
 Staves : 
 
 bending machines, 
 
 jointers. . 
 
 planers, 
 
 sawing machines, 
 Steam Feeds, in saw mill, 
 Steam Gauge: 
 
 comparing with safety valve 
 
 drilling hole in case, 
 
 in engine room, . 
 
 lighting about, . 
 
 testing, 
 Steaming Boxes, veneer 
 Suction Hoods or Pipes, see Blow 
 Supervision : 
 
 in logging. . 
 
 of loading loeging cars, . 
 
 in saw mill, . 
 Surfacers : 
 
 belts and pulleys, 
 
 26 
 65 
 71 
 72 
 
 53 
 
 7i 
 
 161, 162 
 
 70, 72 
 
 136 
 
 7i 
 
 143 
 85 
 143 
 136 
 140 
 
 1, 132 
 
 144 
 
 13 
 
 170 
 170 
 
 171 
 
 16 
 
 189 
 
 100 
 
 33 
 
 32 
 
 32 
 
 54 
 
 41 
 
 146 
 
 123 
 
 45 
 
 157 
 
 139. 142 
 
 190 
 
 175 
 12 
 
 180 
 12 
 12 
 22 
 21 
 
 43. 44 
 saw 
 
 49 
 169 
 
 150 
 147 
 148 
 146 
 46 
 
 173 
 175 
 181 
 172 
 *73 
 ■ 153 
 er Hoods. 
 
 14, 20 
 
 • 17 
 
 21 
 
 17- 
 
 Surfacers : 
 
 belt shifter, 
 
 driving mechanism, . 
 
 feed entrance, . 
 
 feed roll gears, . 
 
 guarding of, 
 
 knives and heads, . 
 
 operation of, 
 
 pattern shop, 
 
 sectional feed roll, . 
 
 transmission, 
 Swampers, see Buckers. 
 Swing Trims, 
 Switchboards, 
 Switches (Electrical), 
 
 safety lock knife switch, 
 Switches (Railroad) : 
 
 in logging, . 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 Tables, encumbering of, 
 Tenoners : 
 
 carriage, 
 
 cut-off saws, 
 
 cutter heads, 
 
 double end machine, 
 
 extension for feeding-out 
 
 furniture, . 
 
 guard for band on lever, 
 
 shaper heads, 
 
 slitting saws, 
 
 spoke machines, 
 
 transmission, 
 Throaters : 
 
 for handles, 
 
 for spokes, 
 Tongs : 
 
 in saw mill yard, 
 
 for skidders, 
 Tracks, in saw mill yard, 
 Tram Car, for log haul, 
 Tramways, to dry kiln, 
 Transfer Chains : 
 
 dangers of, 
 
 of live rolls, 
 
 of slab slashers, 
 
 of trimmers, 
 
 throwing out, of trimmers 
 slashers, . . . . 
 Transformer Boxes, groundi 
 Transmission : 
 
 baskets, 
 
 borers, 
 
 box factory, 
 
 brushes, 
 
 chairs, 
 
 cooperage, . 
 
 cross arms, 
 
 drag saw, . 
 
 furniture. . 
 
 handles, 
 
 jointers, 
 
 lath mill. . 
 
 lathes, 
 
 mortisers, . 
 
 pattern shop, 
 
 planing mill, 
 
 sanders, 
 164 saws, band, 
 
 126 
 125 
 126 
 126 
 62 
 127 
 
 65 
 164 
 126 
 
 135 
 
 36 
 189 
 189 
 190 
 
 • 15 
 5i, 52 
 
 130 
 
 129, 131, 132 
 129, 130, 132 
 
 130 
 
 chains. 
 
 and 
 
 • 130 
 
 • 159 
 
 • 130 
 . 129 
 . 129 
 
 I3i> 132 
 
 • 135 
 
 • 138 
 
 • 144 
 
 ■ 50 
 18 
 
 51, 52 
 22 
 
 • 134 
 
 21 
 
 • 43 
 
 • 39 
 35. 39 
 
 slab 
 
 39 
 189 
 
 171 
 
 135 
 171 
 171 
 160 
 150 
 171 
 
 135 
 160 
 150 
 no 
 
 61 
 150 
 135 
 171 
 
 69 
 135 
 100 
 
2l6 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Transmission : 
 
 saws, bolter, 94 
 
 saws, cut-off, . . . . -94 
 saws, equalizing, .... 94 
 
 saws, rip, 94 
 
 saw mill, 21, 61 
 
 shapers, . . . . . . 120 
 
 shingle mill, 61 
 
 spools and bobbins, . . . .171 
 
 surfacers, 135 
 
 tenoners, 135 
 
 veneer, 160 
 
 wagons, . . . . . .150 
 
 woodenware, . , . . 171 
 
 wood pulleys, 171 
 
 Transmission Floor: 
 
 in saw mill, 43 
 
 in shingle mill, 43 
 
 Trap Door, 179 
 
 Travoying, 19 
 
 Tray Machines, ..... 169 
 Trestles : 
 
 of logging railroad, . . . 15 
 
 in saw mall yard, . . . . 51 
 
 Trimmers : 
 
 care of saws, 38 
 
 clutch for chains, .... 39 
 drop saws, feeding of, ... 34 
 drop saws, fence for front of table, 33 
 drop saws, flyback guards, . . 33 
 drop saws, hooding, ... 34 
 drop saws, oiling, .... 34 
 drop saws, shielding under part of 
 
 saws, 34 
 
 drop saws, tripping, .... 33 
 end trims, . . 33, 35^ 
 
 jump or bed trims, . . . 37, 38 
 kicking, ._ . . ._ . 34. 35 
 overhead trimmers, guarding back, 35 
 overhead trimmers, guarding front, 35 
 swing trims, belt shifter, . . 37 
 swing trims, boxing back, . . 37 
 swing trims, hanging of, . . 36, 37 
 swing trims, hooding of, ... 36 
 throwing chains out, . . . -39 
 transfer chain holes, • • • 35 
 transfer chain holes, plank guard 
 
 for, 35 
 
 working on tables, .... 36 
 working on tables, pipe railing 
 guard, ...... 36 
 
 Trolley Poles, along railroad track, . 51 
 
 Trucks, . . '. . . . n, 12 
 careful loading, .... 12 
 
 examination, 12 
 
 in saw mill yard, .... 50 
 shields for hands, .... 191 
 
 Turbines, 177 
 
 Turning Machines, see Lathes. 
 
 Universal Woodworking Machine, . 163 
 
 Valves : 
 
 of boilers, 172, 173, 174, 175, ^, 180 
 of saw mill carriage, ... 24 
 in saw mill transmission floor, . 46 
 of steam hammers 48 
 
 Vats: 
 
 cooperage, . . . . . .150 
 
 veneer, ....'. 151, 153 
 
 Veneer : 
 
 
 
 
 band mill, m6 
 
 chains, 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 clipper, 
 
 
 
 154 
 
 cutting up cores, 
 
 
 
 136 
 
 dryers, 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 equalizing saws, 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 glue machines, . 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 hooks, 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 lifting tackle, 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 rotary cutter, 
 
 
 
 153 
 
 segment saws, . 
 
 
 
 155 
 
 slashers, 
 
 
 
 156 
 
 slicing machines, 
 
 
 
 154 
 
 splicer, 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 steaming boxes, 
 
 
 
 153 
 
 transmission, 
 
 
 
 160 
 
 vats, . 
 
 
 151, 153 
 
 Ventilation, . 
 
 
 9 
 
 Wagons : 
 
 axle machines, 144 
 
 belt sanders, 
 
 
 124 
 
 box board edger, 
 
 
 !43 
 
 disk sanders, 
 
 
 123 
 
 equalizing saws, 
 
 
 85 
 
 felloe machines, 
 
 
 145 
 
 hub machines, . 
 
 
 145 
 
 multiple borers, . 
 
 
 127 
 
 panel sticking, . 
 
 
 145 
 
 poles, shafts and single-trees 
 
 
 146 
 
 rimming machine, 
 
 
 145 
 
 rough stock, 
 
 
 136 
 
 spoke drivers, . 
 
 
 143 
 
 spoke facers, 
 
 
 143 
 
 spoke tenoners, . 
 
 13 
 
 r, 132 
 
 spoke throaters, 
 
 
 144 
 
 surfacers, . 
 
 
 125 
 
 tenoners, .... 
 
 
 129 
 
 transmission, . . ■ . 
 
 
 150 
 
 wheel boxing machine, . 
 
 
 145 
 
 wheel rim planers, . 
 
 
 144 
 
 Walks : 
 
 
 
 over dams, 
 
 
 177 
 
 on logging railroad trestles, 
 
 
 15 
 
 Warning, of workmen, 
 
 
 7 
 
 Waste Holes : 
 
 
 
 in box factory, . 
 
 
 167 
 
 in lath mill, 
 
 
 55 
 
 in planing mill, . 
 
 
 68 
 
 in shingle mill, . 
 
 
 57 
 
 Water Wheels, . 
 
 176, 177 
 
 Wedges : 
 
 
 in felling, .... 
 
 . 16 
 
 in shingle mill, . 
 
 ■ 57 
 
 Wedge Wheel, for circular mill, 
 
 . 26 
 
 Wheels : 
 
 
 boxing machines, 
 
 • 145 
 
 rimming machine, 
 
 
 • 145 
 
 rim planers, 
 
 
 • 144 
 
 White Paint, 
 
 
 9 
 
 Whitewash, . 
 
 
 9 
 
 in saw mill transmission floor 
 
 • 43 
 
 Windlass, cooperage, . 
 
 . T50 
 
 Wire Mesh, advisable for safeguards, 
 
 13. 1S5 
 
 Wooden Slats, for secure footing, . to 
 
 Woodenware, . . ... . . 168 
 
 bowl lathe, . 
 
 
 
 168 
 
INDEX 
 
 21 7 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Wooden ware, .... 
 
 168 
 
 dowel machine, .... 
 
 1 68 
 
 ladling" machine, 
 
 1 68 
 
 oval wood dish machine, 
 
 169 
 
 transmission, .... 
 
 171 
 
 tray machines 
 
 169 
 
 variety lathe, .... 
 
 168 
 
 Wood Pulleys, .... 
 
 170 
 
 transmission, .... 
 
 171 
 
 Wood Saws, in saw mill, 
 
 41 
 
 Wood Trimmers, .... 
 
 67 
 
 Workmen : 
 
 
 assignment to work, . 
 
 8 
 
 clothing of, ... 
 
 11 
 
 co-operation with each other, 
 
 8 
 
 co-operation with foremen. 
 
 7 
 
 employment of, .... 
 
 8 
 
 on inspection committees. 
 
 8 
 
 instruction by foremen, . 
 
 11 
 
 instruction and warning, . 
 
 7 
 
 selection for deck work, . 
 
 24 
 
 Wounds, cleaning and dressing, 
 
 Yard (Box Factory), . 
 Yard (Saw Mill) : 
 
 burner, fencing, . 
 
 cables, hooks and tongs 
 
 conveyors, . 
 
 cranes, 
 
 horses, 
 
 lighting, . . 
 
 loading and hauling, 
 
 piling, .... 
 
 platforms and runways, 
 
 railroad, 
 
 reservoirs, excavations and mill 
 pond fencing, . 
 
 sheds 
 
 trucks. 
 Yarder Engine, 
 Young Persons, assignment to work 
 
 PAGE 
 
 13 
 
 167 
 
 5i 
 50 
 5i 
 50 
 50 
 5i 
 49 
 50 
 48, 49 
 5i 
 
 5i 
 Si 
 50 
 16 
 8 
 
6 1 st Annual Statement 
 
 OP THE 
 
 JEtna. Life Insurance Company 
 
 HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 
 
 MORGAN G. BULKELEY, President 
 
 Life, Occident, Health, and Liability Insurance 
 
 JANUARY 1, 1911 
 
 ASSETS 
 
 Real Estate acquired by fore- 
 closure $ 97,001.31 
 
 Office Building 500,000.00 
 
 Cash on hand and in Banks. . 3,905,769.53 
 
 Stocks and Bonds 31,974,664.01 
 
 Mortgages secured by Real 
 Estate 49,061,500.71 
 
 Loans on Collateral 1,320,470.76 
 
 Loans secured by policies of 
 
 this Company 8,325,149.36 
 
 Interest due and accrued 
 
 December 31, 1910 1,792,917.15 
 
 Premiums in course of collec- 
 tion andDeferredPremiums 1,680,133.81 
 
 Market Value of Securities 
 over cost, less Assets not 
 admitted 2,360,536.32 
 
 Total Assets, $101,018,142.90 
 
 INCOHE 
 
 Premiums $ 16,695,501.40 
 
 Interest, Rents, etc 4,811,085.42 
 
 Total Income in 
 
 1910 $21,506,586.82 
 
 LIABILITIES 
 
 Reserve on Life, Endowment 
 
 and Term Policies $ 82,794,149.00 
 
 Special Reserve, not included 
 above 704,525.00 
 
 Premiums paid in advance, 
 and other Liabilities 566,606.80 
 
 Unearned Interest on Policy 
 Loans 222,446,57 
 
 Accrued Taxes 524,044.77 
 
 Surplus reserved for special 
 class of Policies and divi- 
 dends to Policyholders pay- 
 able on Demand 1,858,901.33 
 
 Losses and Claims awaiting 
 
 proof, and not yet due.... 451,885.93 
 
 Unearned Premiums on Ac- 
 cident, Health and Liability 
 Insurance 2,245,982.70 
 
 Reserve for Liability claims 1,547,600.00 
 
 Surplus to Policyholders.... 10,102,000.86 
 
 Total Liabilities. . . $101,018,142.96 
 
 DISBURSEHENTS 
 
 Payments to Policyholders. .$ 12,251,252.88 
 
 Taxes 521,334.87 
 
 All other Disbursements.... 5,225,126.63 
 
 Total Disbursements in 
 
 1910 $17,997,714.38 
 
 OFFICERS: 
 
 ^TNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 
 
 Accident and Liability Department 
 HARTFORD, CONN. 
 
 WALTER C. FAXON, Vice-President 
 
 J. SCOFIELD ROWE, Secretary 
 
 JOHN M. PARKER, Jr., Secretary 
 
 E. C. BOWEN, Assistant Secretary 
 
 E. C. HIGGINS, Assistant Secretary 
 
 J. V. ADAMS, Assistant Secretary 
 
MTNA LINE OF INSURANCE 
 
 Employers' Liability 
 Public Liability (Direct) 
 Public Liability (Contingent) 
 Elevator Liability 
 General Liability 
 Automobile Liability 
 Teams Liability 
 Excess Liability 
 Workmen's Compensation 
 Accident 
 Health 
 Life 
 
 Issued by 
 
 /Etna Life Insurance Cohpany 
 
 Accident and Liability Department 
 HARTFORD, CONN. 
 
 Automobile Property Damage 
 Automobile Collision 
 Teams Property Damage 
 Plate Glass 
 Burglary 
 Fly Wheel 
 Sprinkler Leakage 
 Fidelity and Surety Bonds 
 
 Issued by 
 
 The /Etna Accident and Liability Co., 
 
 HARTFORD, CONN. 
 
LEJa'12 
 

 Van ScKaack